United States
                   Environmental Protection
                   Agency
Office of Emergency and
Remedial Response
Washington, DC 20460
   Version 4.0
March 11, 1992
                   Superfund
        vvEPA    WasteLAN
                   System Administration Manual
 GO
a
CO

-------

-------
       WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                    Page
CHAPTER 1    INTRODUCTION

    1.1       PURPOSE OF WASTELAN  	1-1
    1.1.1          Headquarters Requirements	  1-1
    1.1.2          Regional Program Management  	  1-1
    1.2       Description 	1-1
    1.3       SYSTEM STRUCTURE	1-2
    1.4       ORGANIZATION OF MANUAL	  1-5
    1.5       OTHER AVAILABLE REFERENCE MATERIALS	  1-6

 CHAPTER 2   SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES

    2.1       ACCESS PROCEDURES  	2-1
    2.2       SCREEN TYPES  	2-4
    2.2.1          Menu Screens  	2-4
    2.2.2          Summary Screens	2-5
    2.2.3          Combination Summary/Menus 	2-6
    2.2.4          Data Screens	2-7
     2.3       SCREEN FEATURES 	2-8
     2.3.1          Data Fields	2-9
     2.3.2          Comment Fields	2-10
     2.3.3          Pop-Up Windows	2-10
     2.3.4          Status Lines  	2-12
     2.3.5          Turbo Access  	2-15
     2.4        SCREEN OPERATION  	2-15
     2.4.1          Cursor Movement	2-15
     2.4.2         Data Entry	2-16
     2.4.3         Edit Checks  	2-17
     2.4.4         Error Messages 	2-17
     2.5        EXIT PROCEDURES  	2-17

 CHAPTER 3   SITE

     3.1       SITE SEARCH OPTIONS	3-1
     3.1.1         Site Search by EPA ID	3-2
     3.1.2         Site Search by IFMS ID	3-4
     3.1.3         Site Search by Zip Code	3-5
     3.1.4         Site Search by State/Name  	3-7
     3.1.5         Site Search by Prqj Mgr	  3-10
     3.1.6         Site Search by  Alias  	  3-13
  03/11/92
  VERSION 4.0
                           WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL

-------
     3.2        ADD SITE  	3-14
     3.3        VIEW SITE	3-21
     3.4        EDIT/DELETE SITE	 3-24
     3.5        MENU OPTIONS	 3-29
     3.5.1           Return to Site  	3-29
     3,5.2           Select Another	 3-29
     3.5.3           RCRA	3-30
     3.5.4           Alias	3-32
     3.5.5           Comments  	3-34
     3.5.6           PRP Information  	 3-37
     3.5.7           Audit Trail	3-38

CHAPTER 4    EVENT

     4.1        EVENT SELECTION  	4-1
     4.2        EDIT EVENT  . .	4-7
     4.3        MENU OPTIONS	4-9
     4.3.1           Return to Event	4-9
     4.3.2           Select Another Event	 4-10
     4.3.3           Select Another Activity  	 4-10
     4.3.4           Add  Opunit	4-11
     4.3.5           Edit/Delete Opunit  	4-12
     4.3.6           Environmental Indicators  	 4-14
     4.3.7           Add  Event  	4-28
     4.3.8           Delete Event	4-29
     4.3.9           View Site	4-31
     4.3.10          Subevents	4-31
     4.3.11          Comments  	4-35
     4.3.12          RCRA ID	4-38
     4.3.13          Technical Info	4-40
     4.3.14          Chemical Info	4-43
     4.3.15          Financial  	4-46
     4.3.16          Rolodex	4-53
     4.3.17          Regional Fields  	4-55
     4.3.18          Activity Text	4-57
     4.3.19          Add/Delete Links	4-61
     4.3.20          Audit Trail	4-61
     4.3.21          Turbo Access  	4-62
     4.3.22          Review USACE Data	 4-62

CHAPTER 5   ENFORCEMENT

     5.1        ACTIVITY SELECTION   	5-1
                            WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92J
VERSION 4.0

-------
   5.2        EDIT ACTIVITY  	5-5
   5.3        MENU OPTIONS	5-6
   5.3.1           Return to Activity	5-6
   5.3.2           Select Another Activity  	5-7
   5.3.3           Select Another Event	5-7
   5.3.4           Add Activity	5-7
   5.3.5           Delete Activity	5-10
   5.3.6          View Site	5-11
   5.3.7          Milestones  	5-11
   5.3.8          Remedies	5-15
   5.3.9          Statutes	5-21
   5.3.10         Case Budget	5-23
   5.3.11         Cost Recovery Financial	 5-30
   5.3.12          Comments  	5-33
   5.3.13          Rolodex	5-33
   5.3.14          Regional Fields  	5-34
    5.3.15          Responsible Party Data	 5-35
    5.3.16          Cost Recovery Data  	 5-37
    5.3.17          Review Activity Data	 5-40
    5.3.18          Print Activity Summary 	  5-46
    5.3.19          Add/Delete Links	  5-47
    5.3.20          Audit Trail  .	5-48
    5.3.21          Turbo Access  	5-48

CHAPTER 6    NON-SITE SPECIFIC

    6.1        NON-SITE INCIDENT	6-1
    6.1.1          Modify/View Activities 	6-2
    6.1.2          NSI Financial Data	6-9
    6.2        TARGETS/ACCOMPLISHMENTS  	 6-16
    6.2.1          Target Sites	6-20
    6.2.2          Accomplishments	 6-22
    6.3        BUDGET CONTROL  	 6-24
    6.3.1          Program  (OERR) 	 6-25
     6.3.2          Enforcement (OWPE)  	 6-28
     6.4        ADVICE OF ALLOWANCE	  6-29
     6.5        OBLIGATED  UNTASKED FUNDS	  6-32
     6.6        RA PRIORITY SITES 	  6-33

 CHAPTER 7   ISIF

     7.1        SELECTING A SITE	7-3
     7.2       SELECTING AN OPERABLE UNIT	7-3
 03/11/92
 VERSION 4.0
                            WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL

-------
      7.3        SELECTING AN ACTION OPTION	7-5
      7.3.1      Add New SIF	7-5
      7.3.2      Edit Existing SIF	7-5
      7.3.3      Fast Screen Access   	7-6
      7.4        ENTERING DATA	7-7
      7.4.1          Using Repeat Fields  	7-9
      7.4.2          Using the Main Status Line	  7-10


 CHAPTER 8    LINKS

      8.1        OVERVIEW OF LINKS	8-1
      8.1.1          Types of Links	8-1
      8.1.2          Preparation for Links Data Entry   	8-1
      8.1.3          Link Records in CERCLIS  	8-2
      8.1.4          Link Creation in the ISIF Module	8-2
      8.1.5          Links Output	8-3
      8.2        ACCESSING THE LINKS MODULE	8-3
      8.3        USING THE LINKS MODULE  	8-4
      8.3.1          Selecting a Site  	8-4
      8.3.2          Understanding the Links Display	8-5
      8.3.3          Adding a Link Record	8-5
      8.3.4          Error Conditions  	8-7
      8.3.5          Deleting a Link Record  	8-7
      8.3.6          Links Batch Routine  	8-8
      8.3.7          Exiting the Links Module	8-8

CHAPTER 9    USER UTILITIES

     9.1        NEWS ALERTS	9-1
     9.2        CHANGE PASSWORD  	9-2
IV
                            WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
APPENDIX A   WASTELAN ERROR MESSAGES

APPENDIX B   ISIF REPORT PANEL
     B. 1        OVERVIEW OF THE ISIF REPORT PANEL  .  . .
     B.2        ACCESSING THE ISIF REPORT PANEL	
     B.3        USING THE ISIF REPORT PANEL  	
     B.3.1          Navigating through the ISIF Report Panel .  . ,
     B.3.2          Selecting an ISIF Type	
     B.3.3          Selecting Sites	
     B.3.4          Selecting a Sort Order	
     B.3.5          Using the Printing Functions Pop-Up Window
     B.4       UNDERSTANDING THE SITE LINKS MAP . . .
     B.4.1          Headers and Footers	
     B.4.2          Site Wide Cost Recovery Status  	
     B.4.3          Unlinked Pre-Remedial Events	
     B.4.4          Cluster Boxes  	
     B.4.5          Boxing and Shading of Events and Activities
     B.4.6          How Links are Illustrated	
     B.4.7          Unlinked Events and/or Activities	
     B.4.8           Error Messages 	
     B.5        UNDERSTANDING THE SITE LINKS LIST . . .
     B.5.1           Headers and Footers	
     B.5.2          Ordered List	
     B.5.3          Forward Links	
     B.5.4          Backward Links	
     B.6        EXITING THE ISIF REPORT PANEL	
 B-l
 B-2
 B-3
 B-3
. B-5
. B-5
. B-7
, B-8
B-13
B-15
B-15
B-15
B-16
B-16
B-16
B-16
 B-17
 B-18
 B-18
 B-19
 B-20
 B-20
 B-21
  03/11/92
  VERSION 4.0
                             WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL

-------
              WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL LIST OF EXHIBITS
      Exhibit No.
Title
Page
    1-1     Superfund Data Flow ................................. 1-3
    1-2     WasteLAN File Structure ............................... 1-4

    2-1     LAN Menu  ....................................... 2-2
    2-2     WasteLAN Login Screen ............................... 2-3
    2-3     WasteLAN Main Menu  ................................ 2-3
    2-4     Site Menu  ........................................ 2-4
    2-5     Activity Summary "VIEW" Screen ......................... 2-5
    2-6     Financial Summary Screen (Actual Obligations)  ................. 2-6
    2-7     Non-Site Incident Activity Summary/Menu  .................... 2-7
    2-8     Site Summary "ADD" Screen ............................ 2-8
    2-9     Activity Summary "ADD" Screen  ......................... 2-9
    2-10     Non-Site Incident Activity "ADD" Screen  .................... 2-10
    2-11     Event Lead Pop-Up Window ............................. 2-11
    2-12     Menu Screen Status Line ............................... 2-12
    2-13     Summary Screen Status Line (Single Record) ................... 2-12
    2-14     Summary Screen Status Line (Multiple Record)  ................. 2-13
    2-15     "ADD" Data Screen  Status Line  .......................... 2-14
    2-16     "EDIT" Data Screen  Status Line  .......................... 2-14

    3-1      Site Menu  ........................................ 3-1
    3-2      EPA ID Field ...................................... 3-2
    3-3      Result of Site Search  by  EPA ID  .......................... 3-3
    3-4      Event Pop-Up Window  .............................. . . 3-3
    3-5      Event Summary  "VIEW" Screen  .......................... 3-4
    3-6      IFMS ID Field  ..................................... 3*5
    3-7      State and Zip Code Fields  .............................. 3-5
    3-8      Result of Site Search  by  Zip Code  ......................... 3-6
    3-9      Search Options Pop-Up Window  .......................... 3-7
    3-10     State and Name Fields ................................. 3-8
    3-11     State Pop-Up Window ................................. 3-8
    3-12     Result of Site Search  by  State/Name ........................ 3-9
    3-13    Project Manager Name Field ............................. 3-10
    3-14    Contact Name and Phone Number Pop-Up Window ............... 3-10
    3-15    Result of Site Search  by  Project Manager ..................... 3-12
    3-16    Result of Site Search  by  Alias (Partial)  ...................... 3-13
    3-17    Zip Code Prompt .................................... 3-14
    3-18    Site Add Zip Code List  ................................ 3-15
    3-19    Site Summary  "ADD" Screen 1 of 2 ........................ 3-16
v
      WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                                                                         03/1 1/92
                                                                     VERSION 4.0

-------
    3-20    Pop-Up Windows for Site Summary Screen 1 of 2  	3-18
    3-21    Site Summary "ADD" Screen 2 of 2	3-19
    3-22    RPM Names Pop-Up Window	3-19
    Exhibit No.       Title
                                                                             Page

    3-23    Site Selection Screen  (No Previous Site Accessed)	3-22
    3-24    Site Selection Screen  (Last Site Accessed or Ref No. Entered)	3-22
    3-25    Site Summary "VIEW" Screen 1 of 2	3-23
    3-26    Menu Options Pop-Up Window (Site Summary Screen)  	3-24
    3-27    Site Summary "VIEW" Screen 2 of 2	3-24
    3-28    Site Selection Screen  (No Previous Site Accessed)	3-25
    3-29    Site Selection Screen  (Last Site Accessed or Ref No. Entered)	3-26
    3-30    Site Summary Screen 1 of 2 (Accessed from "Edit/Delete Site")	3-27
    3-31    Menu Options Pop-Up Window (Site Summary Screen)  	3-27
    3-32    Site Summary Screen 2 of 2 (Accessed from "Edit/Delete Site")	3-28
    3-33    Menu Options Pop-Up Window (Site Summary Screen)  	3-29
    3-34    RCRA "ADD" Screen  	3-30
    3-35    Hazardous Waste Pop-Up Window	3-30
    3-36    Applicable Law Pop-Up Window	3-31
    3-37    RCRA "EDIT" Screen Status Line	3-31
    3-38    ADD/EDIT/DELETE Alias Screen (No Existing Information) 	3-32
    3-39    ADD/EDIT/DELETE Alias Screen (Existing Information)	3-34
    3-40    Site Comments Summary Screen 	3-35
    3-41     Site Comments Status Line (From "Select Comment ID")	3-36
    3-42    Federal Agency PRP Pop-Up Window	3-38
    3-43    Audit Trail Pop-Up Window	3-38

    4-1      Event Selection Pop-Up Window (Program Areas)   	 4-2
    4-2      Event Selection Pop-Up Windows (Event Types/Codes)  	4-3
    4-3      Site Selection Screen (No Previous Site Accessed)	4-4
    4-4      Site Selection Screen (Last Site Accessed or Ref No. Entered)	 4-4
    4-5      Existing Events Pop-Up Window	4-5
    4-6      Event Summary "VIEW" Screen (Preliminary Assessment)	 4-6
    4-7      Event Summary "VIEW" Screen (Preliminary Assessment)	 4-8
    4-8      Menu Options Pop-Up Window (Event Summary Screen)	 4-9
    4-9      Existing Events Pop-Up Window ("Select Another Event")	4-10
    4-10    Existing Activities Pop-Up Window ("Select Another Activity")	4-10
    4-11     Operable Unit "ADD" Screen	4-11
    4-12     Existing Operable Units Pop-Up Window	4-13
    4-13     Operable Unit "EDIT" Screen Status Line   	4-13
    4-14     Event Summary "ADD" Screen (Master Screen)  	4-14
    4-15     Environmental Indicators "EDIT" Screen Status Line	4-15
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
vu

-------
    4-16    Add Media Pop-Up Window	4-16
    4-17    Edit Media Pop-Up Window	4-17
    4-18    Delete Media Pop-Up Window  	4-18
    4-19    Add Material Pop-Up Window  	4-19
    4-20    Edit Material Pop-Up Window	4-20
    4-21    Delete Material Pop-Up Window	4-21

    Exhibit No.       Title
                                                                           Page

    4-22    Add Treatment Technology Pop-Up Window	4-22
    4-23    Edit Treatment Technology Pop-Up Window	4-23
    4-24    Delete Treatment Technology Pop-Up Window  	4-24
    4-25    Chemical Add Pop-Up Window	4-25
    4-26    Chemical Edit Pop-Up Window	4-26
    4-27    Delete Chemical Pop-Up Window   	4-27
    4-28    Event Summary "ADD" Screen (Master Screen)	4-28
            Pop-Up Windows for Event Summary Screens	4-30
    4-29    Site Summary "VIEW" Screen 1 of 2	4-31
    4-30    Subevents "VIEW" Screen	4-32
    4-31     Subevent Types Pop-Up Window	4-33
    4-32    Subevents "ADD" Screen  	4-34
    4-33    Event Comments Summary Screen	4-36 ^^
    4-34    Comment Type Pop-Up Window	4-36 ^V ')
    4-35     Event Comments Status Line (From "Select Comment ID")	4-37
    4-36    RCRA ID "VIEW" Screen	4-39
    4-37    Technical Information "VIEW" Screen  	4-40
    4-38     Technical Information Types Pop-Up Window	4-41
    4-39     Technical Information Qualifiers Prompt  	4-41
    4-40   Technical Information Qualifiers Pop-Up Window	4-42
    4-41    Technical Information "EDIT" Screen Status Line  	4-42
    4-42     Chemical Summary "ADD" Screen	4-44
    4-43     Valid Chemicals Pop-Up Window	4-45
    4-44    Financial Types Pop-Up Window	4-46
    4-45     Add/Delete  ACN/DCN Screen  	4-47
    4-46    Financial Summary Screen (Actual Obligations)	4-48
    4-47    Financial Record "ADD" Screen (Actual Obligation)	4-50
    4-48    Pop-Up Windows for Event Financial Data screens	4-51
    4-49    Financial Data "EDIT" Screen Status Line	4-52
    4-50    Rolodex Summary Screen	4-53
    4-51    Rolodex Information "ADD" Screen	4-54
    4-52    Rolodex Information "EDIT"  Screen Status Line  	4-55
    4-53    Regional Fields "VIEW" Screen  	4-56
VUI
                            WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/9
VERSION 4.

-------
    4-54    Regional Fields Screen Status Line (Existing Data)	4-57
    4-55    Activity Text Summary Screen   	4-58
    4-56    Activity Text Types Pop-Up Window  	4-58
    4-57    Activity Text Status Line (From "Select Comment ID")	4-59
    4-58    Audit Trail Pop-Up Window	4-60
    4-59    USAGE Event Summary Screen 1 of 4  	4-64
    4-60    USAGE Event Summary Screen 2 of 4  	4-65
    4-61    USAGE Event Summary Screen 3 of 4  	4-65
    4-62    USAGE Event Summary Screen 4 of 4  	4-66
    4-63    USAGE Milestones Screen	4-67

    Exhibit No.       Title
                                                                            Page

    5-1     Site Selection Screen (No Previous Site Accessed)	  5-2
    5-2     Site Selection Screen (Last Site Accessed or Ref No. Entered)	  5-2
    5-3     Existing Activities Pop-Up Window 	5-3
    5-4     Activity Summary "VIEW Screen (Administrative Order)  	  5-4
    5-5     Activity Summary "VIEW" Screen (Administrative Order)  	  5-5
    5-6     Menu Options Pop-Up window (Activity Summary Screen)	  5-6
    5-7     Existing Events Pop-Up Window	5-7
    5-8     Activity Summary "ADD" Screen (Master Screen)	  5-8
    5-9     Pop-Up Windows for Enforcement Activity Summary Screens	  5-9
    5-10    Site Summary "VIEW" Screen   	5-11
    5-11    Milestones Summary Screen	5-12
    5-12    Milestones "ADD" Screen	5-12
    5-13    Milestone Types Pop-Up Window	5-13
    5-14    Milestones "EDIT" Screen Status Line  	5-14
    5-15    Remedies Summary Screen	5-15
    5-16    Remedies "ADD" Screen	5-16
    5-17    Remedy Types Pop-Up Window	5-16
    5-18    Remedy Qualifiers Prompt	5-17
    5-19    Remedy Qualifier Fields  	5-18
    5-20    Remedy Qualifiers Pop-Up Window 	5-19
    5-21    Remedies "EDIT" Screen Status Line	5-20
    5-22    Statutes "VIEW" Screen  	5-21
    5-23    Statutes Pop-Up Window	5-22
    5-24    Case Budget Types Pop-Up Window	5-23
    5-25    Add/Delete ACN/DCN Screen   	5-24
    5-26    Case Budget Summary Screen (Actual Obligations)	5-25
    5-27    Case Budget "ADD" Screen (Actual Obligations)	5-27
    5-28    Pop-Up Windows for Enforcement Case Budget Data Screens  	5-28
    5-29    Case Budget "EDIT" Screen Status Line  	5-29
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
IX

-------
 5-30    Cost Recovery Financial Types Pop-Up Window  	5-31
 5-31    Cost Recovery Financial Summary Screen  	5-32
 5-32    Cost Recovery Financial "ADD" Screen  	5-33
 5-33    Regional Fields "VIEW" Screen  	5-34
 5-34    Regional Fields "ADD/EDIT" Screen Status Line	5-35
 5-35    Responsible Party Data "VIEW" Screen	5-36
 5-36    Responsible Party Data "ADD" Screen  	5-37
 5-37    Cost Recovery Data "VIEW" Screen	5-38
 5-38    Cost Recovery Data "ADD" Screen 	5-39
 5-39    Response Category Pop-Up Window	5-40
 5-40    Enforcement Activity Data Review Screen  	5-41
 5-41     Enforcement Comments Review Screen	5-41
 5-42    Enforcement Milestone Data Review Screen  	5-42
 5-43     Enforcement Remedy Data Review Screen  	5-42

 Exhibit No.       Title
                                                                           Page

 5-44     Enforcement Remedy and Qualifiers Review Screen   	5-43
 5-45     Enforcement Statutes Data Review Screen	5-44
 5-46     Cost Recovery Financial Data Review Screen  	5-44
 5-47     Case Budget Financial Data Review Screen	5-45
 5-48     Responsible  Party Data Review Screen  	5-45
 5-49     Enforcement Cost Recovery Data Review Screen  	5-46
 5-50     Print Activity Summary Status Line  	5-46
 5-51     Printer Specifications Screen	5-47
 5-52     Audit Trail Pop-Up Window	5-48
 6-1      Non-Site Specific Menu	6-1
 6-2      Non-Site Incident Menu	6-2
 6-3      Non-Site Incident Activity/Fiscal Year Selection Screen  	 6-3
 6-4      Non-Site Incident Activity Pop-Up Window	6-3
 6-5      Non-Site Incident Activity Summary/Menu (Existing Activity)	 6-4
 6-6      Non-Site Incident Activity "ADD" Screen   	 6-5
 6-7      Lead Pop-Up Window	6-6
 6-8      Non-Site Incident Activity "EDIT" Screen Status Line	 6-7
 6-9      Non-Site Incident Activity Summary/Menu (No Activity)  	 6-8
 6-10     Non-Site Incident Activity Summary/Financial Menu	6-10
 6-11     NSI Financial Summary Screen (Planned Obligations)  	6-11
6-12     NSI Financial "ADD" Screen (Planned Obligations)   	6-12
6-13    Pop-Up Windows for NSI Financial Screens	6-13
6-14    NSI Financial "EDIT" Screen Status Line	6-14
6-15    NSI Financial ACN/DCN "ADD" Screen	6-15
6-16    NSI Financial ACN/DCN "DELETE" Screen Status Line	6-15
                          WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92J
VERSION 4.0

-------
    6-17    Targets/Accomplishments Menu	6-17
    6-18    T/A - Remedial Pop-Up Window	6-17
    6-19    Targets/Accomplishments Fiscal Year Selection Screen	6-18
    6-20    Targets/Accomplishments Event Lead Selection Screen	6-19
    6-21    Targets/Accomplishments Target Selection Screen	6-20
    6-22    Targets/Accomplishments Target Sites Screen  	6-21
    6-23    Targets/Accomplishments Target Site Update Screen	6-22
    6-24    Targets/Accomplishments Quarterly Accomplishments Screen	6-23
    6-25    Budget Control Menu	6-25
    6-26    Budget Control - Program Menu   	6-26
    6-27    Budget Control Fiscal Year Selection Screen (PA/SI)	6-27
    6-28    Budget Control Quarter Selection Screen (PA/SI)	6-27
    6-29    Budget Control Data Screen (PA/SI)	6-28
    6-30    Budget Control - Enforcement Menu	6-29
    6-31    Advice of Allowance Menu   	6-30
    6-32    Advice of Allowance Data Screen  (Remedial Design)	6-31
    6-33    Advice of Allowance Data Screen  (Removal Actions)	6-31
    6-34    Obligated Untasked Funds Menu   	6-32

    Exhibit No.       Title
                                                                               Page

    6-35    OUF - Enforcement Menu	6-33
    6-36    RA Priority Sites Pop-Up Window	6-34
    6-37    RA Priority Sites Data Screen	6-34

    7-1      Integrated SIF Menu	7-2
    7-2      Site Selection Prompt	7-3
    7-3      Site/Opunit Selection Prompt	7-4
    7-4      Operable Units Pop-Up Window   	7-4
    7-5      Action Options Pop-Up Window   	7-5
    7-6      Existing ISIFs Pop-Up Window	7-6
    7-7      Fast Screen Access Pop-Up Window	7-7
    7-8      Typical ISIF Data Screen	7-7
    7-9      Typical ISIF Data Screen Pop-Up Window	7-8
    7-10    Repeat Field Status Line  	7-9
    7-11    Main Status Line	7-10

    8-1      Links Site Selection Window (No Previous Site Accessed)	  8-4
    8-2      Links Pop-Up Window (Existing Link Records for Selected Site)  	  8-5

    9-1       User Utilities Menu   	9-1
    9-2       News Alerts Screen   	9-2
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
XI

-------
9-3

B-l
B-2
B-3
B-4
B-5
B-6
B-7
B-8
B-9
B-10
B-ll
             Change Password Screen ..............................  9-3
Integrated SIF Menu
ISIF Report Panel
Cursor Movement Sequence
Printing Functions Pop-Up Window
Network Printers Pop-Up Window
Capture to File Pop-Up Window
New Filename Pop-Up Window
Print File Pop-Up Window
Delete File Pop-Up  Window
Site Links Map
Site Links List
                                                                               B-2
                                                                               B-3
                                                                               B-4
                                                                               B-8
                                                                               B-9
                                                                              B-10
                                                                              B-10
                                                                              B-ll
                                                                              B-12
                                                                              B-14
                                                                              B-19
Xll
                             WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                                                                03/11/9:
                                                            VERSION 4.0

-------
    WASTELAN
  USER'S MANUAL
    CHAPTER 1
INTRODUCTION
      03/11/92
    VERSION 4.0
      FINAL

-------

-------
                                                                      INTRODUCTION
                       CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION
 1.1
PURPOSE OF WASTELAN
 WasteLAN is an automated tracking system designed to accommodate the entry, maintenance,
 and transfer of data associated with Superfund events and activities.  Features in WasteLAN
 equip regional personnel with the tools necessary to meet Headquarters reporting requirements.
 In addition, the system supports regional program management efforts.
 1.1.1
Headquarters Requirements
 WasteLAN includes an upload feature for transmitting Headquarters-required data elements to
 CERCLIS, the national database residing on an IBM mainframe in Research Triangle Park,
 North Carolina. WasteLAN also accepts downloaded data from CERCLIS, allowing the regions
 to receive updates from the Headquarters database. These downloaded updates include financial
 information from the Integrated Financial Management System (IFMS), as well as data sent to
 CERCLIS from CleanLAN, the Superfund tracking system used by the United  States Army
 Corps of Engineers (USAGE).
 1.1.2
Regional Program Management
 An integrated database provides  information  for both program evaluation and management
 reporting  of  plans and  accomplishments.   WasteLAN  tracks both  region-specific and
 Headquarters-required data elements.   Information in  the database can be used to generate
 customized reports suitable for use by senior program managers.
 1.2
DESCRIPTION
WasteLAN is an integrated database developed in the FoxBASE+ programming language.  The
application operates on personal computers (PCs) in a multi-user, local area network (LAN)
environment. Several features in WasteLAN, such as menu-driven selection, standardized screen
formats, on-line help functions, and built-in edit checks, make the system simple to learn and
use.

The integrated nature of the WasteLAN database allows users to easily retrieve Response and
Enforcement information for a specified hazardous waste site. The system offers site-, event-,
and activity-level access.  Furthermore, the ISIF and Links modules assist WasteLAN users in
constructing a composite  site  history by providing the means to link Response events and
Enforcement activities together.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
                WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1-1

-------
 INTRODUCTION
 WasteLAN also includes an indirect interface to CleanLAN, the Superfund tracking system used
 by the United States Army Corps of Engineers (USAGE). USAGE events are distinguished in
 WasteLAN by a specific value entered in the Data Share field; the CleanLAN data for these
 events is available to WasteLAN users on a view-only basis.  Updates to these events are sent
 from CleanLAN to CERCLIS and then downloaded to the WasteLAN regional databases.
 1.3
SYSTEM STRUCTURE
The WasteLAN system is accessed using personal computers in a multi-user LAN environment.
Using WasteLAN, regional staff send uploads to and receive downloads from the Comprehensive
Environmental Response,  Compensation  and  Liability Information  System (CERCLIS).
CERCLIS is the  EPA's national  Superfund database residing on an IBM 3090 mainframe at
EPA's National Computer Center in Research Triangle Park (RTP), North Carolina.
CERCLIS functions as a central data tracking and  transfer point for several systems involved
in Superfund  information management.  For example,  the Integrated Financial Management
System (IFMS) tracks  Superfund  financial  information and transmits  updates to regional
WasteLAN databases via CERCLIS downloads.  Likewise, as financial information is updated
in WasteLAN, it  is uploaded to CERCLIS to be linked with updates from IFMS.

Note:  As of this  writing, the IFMS transfer to CERCLIS is not operational.

CERCLIS also interfaces with CleanLAN,  the Superfund tracking system used by the United
States Army Corps of Engineers  (USAGE, or COE).  CleanLAN includes data pertaining to
USAGE events, as well as construction data sent from the Automated Management and Progress
Reporting System (AMPRS). CleanLAN data is transmitted to CERCLIS and then downloaded
to WasteLAN. CleanLAN data downloaded to WasteLAN is available on a view-only basis; it
cannot be edited in WasteLAN.  Furthermore, CleanLAN personnel cannot modify data that
originates in WasteLAN.
Exhibit 1-1 shows the  general  flow of Superfund  data coordinated by CERCLIS.   Through
CERCLIS, WasteLAN  indirectly shares data with IFMS, CleanLAN, and AMPRS.
1-2
               WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                        INTRODUCTION
                                                          Rrwnoaf Tmadiens
                                                          Coiptol
                                                          Conttucb
                            Exhibit 1-1 Superfiind Data Flow

 To streamline WasteLAN/CERCLIS data transfer, the file structure of WasteLAN emulates the
 file structure of CERCLIS. Information is organized by event or activity category within a site
 incident.  Exhibit 1-2 illustrates the file structure of WasteLAN.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1-3

-------
 INTRODUCTION




!
8c
1
1


i
i
*


.
i



I
13
* 1
I


S




S





*
LL



1
LL



i
b




,l



























ill
H

























li
















































































. i
s li
i


. Is
c 0

1
^


2 
1 ^
*"


sL^
s L-
HJ


 B
8 C
^
i


B J




























5i 1
s  5
So *
si


L^
(K2 y
* 8 5
U2*

- IE
fi!C 5 Ll.
QO 
S

Hi
1 ?H

i '


alt

1
*




























.ll

i
*


lg
s *
x Jo

s









= !?
1 ^~
i
8



Hf
fi
5





Ul


ill


 i
1 "
1-4
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
                                                                               *

-------
                                                                          INTRODUCTION
 1.4
ORGANIZATION OF MANUAL
 This manual is intended to be both a learning and a reference tool for WasteLAN users; it is not
 intended to provide programmatic coding guidance. The manual explains the functions available
 in  WasteLAN and includes  corresponding screen  illustrations.  The Reports  and System
 Administration modules of WasteLAN are described in detail in separate documents (see Section
 1.5) and are not included in this manual.  The remainder of this manual is organized as follows:

 Chapter 2, System  Navigation and Features - describes how to  access and exit the system and
       includes standardized screen types, components, and operations.

 Chapter 3, Site - details the site selection process and includes instructions on adding, editing,
       deleting, and viewing site information.

 Chapter 4, Event -  explains how to access information for a specific event at a selected site and
       includes detailed information on the menu options used to navigate through event-related
       screens.

 Chapter 5, Enforcement - demonstrates how to access information for a specified  enforcement
       activity at a selected site and includes detailed information on  the menu options used to
       navigate through activity-related screens.

 Chapter 6, Non-Site Specific - presents and describes the screens used to access information not
       directly related to one particular site, such as advice of allowance and target data.

 Chapter 7, ISIF - describes the screens and functions used to create Integrated Site Information
       Forms. The ISIF module can be  used as an alternative data entry system.

 Chapter 8, Links ~  explains how to use the  Links module to create data relationships between
       events and other events, between events and activities, and between activities and other
       activities.

 Chapter 9, User Utilities - illustrates  two utility functions available to every WasteLAN user:
       changing a password, and viewing news alerts.

 Appendix A, Error Messages - lists and briefly describes common error messages encountered
       in WasteLAN.

 Appendix B, 75/F Report Panel - presents and describes the ISIF Report Panel.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
                 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1-5

-------
 INTRODUCTION

 1.5          OTHER AVAILABLE REFERENCE MATERIALS

 Some information concerning WasteLAN is not covered  in this manual; it is contained in
 separate documents. In addition, other reference materials are available that contain information
 not directly related to the WasteLAN application but pertaining to the WasteLAN environment,
 The following list briefly describes these additional reference materials.

 CERCLIS/WasteLAN  Data  Element  Dictionary  -  lists  each  data  element  used  in
       WasteLAN/CERCLIS and includes all aspects of field definition (i.e., type, size, etc.).

 WasteLAN Reports Library - explains how to generate WasteLAN reports and provides examples
       and descriptions of each report.

 WasteLAN System Administration Manual - lists the specifications of the WasteLAN operating
       environment, delineates the responsibilities of the WasteLAN System Administrator, and
       presents and describes the screens and functions in the WasteLAN System Administration
       module.

 CERCLIS/WasteLAN Links Coding  Guidance -  establishes rules for creating  links  between
       WasteLAN events and activities  and includes instructions for creating a site map.

 CleanLAN User's Manual - describes the nature and function of CleanLAN,  the Superfund
       tracking system used by USAGE.  Since USAGE events are accessible in WasteLAN,
       WasteLAN users  may find it helpful to refer to the  CleanLAN User's  Manual for
       clarification of USAGE data fields.

 Superfund Program Management Manual - contains coding guidance for the entry of planning
       and accomplishment data.
1-6
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
      WASTELAN
    USER'S MANUAL
      CHAPTER 2


SYSTEM NAVIGATION
        AND
     FEATURES
        03/11/92
       VERSION 4.0
        FINAL

-------

-------
                                                SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
        CHAPTER 2:  SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
The menu-driven structure of WasteLAN makes the system easy to learn and use. In addition,
certain features common to many WasteLAN screens facilitate navigation through the system.
This chapter explains how to access WasteLAN, describes the basic screen types and features,
and demonstrates how to operate screens.  The chapter concludes with exit procedures.
2.1
ACCESS PROCEDURES
As explained in Chapter 1, WasteLAN resides on a multi-user local area network (LAN). In
a typical EPA LAN environment, access to WasteLAN is controlled by passwords at two levels:
the LAN login and the WasteLAN login.  To access the WasteLAN main menu, follow these
steps:

       1.     Select the appropriate LAN choice from the network menu.

             Result:  The LAN login screen appears.

       2.     Type your LAN user name and press < Enter >.  Note: The standard EPA user
             name consists of the first character of the first name followed by the first  seven
             characters of the last name.

       3.     Type your LAN password and press < Enter>.  Note: If the password is eight
             characters in length, it is not necessary to press < Enter >.

             Result:  The LAN menu (Exhibit 2-1) appears.  If access to the LAN is denied,
             contact the appropriate regional Superfund LAN Administrator.

       4.     At the LAN menu, select the "WasteLAN" option.

             Result:  The WasteLAN login screen (Exhibit 2-2) appears, with the user name
             already entered in the Name field (taken  from the LAN user name).

       5.     Type your WasteLAN password and press < Enter >.  Note: If the password is
             eight characters in length, it is not necessary to press  < Enter>.

             Result:  The WasteLAN main menu appears (Exhibit 2-3).
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
                WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
2-1

-------
SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
    Exceotion-  If an invalid password is entered, the following message appears at the
    bottom of the screen:  ACCESS DENIED.  TRY AGAIN.  Wait until the message
    disappears  and then re-enter the password.  If the login fails on the third attempt, the
    same message is displayed, and then the LAN menu reappears.  In the event that
    access is denied, report the problem to the WasteLAN System Administrator.
                                  HAZARD RUKXHC SYSTtt
                                  HAZARDOUS KASTI COUXCTZOS
                               Exhibit 2-1 LAN Menu
 2-2
                              WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                                                                             03/11/92
                                                                         VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                  SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
                                       SYSTEM LOGIN
                                        NAME: EPA
                                     PASSWORD: ****
                                       Version  3.00
                          Exhibit 2-2 WasteLAN Login Screen














MENU
1} SHE 6) LINKS
2) EVENT 7) REPORTS
3) ENFORCEMENT 8} USER UTILITIES
4) NON-SITE SPECIFIC 9) SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION
S) IS1F

ENTER SELECTION 1-9 Quit [ ]












                          Exhibit 2-3  WasteLAN Main Menu
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
2-3

-------
 SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES

 2.2          SCREEN TYPES

 There are four basic types of screens in  WasteLAN:   menu  screens,  summary screens,
 combination summary/menus, and data screens. The following paragraphs briefly describe each
 type of screen.
 2.2.1
Menu Screens
 Menu screens, like the Site menu shown in Exhibit 2-4, offer a list of options from which to
 choose.  Typically, these options provide access to different modules within the WasteLAN
 system; some menu options may lead to other menu screens.

 As the status line at the bottom of the menu screen indicates,  select  an option by typing its
 corresponding number and pressing the   key,  or  type L (for Leave)  and  press
  to return to the previous screen.  Some menu screens also offer a Quit option for
 returning to the WasteLAN main menu.
     Caution:  Entering Q (for Quit) at the WasteLAN main menu terminates the current
     WasteLAN login session and displays the LAN menu.













1 -ITC 1
HOJLI
1) SITE SEARCH BY EPA ID 6) SITE SEARCH BY ALIAS
2) SITE SEARCH BY 1FMS ID 7) ADD SITE
3} SITE SEARCH BY ZIP CODE 8) VIEW SITE
4) SITE SEARCH BY STATE/NAME 9) EDIT/DELETE SITE
5) SITE SEARCH BY PROJ NCR

ENTER SELECTION 1-9 Leave C ]












                                Exhibit 2-4 Site Menu
2-4
                WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                     SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
 2.2.2
Summary Screens
 A summary screen presents a collection of data.  Site, Event, and Activity Summary screens
 display a summary of data for one individual record; for example, Exhibit 2-5 illustrates the
 Activity Summary screen that displays enforcement data for a specific activity at a selected site.
 Status lines on single-record summary screens offer options to access additional menus, to edit
 the displayed information, to leave the summary to return to the previous screen, and to quit the
 module to return to the WasteLAN main menu.  Some single-record summary screens, such as
 the Site Summary screen, span more than one screen.  In these cases, the status line includes
 Forward and Back options to display the next and previous screens of information.

 Other WasteLAN summary  screens,  such as Subevent, Milestone,  and Financial  summary
 screens, display summary data for multiple records. For example, Exhibit 2-6 presents a (fund)
 Financial Summary screen that shows all of the Actual Obligation records for a selected event
 at a specified site.

 Status lines on multiple-record summary screens provide options to add a new  record,  to edit
 or delete an existing record,  and to leave the summary to return to the previous screen.  If a
 multiple-record summary screen contains more records than can be seen on the first screen, the
 status line includes "Forward" and Back options to display the next  and previous screens of
 information.



_ irTMMTY 7IMMAGY __^_ tfBFFU 1 OF 1  i


REF HO.: 00010 EPA ID: RED123456789
ACTIVITY: UA01 UNILATERAL ADHIN ORD SITE NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSI

LEAD:
SCAP NOTE:
NO. RP DEFENDANTS:
JUDICIAL/CIVIL TYPE:
COMPLIANCE STATUS:
START
PLANNED: / /
ACTUAL: / /
OECM CASE NO.:
OECM CASE NAME:
DOJ CASE NO.:
DOJ CASE NAME:
_ ....... ..... AfTWITY hJVTA
FE PLANNING STATUS: A
SAMPL PLAN FOR APT.
3 ENF ACTIVITY OUTCOME:
FULL/PARTIAL SETTLEMENT:
Y CHANGE DATE: 06/30/87
COMPLETE
/ / CONTACT NAME:
07/18/85 CONTACT NO.: { )


Menu options Edit Leave Quit CM]
                       Exhibit 2-5 Activity Summary VIEW Screen
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
                WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
2-5

-------
 SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
                      VIEW
                                        FINANCIAL SUMMARY
                                              ACTUAL OBLIGATION
                      REF NO.: 00010
                       OPDNIT: 00
                        EVENT: AR1
                                        EPA ID: RED 123456789
                                     SITE NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSIT
                                    EVENT NAME: ADMINISTRATIVE RECORD
                SEQ
                NO.
           F
       CON  H
       VEH  S
DATE
AMOUNT
                    FUND
                    STAT
                ACN
                                                                DCN
WORK
ASGN   AH
 NO.   NO.
                NEU CNT  C  10/10/90
                         125,000 D
                        8TGB01PP88  PE0042
                       Audit/Trail
                     Add
             Edit/delete
                Comments
                                                    Leave
2.2.3
  Exhibit 2-6 Financial Summary Screen (Actual Obligations)

Combination Summary/Menus
Some WasteLAN screens include both a brief summary of information and a menu.  As shown
in Exhibit 2-7, the NSI Activity Summary/Menu displays background information for a selected
activity on the left side of the screen and a list of options on the right side of the screen.
2-6
                 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                                                     03/11/92
                                                 VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                       SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
                                      ARCS CONTRACT MANAGEMENT
                         ACTIVITY SUMMARY
                             NSI REGION: 01

                               ACTIVITY: AC03

                                  LEAD: FE

                                 STATE: ME

                            FISCAL YEAR: 90
                                                              MENU
                                        1) NEXT ACTIVITY
                                        2) PREVIOUS ACTIVITY
                                        3) ADD NEU ACTIVITY
                                        4) EDIT/DELETE ACTIVITY
                                        5) VIEW ONLY
                                        6) FINANCIAL SYSTEM
                                                      ENTER 1-6   Leave C
                   Exhibit 2-7 Non-Site Incident Activity Summary/Menu

 The menu on the right side of the screen provides options for accessing other activity records
 as well as for handling the activity summarized on the left side of the screen.  Select an option
 by typing its corresponding number and pressing < Enter >; or, type L (for "Leave") and press
 < Enter >  to return to the previous screen in the system.
2.2.4
Data Screens
 A data screen provides access to the individual items of information for a site, event, financial
 record, etc.  Exhibit 2-8 presents an example of the first of two data screens used to add a new
 site to the WasteLAN database.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
                  WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
2-7

-------
 SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES





















REF NO.: 03783
1FHS ID NO.: 01
NAME:
STREET :
CITY:
STATE:
COUNTY HAKE:
CONGRESS DISTRICT:
OWNER INDICATOR: UN
LATITUDE:
I AT /LONG SOURCE:
USGS HYDRO UNIT:
NPL STATUS 1NDIC: N
CATEGORY:
FED FACILITY DOCKET: F
FED AGENCY PRP: N
S/l D10XIN TIER:
PROPOSED NPL UPDATE MO.: 00
Menu options Back
SUMMARY SCREEN 1 OF 2

EPA ID:




ZIP CODE:
COUNTY CODE:
FED FACILITY IND1C: N
RCRA FLAG:
LONGITUDE:
INCIDENT TYPE:
METROSTAT AREA:
COST RECOVERY INDIC: E
SITE CLASSIFICATION: ND
STATE PRP: N
MUNICIPAL PRP: N

FINAL NPL UPDATE NO.: 00
Add Edit Leave [ ]
                        Exhibit 2-8  Site Summary "ADD" Screen

Data screens are used to add new  information to the database and  to view, update, or delete
existing information.  Typically, an ADD data screen looks the same as an EDIT data screen
but offers different status line options.  (See Section 2.3.4 for information on status lines.)

Most data screens contain header information at  the top of the screen.   This  information
identifies the event or activity and site selected.  Header information on data screens cannot be
edited.

Some data screens offer view-only access to the displayed data; for example, Budget Control
data in the Non-Site Specific module is entered and modified by Headquarters personnel and
cannot be  added, edited,  or deleted by the  regions (see  Chapter 6, Section  6.3  for  more
information on Budget Control screens).  On color monitors, view-only data appears in yellow
type without a shaded box.

View-only data screen status lines generally offer "Forward" and Back options for viewing next
and previous records, if applicable, and a Leave option for exiting the screen.
2.3
SCREEN FEATURES
Certain features are common to many WasteLAN screens and function consistently throughout
the system.  The following sections describe these standard screen elements.
2-8
                 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                      SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
 2.3.1
Data Fields
 A data field is the smallest discrete piece of information in a database.  A group of related data
 fields form a record;  for example,  name,  location,  NPL Status  indicator,  and other fields
 combine to form a single site record.  The CERCLIS/WasteLAN Data Element Dictionary
 provides specific information on  the  size, type,  and definition  of  all data fields  used in
 WasteLAN.

 Data fields usually appear as shaded boxes on WasteLAN screens.  Exhibit 2-9 shows  the data
 fields on an Activity Summary "ADD" screen.
                      ADD
                          ACTIVITY SUMMARY
              SCREEN 1 OF 1
                  REF NO.: 00077
                  ACTIVITY: FN02  RI/FS NEGOTIATIONS
                                      EPA ID: HE9570024522
                                   SITE NAME: SH1THFIEID WASTE & TR
                                          ACTIVITY DATA
                             LEAD:
                         SCAP NOTE:
                  NO. RP DEFENDANTS:
                          START
                  PLANNED:  /  /
                  ACTUAL:  /  /

                  OECM CASE NO.:
                 DECK CASE NAME:
                  DOJ CASE NO.:
                  DOJ CASE NAME:
                    COMPLETE
                      /  /
                      /  /
                                 PLANNING STATUS:
                             ENF ACTIVITY OUTCOME:
CONTACT NAME:
 CONTACT NO.: (   )
                                  Add
                              Edit
                                                       Leave
                        Exhibit 2-9  Activity Summary ADD Screen

 Generally, the size of the shaded box indicates the length of data (number of typed characters)
 allowed or  required in the field.   Certain fields accept  alpha  characters  (text),  others
 accommodate only numbers, and still others accept only dates.
     Note:  Date fields in WasteLAN follow the format MM/DD/YY, where M = the
     numeric equivalent of the month (from 01 to 12), D = the numeric equivalent of the day
     (from 01 to 31, depending on the month), and Y = the last two digits of the year.  The
     CERCLIS/WasteLAN Data Element Dictionary contains specific, detailed information
     concerning the size,  type, and definition of all WasteLAN data fields.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
                 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                                    2-9

-------
 SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES

 Some data fields in WasteLAN are required fields, meaning that data must be entered in the
 field. A blank entry (or no entry) in a required field is invalid.  Generally, the cursor remains
 at a required field until valid data  is entered.  In some cases, WasteLAN prompts the user to
 enter required information when the record is saved.
 2.3.2
 Comment Fields
 A comment field is a data field designated specifically for the entry of text.  The NSI Activity
 screen shown in Exhibit 2-10 includes a Comment field.
                                    NON-SITE INCIDENT ACTIVITY
                                                   SCREEN 1 OF 1 
                      ACTIVITY:  AR08  ADMINISTRATIVE RECORDS

                          LEAD:       (BLANK)

                       COMMENT:
                                            FISCAL YEAR:  90

                                                STATE:
                                 Add
                              Edit
                                                       Leave
                   Exhibit 2-10 Non-Site Incident Activity ADD Screen

While comment fields are embedded in some WasteLAN data screens, most comments for a site,
event, or activity are  entered, viewed, modified, and/or deleted using a separate Comments
screen.  The Comments screen is described in detail in Chapter 3, Section 3.5.5.
2.3.3
Pop-Up Windows
A pop-up window is an on-line help feature designed to assist the user in entering data.  A field
name with a highlighted first letter indicates that a pop-up window of valid entries is available
for that field.  On monochrome monitors, the first letter of the field name appears in  reverse
video; on color monitors, the first letter is highlighted in red.
2-10
                 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                       SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
 Entering a "?" or an invalid entry in a field linked to a pop-up window activates the pop-up
 window.  Exhibit 2-11 presents the pop-up window associated with the Event Lead field.
                                          LEAD
                         CE
                         CG
                         EP
                         f
                         FE
                         FF
                         LA
                         MR
                         MS
                         OH
                         PS
                         RP
                         S
                         SN
   (BLANK)
   CORPS OF ENGINEERS
   COAST GUARD
   EPA IN-HOUSE
   EPA, FUND FINANCED
   FEDERAL ENFORCEMENT
   FEDERAL FACILITY
   LOCAL OR AREA-WIDE AGENCY
   MIXED FUNDING-FEDERAL/RP
   MIXED FUND IMG-FED/STATE
   OTHER
   PRP RESPONSE WITH FUNDING
   RESPONSIBLE PARTY
   STATE, FUND FINANCED
   STATE, MO FUND MONEY
   i MORE 1 ^
                       T I     - Press V to select

                         Exhibit 2-11  Event Lead Pop-Up Window

 When a pop-up window appears, the first entry is automatically highlighted.  A quick way to
 move the light bar to highlight a different entry is to type the first character of the desired entry;
 if multiple  entries begin  with the same character, keep  pressing the character until the
 appropriate entry is highlighted.

 In many pop-up windows, the  first entry is a Return option, such as Return to Activity.  This
 type of option closes the window without making a selection.
 Keys used to operate pop-up windows are displayed at the bottom of the window and  function
 as follows:
        < t >         Moves the light bar one line up; has no effect if the first entry is already
                      highlighted.

        < * >         Moves the light bar one line down; has  no effect if the last entry is
                      already highlighted.

             Scrolls the window to the previous page  (screenful) of entries;  has no
                      effect if the first (or only) page of entries is already displayed.

             Scrolls the window to the next page (screenful) of entries; has no effect
                      if the last (or only) page of entries is already displayed.

             Scrolls the window to the very beginning of the display and highlights the
                      first entry; has no  effect if the first entry is already highlighted.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
2-11

-------
 SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
        < End >      Scrolls the window to the very end of the display and highlights the last
                     entry; has no effect if the last entry is already highlighted.

 <*-i >()  Selects the highlighted entry, closes the pop-up window, and places the
                     selected entry in the data field.

 Some pop-up windows appear automatically when a menu choice or status line option is selected.
 These pop-up windows operate in the same manner as those connected to specific data fields.
 2.3.4
Status Lines
 Status lines are cues that generally appear at the bottom of each WasteLAN screen.  Status line
 options indicate the actions available for manipulating the currently displayed data and/or screen
 and for accessing other screens.

 Status lines vary among the different types of WasteLAN screens.   Exhibit 2-12 presents a
 typical menu screen status line.
                           ENTER SELECTION  1-9  Leave  []
                          Exhibit 2-12 Menu Screen Status Line

Menu screen status lines are used to select a menu option or to return to the previous screen.
Select a menu option by typing its corresponding number and pressing  < Enter >. To return
to the previous screen, type L (for Leave) and press < Enter >.

Some menu screen status lines also offer a Quit option for returning to the WasteLAN main
menu; type Q and press < Enter >  to select the Quit option.
     Exception:  Entering Q at the WasteLAN main menu logs you out of WasteLAN and
     displays the LAN menu.
Exhibit 2-13 presents an example of the status line that appears on single-record summary
screens such as Site, Event, and Activity Summaries.
             Menu options
                   Edit
Leave
Quit    [M]
                Exhibit 2-13 Summary Screen Status Line (Single Record)

Select an option by typing its highlighted letter and pressing < Enter >.  Options on the status
line shown in Exhibit 2-13 are described below.
2-12
                WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                                   03/11/92
                               VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                     SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES

 Menu options - Selecting  "M"  activates a pop-up window of options for navigating through
       additional screens related to the currently displayed record.  Specific menu options are
       explained later in  Chapter 3 (Section 3.5), Chapter 4 (Section  4.3), and Chapter 5
       (Section 5.3).

 Edit - Entering "E" permits the modification of the displayed data by placing the cursor at the
       first data entry field on the screen.

 Leave - Use this option to leave the  current screen.  Entering  L displays the previous screen.

 guit - Entering "Q" displays the WasteLAN main menu.

 Exhibit 2-14 illustrates the status line that appears on multiple-record summary screens such as
 Subevent, Comment, and Financial summaries.
                     Add    Edit/delete     Leave
                                 [L]
                Exhibit 2-14  Summary Screen Status Line (Multiple Record)

 Many status lines such as this one display a pre-selected option in the bracketed option entry
 field.  This pre-selected option is known as a default. The default option on the above status
 line is L for Leave, so pressing < Enter >  without typing a different option displays the screen
 from which you accessed the  summary.

 Select an option by typing its  highlighted letter and pressing < Enter >.  Options on the status
 line shown in Exhibit 2-14 are described below.

 Add - Entering A displays a data screen containing blank data entry fields used to add a new
       record to the  database.  After entering the new information  in the appropriate fields,
       enter A at the data screen status line to record the new information to the database.

 Edit/delete - Entering E for "Edit/delete" displays the following record selection prompt: Use
       or -i  - press < Enter >  to select. After highlighting and selecting the desired record,
       a data screen appears, showing existing information for the selected record in the data
       fields.

 Leave - Use this option to leave the current screen.  Entering "L" displays the previous screen.

 The status line that appears at the bottom of an "ADD" data screen differs slightly from the one
 that appears on an "EDIT" data screen.  Exhibit 2-15 shows a typical "ADD" screen status line.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
2-13

-------
 SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
                     Add
     Edit
Leave
                        Exhibit 2-15  ADD Data Screen Status Line

 Select an option by typing its highlighted letter and pressing < Enter >. Options on the above
 status line are described below.

 Add - Use this option after entering the new information in the data fields. Selecting this option
       records the new information to the  database and displays the added record.

 Edit  - Select this option to modify the new information before  adding it to the database.
       Entering "E" sends the cursor to the first data field on the screen; use the  key
       to move to the appropriate field(s) and make the necessary changes.  Pressing < Enter >
       at the last data field  returns the cursor to the status line.

 Leave - Use this option to exit the "ADD" screen without recording any new information to the
       database.  Entering "L" displays the previous screen.

 Exhibit 2.3-8 illustrates the status line that appears on  "EDIT" data screens.
Edit
Delete
Save
Leave
[] 1
                        Exhibit 2-16  EDIT Data Screen Status Line

Select an option by typing its highlighted letter and pressing  < Enter >.  Options on the above
status line are described below.

JEdit - Use this option to modify the displayed information. Entering E sends the cursor to the
       first data field on the screen.  Use the < Enter > key to move to the appropriate field(s)
       and make the necessary changes.  Pressing < Enter > at the last data field returns the
       cursor to the status line.

Delete -  Entering D displays the following prompt at the bottom of the screen:  PRESS Y TO
       DELETE [N].   The default response is N (for No),  so  pressing < Enter >  leaves the
       record unchanged. Type Y and press  to delete the record and return to the
       previous screen.

Save - Use this option after editing the displayed data to record the changes to the database.
       After changes are made and the cursor is  returned to the status line, "S" is the default
       option; simply press  < Enter >  to save the changes and return to the previous screen.
2-14
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                              03/11/92
                          VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                    SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES

 Leave - Use this option to leave the current screen.  Entering L displays the previous screen.

 2.3.5         Turbo Access

 Turbo Access is a memory feature that works like a bookmark,  saving your place in an Event
 or Activity screen.  If Turbo Access is on when you  log out of WasteLAN, then the system
 remembers the last site record and Event or Activity Summary screen accessed.  The next time
 you log in, the last Event or Activity Summary screen accessed  will be displayed.

 The Turbo Access option appears in the Menu options  window accessed from the status line of
 an Event or Activity Summary  screen.   The feature operates as  a toggle  switch. If the Menu
 options window displays the selection Turbo Access:  On, then Turbo Access is already on, so
 selecting the option will turn it off. If the Menu options window displays the selection Turbo
 Access:  Off, then Turbo Access is off, so selecting the option will turn it on.
 2.4
SCREEN OPERATION
 WasteLAN screen functions depend on several  standard operating characteristics.   These
 characteristics are described in the following sections.
 2.4.1
Cursor Movement
The cursor is the small, blinking, lighted bar or box that indicates the position on the screen at
which keystrokes appear.  Cursor movement within WasteLAN screens is restricted to data
fields, status lines (at the bracketed option entry fields), and pop-up window entry selection.

On ADD data screens, the cursor appears at the first data field, usually located on the upper left
side of the screen.  Each time the < Enter > key is pressed, the cursor moves to the next data
field.  When the cursor is positioned at the last data field, pressing  moves the cursor
to the status line.  In some cases, the    key can be used to move the cursor to the
status line.
     Exception:   Some data fields are required fields; i.e., valid data must be entered
     before the cursor will move to the next field. The system will not accept blank entries
     in required fields.
On most data screens, the cursor cannot be moved back to a previous field using the ,
<>, or <> key.  To place the cursor at a previous data field, use the   key (or
press  at the last data field) to access the status line.  Then, enter E (for Edit).  The .
cursor will return to the first data field on the screen; use the < Enter > key to move the cursor
to the appropriate field.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
                WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
2-15

-------
 SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES

 In pop-up windows, cursor position is indicated by the reverse-video highlight bar.  The < > ,
 < t >, < PgUp >,  < PgDn >,  < Home > ,  and < End > keys are all keys that can be used to
 move the cursor position (light bar)  to a different entry.  Typing the first letter of an entry is
 also a way to move the light bar to that entry. See Section 2.3.3 for more information on using
 pop-up windows.
 2.4.2
Data Entry
 Data entry encompasses both the addition of new data and the modification of existing data in
 the system.  The process is the same for both ADD and EDIT data screens, except that ADD
 screens contain blank fields, and EDIT screens display existing data that can be overwritten.

 To enter or modify data, follow these eight steps:

       1.     Access the appropriate ADD or EDIT data screen.

       2,     If the screen is an EDIT screen, enter E (for Edit) at the status line to move the
              cursor to the first data field on the screen.

       3.     Type  the appropriate  data and  press  < Enter >,  or press  < Enter > without
              typing data to move the  cursor to the next data field.

       4.     Continue entering data and/or pressing < Enter >  until the cursor reaches the
              status line.
     Note: In some cases, the < PgDn > key can be used to move the cursor to the status
       5.     Review the entered/modified data for accuracy.

       6.     If an error is found, choose E (for Edit) at the status line, use the < Enter > key
              to move the cursor to the appropriate field, and repeat steps 3 through 6.

       7.     If the current screen is the first (or any screen other than the last) in a series, i.e.,
              SCREEN 1 OF 2, enter F (for Forward) to display the next  screen, and repeat
              steps 3 through 7.

       8.     Once all of the appropriate data has been entered/modified and verified  for
              accuracy, enter A at  the ADD screen status line or S at the EDIT screen status
              line to record the new information to the database.  Entering L at the status line
              before  entering A  or S cancels  the data entry  procedure,  forfeits  all
              additions/changes, and displays the previous system screen.
2-16
                 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                    SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
 2.4.3
Edit Checks
 Many WasteLAN data fields are protected by built-in edit checks  to prevent the entry of
 incorrect data,  such as alpha characters in numeric fields or invalid dates.  For example, the
 system will not permit an entry such as 04/31/90 in a date field, because April only has 30 days;
 furthermore, all date fields follow the MM/DD/YY format, thus prohibiting an entry such as
 30/04/90.

 Some edit check routines result in error messages, as described below in  Section 2.4.4. The
 cursor will remain at a field protected by an edit check until valid data is entered.  Consult the
 WasteLAN Data Element Dictionary for more information on specific data fields and their
 corresponding acceptable values.
 2.4.4
Error Messages
 Error messages appear on WasteLAN screens as a result of edit check routines associated with
 data entry and option selection.  When invalid data is entered in a field or an invalid selection
 is chosen on a status line, the system displays a message that  briefly states the nature of the
 error,  such as INVALID SELECTION.  PLEASE RE-ENTER. Generally,  error messages
 appear at the bottom of the screen (highlighted in red on color  monitors) and disappear after a
 few seconds.

 Error messages are mentioned in this manual as they relate to the function being described.
 Error  messages included in the  body  of this text appear in uppercase, boldfaced type.  In
 addition, Appendix A at the end of this manual lists the most often encountered error messages
 and their corresponding causes/solutions.
2.5
EXIT PROCEDURES
With the exception of the WasteLAN System  Login and main menu screens (shown at the
beginning of this chapter in Exhibits 2-2 and 2-3, respectively), all other WasteLAN screens
offer a Leave option for exiting the current screen.  Simply type L and press < Enter > to
return to the previous system screen.

In addition, some WasteLAN menu screens contain a Quit option for leaving the current screen
and returning to the WasteLAN main menu. When a Quit option is available, type Q and press
 < Enter >  to display the WasteLAN main menu.  If no Quit option is available, keep selecting
the Leave option until a screen appears that has a Quit option or until the main menu appears.

To exit WasteLAN and return to the LAN menu, the WasteLAN main menu must be displayed
(use Leave and/or  Quit options until the main  menu appears).   Then, type Q and press
 < Enter >   at the WasteLAN main  menu to  log  out of the system.  The regional LAN
(AutoMAXX) menu will be displayed; generally, this menu includes a choice for logging out
of the LAN.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
                WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
2-1?

-------

-------
  WASTELAN
USER'S MANUAL
  CHAPTER 3
     SITE
     03/11/92
   VERSION 4.0
     FINAL

-------

-------
                                                                                  SITE
                                CHAPTER 3:  SITE
 The WasteLAN Site module is used to retrieve information for a specific site.  Search options
 in the Site module provide six different methods for retrieving a site record.  The Site module
 also includes options to add a  new site record to the database,  to view  information for an
 existing site, and to edit or delete existing site information.

 To access the Site module, log in to WasteLAN to display  the main menu (see Chapter 2,
 Section 2.1 for WasteLAN access procedures).  Then, choose  option 1  on the WasteLAN main
 menu.  The Site menu appears,  as illustrated in Exhibit 3-1.

1 J"L 1

1) SITE SEARCH BY EPA ID 6) SITE SEARCH BY ALIAS
2) SITE SEARCH BY 1FHS ID 7) ADD SITE
3) SITE SEARCH BY ZIP CODE 8) VIEW SITE
A) SITE SEARCH BY STATE/NAME 9) EDIT/DELETE SITE
S) SITE SEARCH BY PROJ HGR


                               ENTER SELECTION   1-9   Leave   [ ]
                                 Exhibit 3-1  Site Menu

Select an option by typing its corresponding number and pressing < Enter >.  Entering ML" (for
Leave) displays the WasteLAN main menu. The remaining sections in this chapter describe the
options on the Site menu.
3.1
SITE SEARCH OPTIONS
If the Reference number for a site is not known, any one of six site search options can be used
to retrieve the desired site record.  The site search routines generally follow the same pattern,
beginning with search criteria entry and ending with an
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
                WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
3-1

-------
 SITE
 Event Summary screen for a specified event at a selected site.  Sections 3.1-1 through 3.1-6
 describe the site search options in further detail.
 3.1.1
Site Search by EPA ID
 Use option 1 on the Site menu to search for a site by an EPA ID number.  Selecting this option
 presents a blank EPA ID field, as shown in Exhibit 3-2.
                EPA ID:
                               Exhibit 3-2  EPA ID Field

 As few as one or as many as; ten characters of the EPA ID can be entered in the EPA ID field.
 Entering an incorrect EPA ID number results in the message INVALID EPA ID NO.  PLEASE
 RE-ENTER.  Pressing < Enter > without typing any characters in the EPA ID field displays
 a list of sites for which no EPA ID has been entered in the database.  If there are no sites
 lacking an EPA ID in the database, the cursor returns to the blank EPA ID field.

 When a valid full or partial EPA ID is entered, the system displays a result list of all sites whose
 EPA ID numbers meet the search criteria.  Exhibit 3-3 presents an example of a list of sites
 resulting from a successful site search by EPA ID.
     Hint:   Entering as many characters as possible in the EPA ID field speeds up the
     search by narrowing the search parameters; the  resulting list of sites meeting the
     search criteria will contain fewer records from which to choose.
3-2
                WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                                    SITE


















EPA ID:



MA





REF NO.
01120
01119
01773
01118
02199
01117
00029
00077
02198
00157
01012
EPA ID NAME
MAUimim SEAL ISLAND (NWR-DOI)
MA3111111111 U S DEFENSE FUEL SUPPORT-PT SEARSPORT
MA4111111111 NAVAL SECURITY GROUP ACTIVITY
MAS111111111 U S DEFENSE FUEL SUPPORT-PT CASCO BAY
KA6111111111 USN NAVAL COMMUNICATION UNIT
MA711 1111111 US NAVY PORTSMOUTH NAVAL SHIPYARD
MA8111111111 BRUNSWICK NAVAL AIR STATION
MA9111111111 LORING AIR FORCE BASE
MA2111111111 USCG BASE SOUTH PORTLAND
MA0007800000 MILLINGTON ENTERPRISES
MAD00054S656 INT MINERALS AND CHEMICALS CORP
CITY
M1DDLEBRIDGE
SEARSPORT
U1NTER HARBOR
HARPSWELLCSO HARP
CUTLER
KITTERY
BRUNSWICK
LIMESTONE
SOUTH PORTLAND
LINCOLNVILLE
ORRINGTON
















Forward Select Change Leave [ ]
                       Exhibit 3-3  Result of Site Search by EPA ID

The list may contain more sites than are visible in the first page (screenful) of entries.  Enter
T" (for "Forward") at the status line to view the next page of entries; on subsequent pages,
enter "B" (for "Back") to return to the previous page of entries.

To select a site from the search result list, enter "S" (for "Select") at the status line. The system
presents a Ref No. field next to the EPA ID field at the top of the screen.  Enter a valid site
reference number.  It is not necessary  to enter any leading zeros of the reference number; for
example,  reference number "00123" can be entered as "123".  The system displays a pop-up
window listing all events in the database for the selected site.  An example of an event pop-up
window is illustrated in Exhibit 3-4.
Kcr NU. 
00077
00077
00077
00077
00077
00077
00077
00077
00077

uu -
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00

CVI
DS1
HR1
NF1
NP1
PA1
RI1
RV2
RV3
RVA

RETURN TO EPA ID SEARCH
DISCOVERY
HAZARD RANKING/NPL LISTING
FINAL LISTING ON NPL
PROPOSED FOR NPL
PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT
REMEDIAL INVESTIGATION
REMOVAL ACTION
REMOVAL ACTION
REMOVAL ACTION

                           Exhibit 3-4 Event Pop-Up Window
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
3-3

-------
 SITE

 Selecting the "Return to Site Search by EPA ID"  option at the top of the window closes the
 window without selecting an event. Use the < i > and    keys to scroll the light bar
 forward in the window; use the < t > and  keys to scroll back to previous events.

 When the desired event is highlighted, press   to  select  it.  This action closes the
 pop-up window and displays the Event Summary screen  that corresponds to the selected event
 at the specified site. Exhibit 3-5 presents an example of an Event Summary screen; this screen
 is described in detail in Chapter 4, Section 4.2.



REF HO.; 00077
OPUNIT: 00
EVENT; PA1

EVENT LEAD: F
SCAP NOTE:
START
PLANNED: / /
ACTUAL: / /
FIRST START INDICATOR:
CONTACT NAME:
EVENT SUMMARY i SCREEN 1 OF 1 

EPA ID: MA1656565656
SITE NAME: SMITHFIELO WASTE & TRA
EVENT NAME: PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT
EVENT DATA
PLANNING STATUS:
EVENT QUALIFIER: H
COMPLETE CAC/TDD NO.:
/ / CAC AMND NO.:
01/01/83 PROJECT NO.:
FIRST COMPLETE INDICATOR:
CONTACT NO.: { )


Menu options

Edit Leave Quit t 1
                       Exhibit 3-5 Event Summary "VIEW" Screen

To search for another site using a different EPA ID, enter "C" (for "Change") at the status line
of the search result list (see Exhibit 3-3). The result list disappears and the cursor returns to a
blank EPA ID field; enter a new EPA ID number to search the database using different criteria.
Entering "L" (for "Leave") at the status line of the result list displays the Site menu.
3.1.2
Site Search by IFMS ID
Option 2 on the Site menu is used to search for a site using an IFMS ID number. Choosing this
option displays a blank IFMS ID field, as shown in Exhibit 3-6.
3-4
                 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                                  SITE
                 IFMS ID:
                               Exhibit 3-6  IFMS ID Field
                                                                      i
 Type the IFMS ID of the desired site and press  < Enter >.  It is not necessary to type the
 leading zeros of the IFMS ID number; for example,  "0123" can be entered as "123."  Entering
 an incorrect IFMS ID number results in  the message INVALID IFMS ID NO.   PLEASE
 RE-ENTER.  Pressing < Enter > without typing any characters displays a list of all sites for
 which no IFMS ID number has been assigned.  If there are no sites in the database that lack an
 IFMS ID number, then the cursor returns  to the blank IFMS ID field.

 When a valid IFMS ID is entered, the system displays a result screen that shows the reference
 number, name, and IFMS ID of the site whose IFMS ID matches the one entered.  Select the
 site by entering "S" (for "Select") at the status line.  The system presents a Ref No. field next
 to the IFMS ID field at the top of the screen.  Enter a valid site reference number.  It is not
 necessary to enter any leading zeros in  the reference number;  for example, reference number
 "00123" can be entered as "123."

 When a valid reference number is entered,  the system displays a pop-up window (similar to the
 one shown previously in Exhibit 3-4) of all  events in the database for the selected site.  Selecting
 an event from the window displays the Event Summary corresponding to the specified site and
 event. See Exhibit 3-5 (also shown previously) for an example of the Event Summary screen.

 To change the search criteria and search for a site using a different IFMS ID,  enter "C" (for
 "Change") at the result list status line.  The result list disappears and the cursor returns to the
 blank IFMS ID field. Enter a different IFMS ID to conduct another search.  Entering "L" (for
 "Leave") at the result list status line displays the Site menu.
 3.1.3
Site Search by Zip Code
 Option 3 on the Site menu is used to search for a site record using a state and zip code.
 Choosing this option displays blank State and Zip Code fields, as shown in Exhibit 3-7.
                STATE:     ZIP CODE:
                         Exhibit 3-7 State and Zip Code Fields
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
                WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
3-5

-------
 SITE
 The State field is linked to a pop-up window, as indicated by the highlighted first letter of the
 field name.  Entering a "?" or an invalid state abbreviation displays a pop-up of state names
 associated with the WasteLAN regional database. For example, Exhibit 3-11 (presented later
 in this chapter) shows the pop-up window of state names in the WasteLAN database for Region
 1.
 Selecting a state from the pop-up window (or manually entering a valid code without using the
 window) moves the cursor to the Zip Code field. Type the zip code of the desired site and press
 < Enter >.  Entering an invalid zip code or entering a zip code without entering a state displays
 the following message at the bottom of the screen:  ZIP CODE NOT FOUND  ... PLEASE
 RE-ENTER.

 When a valid state and full or partial zip code is entered, the system displays a list of all sites
 whose zip code matches the one entered.  Exhibit 3-8  presents  an example of the result list of
 a successful site search by zip code.
     Hint:  Entering as many characters as possible in the Zip Code field speeds up the
     search by narrowing the search parameters; the resulting list of sites  meeting the
     search criteria will contain fewer records from which to choose.

     Important: Entering a blank zip code (pressing  < Enter > without typing characters
     in the Zip Code field) displays a list of all sites for which no zip code has been
     entered.	
                                  -  site search by zip code   p
                STATE: R!  ZIP CODE:
                REF NO. EPA ID
                                 NAME
                                 ST  ZIP CODE
                02275  RED987654321 WHITE  HALL
                02321  RED123123123 JONESTOWN
                                 RI
                                 RI
                                 Select       Change      Leave
                                           1 ]
                      Exhibit 3-8 Result of Site Search by Zip Code
3-6
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                                    SITE
The list may contain more sites than are visible in the first page (screenful) of entries.  Enter
"F" (for "Forward") at the status line to view the next page of entries; on subsequent pages,
enter "B" (for "Back") to return to a previous page of entries.

To select a site from the search result list, enter "S" (for "Select") at the status line. The system
presents a Ref No. field next to the Zip Code field at the top of the screen.  Enter a valid site
reference number.  It is not necessary to enter the leading zeros of the reference number; for
example, reference number "00123" can be entered as "123."

When a valid reference number is entered, the system displays a pop-up window (similar to the
 one shown previously in Exhibit 3-4) of all events in the database for the selected site.  Selecting
 an event from the window displays the Event Summary corresponding to the specified site and
 event. See Exhibit 3-5 (also shown previously) for an example of the Event Summary screen.

 To search for another site using a different zip code, enter "C" (for "Change") at the status line
 of the result list (see Exhibit 3-8).  The result list disappears and the cursor returns to the blank
 Zip Code field; enter a new zip code to  search the database using different criteria.  Entering
 "L"  (for "Leave") at the status line of the result list displays the Site menu.

 3.1.4        Site Search by State/Name

 A site search may also be  conducted  using a state code and site name as the search criteria.
 Selecting option 4 on the Site  menu presents a pop-up window of search  options, as shown in
  Exhibit 3-9.
                          RETURN TO SITE MENU
                          EXACT SEARCH
                          PARTIAL SEARCH
                                      SEARCH OPTIONS
                         Exhibit 3-9  Search Options Pop-Up Window

  Choosing the "Return to Site Selection" option closes the window without making a selection.
  The "Exact Search" option is used to find an exact match in the database for the criteria entered.
  The "Partial  Search" option is used to widen the search parameters by listing all sites for which
  some part of the site name corresponds to the criteria entered.  Selecting either of the latter two
  options displays State and Name fields, as shown in Exhibit 3-10.
   03/11/92
   VERSION 4.0                    WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL                            3-7

-------
 SITE
                STATE:
                         NAME:
                           Exhibit 3-10  State and Name Fields

 The State field is linked to a pop-up window, as indicated by the highlighted first letter of the
 field name.  Entering a "?" or an invalid state abbreviation displays a pop-up of state names
 associated with the WasteLAN regional database.  For example, Exhibit  3-11 presents the
 pop-up window of state names in the WasteLAN database for Region 1.
CT
HA
ME
NH
RI
VT
ZA
CONNECTICUT
MASSACHUSETTS
MAINE
NEW HAMPSHIRE
RHODE ISLAND
VERMONT
REGION I
                     T I     - Press ^  to select

                           Exhibit 3-11  State Pop-Up Window

Selecting a state from the pop-up window (or manually entering a valid state code without using
the window) moves the cursor to the Name field. Enter the beginning characters (or words) of
a site name.
     Hint:  Entering as many characters as possible in the Name field speeds up the search
     by narrowing  the search parameters;  the resulting list of sites meeting the search
     criteria will contain fewer records from which to choose.
If "Exact Search" was chosen from  the Search Options window  (Exhibit 3-9), the system
displays all sites in the specified state whose names begin with the characters entered in the
Name field.  If no exact matches are found in the database for the state and name entered, the
following message appears at the bottom of the screen:  INVALID SITE NAME.  PLEASE
RE-ENTER.  When the message disappears, the cursor returns to the State field.

If "Partial Search"  was selected from the Search Options window (Exhibit 3-9), the system
displays all sites in the specified state for which any pan of the site name matches the characters
entered in the Name field. For example, Exhibit 3-12 shows the result list that might appear
when "Partial Search" is chosen from  the options window, "MA" is entered in the State field,
and "CORP" is entered in the Name field.
3-8
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                                     SITE


















STATE:
_. 	 L ^ 	


MA NAME:





REF NO.
00115
01 678
01161
00014
01027
01140
01163
02231
02228
00010
01105
EPA ID NAME
MR0987654321 JONES DUMP
MR1234567890 PETERSON REMOVAL
MR1 231 231 231 THOMPSON HILLS
MR4564S64567 YEARLYS SALVAGE YARD
MR/897897891 WALKER PLASTICS CORPORATION
MR5555555555 ADK1NS BANGOR WASTE OIL CO
MR4444444444 WILLIAMS ELECTRIC
MR3333333333 JACKSON & SMITH WASTE OIL FAC
MR2222222222 SOUTHERN TRASH AND CARRY
MR11Umm REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSITORY
MR9999999999 NELSON'S GRAVEL PIT
COUNTY
KENNEBEC
WASHINGTON
FRANKLIN
AROOSTOOK
ANOROSCOGGIN
YORK
CUMBERLAND
CUMBERLAND
AROOSTOOK
MORRIS
YONKERS


Forward Back Select Change
Leave [ ]















                     Exhibit 3-12 Result of Site Search by State/Name

The list may contain more sites than are visible in the first page (screenful) of entries.  Enter
"F" (for "Forward") at the status line to view the next page of entries; on subsequent pages,
enter "B" (for "Back") to return to the previous page of entries.

To select a site from the search result list, enter "S" (for "Select") at the status line. The system
presents a Ref No.  field next to the Name field at the top of the screen.  Enter a valid site
reference number.  It is not necessary to enter the leading zeros of the reference number; for
example, reference number "00123"  can be entered as "123."

When a valid reference number is entered, the system displays a pop-up window (similar to the
one shown previously in Exhibit 3-4) of all events in the database for the selected site. Selecting
an event from the window displays the Event Summary corresponding to the specified site and
event.  See Exhibit 3-5 (also shown previously) for an example of the Event Summary screen.

To search for another site using a different state and/or name, enter "C" (for "Change") at the
status line of the result  list (see Exhibit 3-12). The result list disappears and the cursor returns
to the State field; enter a new state/name combination to  search the database using different
criteria.

If a valid code is entered  in the State field, but the Name field is  left blank, the system lists all
sites in the specified state.  Pressing  < Enter > without typing
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
3-9

-------
 SITE
 characters in either the State or Name fields displays the Site menu. Entering "L" (for "Leave")
 at the status line of the result list also displays the Site menu.
 3.1.5
Site Search by Proj Mgr
 To search for a site associated with a particular Regional Project Manager, choose option 5 on
 the Site menu. Selecting this option displays a blank Proj Mgr Name field, as shown in Exhibit
 3-13.
                PROJ MGR NAME: S
                        Exhibit 3-13 Project Manager Name Field

 As the highlighted first letter of the field name indicates, this field is linked to a pop-up window.
 Entering a "?" in the field activates a pop-up window of contact names and phone numbers.
 Exhibit 3-14 illustrates the Contact Name and  Phone Number pop-up window.
                        MANAGER NAME
                        JOHNSON
                                         PHONE  NO.
                                         (703) 555-8397
             Exhibit 3-14  Contact Name and Phone Number Pop-Up Window
     Note:  The names in this window are maintained by the regional WasteLAN System
     Administrator (SA).   Using a function in the WasteLAN System Administration
     module, the SA can add, modify or delete Regional Project Manager names.

More names may exist than can be seen in  the first page of the window.  Use the <*>,
, and  keys to scroll the light bar forward; use the < t >, , and
 keys to scroll back to previous selections.  When the
3-10
                WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                                 SITE
 desired entry is highlighted, press the < -> > () key to select it.  This action closes
 the pop-up window and places the selected entry in the Pro] Mgr Name field.
     Caution:  Selecting the "Retain Original Contact Name" option initiates the search
     using the  characters entered in  the Proj Mgr Name field.  Consequently,  if you
     entered a "?" to activate the pop-up window, the system searches on that character and
     then displays  the following error  message:  INVALID PROJ MGR  NAME.
     PLEASE RE-ENTER. When the message disappears, the cursor returns to the blank
     Proj Mgr Name field.
 Pressing < Enter > without typing any characters in the Proj Mgr Name field begins a search
 for all sites in the database for which no Regional Project Manager (contact) name has been
 entered.  Activating the Contact Name and Phone Number pop-up  window and selecting the
 "Blank Out Contact Name" option has the same effect.

 When a valid full or partial Project Manager name is entered, the system displays a list of all
 sites that meet the search criteria.  If no matches are found for the name entered, the following
 message appears at the bottom of the screen:  INVALID PROJ  MGR NAME. PLEASE
 RE-ENTER. When the message disappears, the cursor returns to the blank Proj  Mgr Name
 field.  Exhibit 3-15 presents an example of a list of sites resulting from a successful site search
 by Project  Manager.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
3-11

-------
 SITE









PROJ KGR NAME: S

REF NO.
00045
01210
00095
02028
02121
02152
01574
00060
00354
00059
00072
EPA ID PROJECT MANAGER
MZ1234567890 PETERSONE
HZD987654321 JACKSON
NZD123123123 JACKSON
NZD234234234 JACKSON
MZD343454353 JOHNSON
MZD456456456 JOHNSON
MZD567567567 JOHNSTON
HZD678678678 SAUNDERS
MZ07897S9789 WALKER
MZD909090909 WASHINGTON
MZD555555555 WILLIAN
SITE NAME
NEW GUINEEA SITE
SMITH PROPERTY
JACKSON METALS
WILSONS MACHINERY
WISCONSIN PLACE
SPACE RETAIL
MARBEL STATE PLATING
SMITHS LANDFILL
OLD SOUTH REFINERY
PETTRO'S PAINT WORKS
LEXIS MUNICIPAL LANDFILL


Select Change
Leave [ ]
                   Exhibit 3-15  Result of Site Search by Project Manager

The list may contain more sites than are visible in the first page (screenful) of entries.  Enter
"F" (for "Forward") at the status line to view the next page of entries; on subsequent pages,
enter "B" (for "Back") to return to the previous page of entries.

To select a site from the search result list, enter "S" (for "Select") at the status line. The system
presents a Ref No. field next to the Pro] Mgr Name field at the top of the screen. Enter a valid
site reference number.  It is not necessary  to enter the leading zeros of the reference number;
for example, reference number "00123" can be entered as  "123,"

When a valid reference number is entered, the system displays a pop-up window (similar to the
one shown previously in Exhibit 3-4) of all events in the database for the selected site. Selecting
an event from the window displays the Event Summary corresponding to the specified site and
event.  See Exhibit 3-5 (also shown previously) for an example of the Event Summary screen.

To search for another site using a different Project Manager, enter "C" (for "Change") at the
status line of the result list (see Exhibit 3-15).  The result list disappears and the cursor returns
to the Proj Mgr Name field; enter a new name to search the database  using different criteria.
Entering "L" at  the result list  status line displays the Site menu.
3-12
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                                   SITE
 3.1.6
Site Search by Alias
 Option 6 on the Site menu, "Site Search by Alias," is used to search for a site by a name other
 than  the official site  name.  This  option functions much like option 4, "Site Search by
 State/Name." Selecting option 6 activates a pop-up window of search options (shown previously
 in Exhibit 3-9) used to specify an exact or partial match of the search criteria entered. Choosing
 either "Exact Search" or "Partial Search" presents a blank Name field in which to enter an alias
 name.

 If "Exact Search" was chosen from the Search Options window (Exhibit 3-9),  the system
 displays all sites in the database that  have alias names beginning with the characters entered in
 the Name field.  If no exact matches are found for the alias name entered, the following message
 appears at the bottom of the screen: INVALID ALIAS NAME. PLEASE RE-ENTER. When
 the message disappears, the cursor returns to the Name field.

 If "Partial Search" was selected from  the Search Options window (Exhibit 3-9),  the system
 displays all sites in the database for  which any part of the alias name matches the characters
 entered in the Name field.  For example, Exhibit 3-16 shows the result list that might appear
 when "Partial Search"  is chosen from the options window and "CORP" is entered in the Name
 field.


















NAME:



CORP





REF NO. EPA ID ALIAS NAME
OOSB7
00615
01143
00706
00741
00861
01041
00908
01857
01156
00313
CSAOOOOOOOOZ ACES CHEMICALS
CSA000000003 ACES MACHINE CORP
MSA054554545 ALLIED BUSINESS' CORP
MSA01 23 12333 BAXTER CORP
MSA456788900 BATES SYSTEMS CORP
MSA874387438 BATES SYSTEMS AND WHOLESALE
KSA000000004 JOSEPHS HARDWARE
MSA005000005 BRUNOS METAL CORP
CSA123456789 BRAXSTON CORP
MSA987654321 CASSIUS MINING CORP
CSA989898989 CANTEENS CORP
COUNTY
NEW HAVEN
HARTFORD
ANDROSCOGGIN
MIDDLESEX
MIDDLESEX
MIDDLESEX
OXFORD
ESSEX
NEW HAVEN
HANCOCK
LITCHFIELD


Forward Select Change
Leave. I ]















                   Exhibit 3-16 Result of Site Search by Alias (Partial)
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
                WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
3-13

-------
 SITE
      Hint:  Entering as many characters as possible in the Name field speeds up the search
      by narrowing the search parameters.  The resulting list of sites meeting  the search
      criteria will contain fewer records from which to choose.
 The list may contain more sites than are visible in the first page (screenful) of entries.  Enter
 "F" (for "Forward") at the status line to view the next page of entries; on subsequent pages,
 enter "B" (for "Back") to return to the previous page of entries.

 To select a site from the search result list, enter "S" (for "Select") at the status line. The system
 presents a Ref No. field next to the Name field at the top of the screen.  Enter a valid site
 reference number. It is not necessary to enter the leading zeros of the reference number; for
 example, reference number "00123"  can be entered as "123."

 When a valid reference number is entered, the system displays a pop-up window (similar to the
 one shown previously in Exhibit 3-4) of all events in the database for the selected site. Selecting
 an event from the window displays the Event Summary corresponding to the specified  site and
 event.  See Exhibit 3-5 (also shown previously) for an example of the Event Summary screen.

 To search for another site using a different alias name,  enter "C"  (for "Change") at the status
 line of the result list (see Exhibit 3-16).  The result list disappears and the cursor returns to the
 Name field;  enter a new alias to search  the database using different criteria.  Entering "L"  at
 the result list status line displays the Site menu.
3.2
ADD SITE
Option 7 on the Site menu is used to add a new site record to the database.
     Important: Only users with Pre-Remedial access rights can add new site records. The
     WasteLAN System Administrator is responsible for assigning the appropriate access
To reduce the potential for creating duplicate records for the same site, a zip code search is
included in the "Add Site" routine. Choosing option 7 on the Site menu presents State and Zip
 Code fields, as shown in Exhibit 3-17.

| STATE: ZIP CODE:

_J

                              Exhibit 3-17  Zip Code Prompt

Enter the state abbreviation of the new site to be added.  The State field is linked to a pop-up
window, as indicated by the highlighted first letter of the field name.  Entering a "?" or an
3-14
                 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                                      SITE

 invalid entry activates a pop-up window of state names associated with the regional database.
 See Exhibit 3-11, presented earlier in this chapter, for an example of the state names pop-up
 window.

 Selecting a state from  the pop-up window  (or  manually entering a valid state abbreviation
 without using the window) places the cursor at the Zip Code field. Enter the zip code of the
 new site to be added.  The system searches the database and presents a Site Add screen that lists
 existing sites that have the zip code entered.  Exhibit 3-18 presents an example of this Site Add
 list.



REf NO.
00314
02322
02084
02085
02334
02320
02226
02323
01004
|

STATE: HA

EPA ID IFMS ID
MRS155553565 01D2
MRS333758649 01V3
MRS333333333
MRS555555555
MRS4444446S5 01V4
MRS111111112 01V1
MRS222222223 01C7
HRS44444444S 01 V2
MRS555555556


ZIP COOE: - 1

NAME
ADVANCED LAB TECHNOLOGIES
LEE BEACH
LEE DRUMS
HORRISTOWN
MORRISTOWN BEACH
NELSONS III
NEU SCENE BEACH
WEST BEACH
WEST SHORE



STATE
MR
MR
MR
MR
MR
MR
MR
MR
MR

                                  Add
            Change
                                                        Leave
                            Exhibit 3-18  Site Add Zip Code List

The list may contain more sites than are visible in the first page (screenful) of entries.  In this
case, the status line will include a "Forward"  option  for displaying the next page of entries;
subsequent pages will include a "Back" option for returning to the previous page of entries.
Inspect the list carefully to determine if the site to be added has already been initialized in the
system.

Entering "C" (for "Change") at the  status line of the Site Add screen  shown in Exhibit 3-18
clears the  list of sites and returns the cursor to the State field.  Use this option to search the
database using a different state and/or zip code.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
3-15

-------
 SITE

 If no sites are found that match the state and zip code entered, the following message appears
 at the bottom of the screen:  NO SITES WERE FOUND.  This message also appears if the
 State field is left blank and a valid zip code is entered.

 When  the message disappears,  the system presents a Site  Add  screen  similar to the one
 illustrated in Exhibit 3-18, except that no sites are listed.

 Entering a valid state and leaving the Zip Code field blank presents a Site Add screen listing all
 sites in the specified state for which no zip code has been entered.  Pressing  at both
 the State and Zip Code fields without entering data lists all sites for which neither a state nor
 a zip code have been entered.

 To add the new site  to the database, enter "A" (for "Add") at the Site Add status line.  The
 system presents the first of two Site Summary "ADD" data screens. Most of the fields on the
 screen are blank,  but some contain  default information  that can be overwritten.  Exhibit  3-19
 presents an example of the first Site Summary "ADD" screen.
                   ADD
           SITE SUMMARY
                             REF NO.: 03778
    SCREEN 2 OF 2

   EPA ID:
                         RPN/OSC NAME:
                OTHER REGIONAL CONTACT:
                         SECTION CODE:

                     CD491     :
                     C0494     :
                     CM97     :
          C0492    :
          C0495    :
          CD498    :

        -SITE DESCRIPTION-
                          PHONE NO.: (
                          PHONE NO.: (
     CM93
     COt 96
                ENTER:
                         Menu options
        Back
                 Add
Edit
                                  Leave
                     Exhibit 3-19  Site Summary "ADD" Screen 1 of 2

The Ref No. at the top left side of the screen is a system-generated identification number that
cannot be edited.  When the screen first appears,  the cursor is at the EPA ID field.  To ensure
that the record is properly uploaded to CERCLIS, enter a valid EPA ID according to the formula
specified in the CERCLIS/WasteLAN Data Element Dictionary.
3-16
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                         03/11/92
                     VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                                   SITE

 Each lime data is entered and/or the  < Enter> key is pressed, the cursor moves to the next
 field in a left-to-right, top-to-bottom direction.  Several fields on the Site Summary screen are
 linked to pop-up windows, as indicated by the highlighted first letter of the field name.  Exhibit
 3-20 presents the pop-up windows available on  the first Site Summary screen.
     Important: Larger pop-up windows often contain more entries than are visible in the
     first page (screenful) of the window.  Use the <*>,  < PgDn >, and   keys
     to scroll  forward and access additional entries;  use the < t >,  < PgUp >, and
      keys to scroll back to previous entries.
 Typing the first letter of an entry moves the light bar to that entry; if multiple entries begin with
 the same letter, keep pressing the letter until the desired entry is highlighted.  Press the < J >
 () key to select the highlighted entry. This action closes the pop-up window, places
 the selected entry in the corresponding data field, and moves the cursor to the next data field.

 The cursor cannot be moved back to a previous data field using cursor movement keys (<->,
 < t  > , , etc.).  Instead, press < Enter > at the last data field on the
 screen to place the cursor at the status line. Then, enter "E" (for "Edit");  the cursor returns to
 the EPA ID field.  Use the < Enter > key to move to the appropriate field(s) and  make the
 necessary change(s).

 When a valid zip code is entered  in the Zip Code field,  the system automatically fills in the
 County Name, County Code,  Latitude, Longitude,  and Lat/Long Source fields.  Data in the
 County Code and Lat/Long Source fields cannot be edited,  but data in the County Name,
 Latitude, and Longitude fields can be overwritten.
     Note:  Changing data in the Latitude and/or Longitude fields automatically changes
     the value of the  Lat/Long Source from "G"  (meaning system-generated)  to  "R"
     (meaning regionally entered).
Once all of the appropriate data has been entered on the first Site Summary screen, press
 < Enter > at the last data field to place the cursor at the status line.  The default option is "F"
(for "Forward"), so pressing < Enter>  displays the second Site  Summary screen, shown in
Exhibit 3-21.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
3-17

-------
SITE
  3-18
                              WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                                                                             03/11/92
                                                                         VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                                       SITE
                   ADD
                                   T.
                                           SITE SUMMARY
                              REF HO.: 03778
                             _ SCREEN 2 OF 2

                             EPA ID:
                         RPM/OSC NAME:
                 OTHER REGIONAL CONTACT:
                         SECTION CODE:

                      C0491
                      COW
                      C0497
          C0492     :
          C0495     :
          C0498     :

         -SITE DESCRIPTION-
                           PHONE NO.: (
                           PHONE NO.: (
             C0493
             C0496
                 ENTER:
                         Menu options
        Back
Add
Edit
Leave
                     Exhibit 3-21  Site Summary "ADD" Screen 2 of 2

When the screen appears, the cursor is located at the RPM/OSC Name field. As the highlighted
first letter of the field name indicates, this field is linked to a pop-up window.  Entering a "?"
in this field activates the pop-up window of RPM Names, illustrated in Exhibit 3-22.
                                       RPH NAMES
                          RETAIN ORIGINAL CONTACT NAME
                          BLANK OUT CONTACT NAME
                        Exhibit 3-22  RPM Names Pop-Up Window
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                                      3-19

-------
 SITE
     Important:  More RPM names may be available than can be seen in the first page
     (screenful) of the window. Use the < * >,  , and   keys to scroll
     forward and access additional entries; use the < t >,  , and  keys
     to scroll back to previous entries.  Typing the first letter of an entry moves the light
     bar to that entry; if multiple entries begin with the same letter, keep pressing the letter
     until the desired entry is highlighted.
 Once the appropriate RPM Name is highlighted, press the <> () key to select it.
 This action closes the pop-up window and places the selected name in the RPM/OSC Name field
 and the corresponding telephone number in the Phone No. field.
     Caution:  Selecting the "Retain Original Contact Name" in the RPM Names pop-up
     window closes the window, leaves the character(s) entered in the RPM/OSC Name
     field, and moves the cursor to the next data field. Consequently, if a "?" was entered
     to activate the pop-up window, this character will remain in the data field.  Use the
     "Edit" option on the bottom status line to return the cursor to the RPM/OSC Name
     field and make the necessary change(s).
Selecting the "Blank Out Contact Name" option in the RPM Names pop-up window closes the
window, removes any characters in the RPM/OSC Name field, and moves the cursor to the next
data field.  To return to the RPM/OSC Name field, use the "Edit" option on the status line at
the bottom of the screen.

The fields in the middle  of the screen are regional free fields designed  to accommodate
regionally defined data.  Regional  free field names can be changed using a function in the
WasteLAN System Administration module.  (The WasteLAN System Administration Manual
provides instructions for using the System Administration module.) Regional fields accept alpha
or numeric characters;  the number  of allowable characters is limited to the size of the field
shown on  the screen.

The Site Description field is used to enter a description of the site or directions to its location.
This field  accommodates up to 240 characters of free-form  text; the field scrolls automatically
as text is entered. Pressing < Enter > at this field places the cursor at the status line.
3-20
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                                SITE

 The default option on the status line is "A" (for "Add"), so pressing  adds the new
 site record to the database. The system then displays the following prompt at the bottom of the
 screen: DO YOU WISH TO ADD ALIAS? Y/N [N].  Typing "Y" (for "Yes") and pressing
 < Enter > displays  the Add/Edit/Delete Alias screen presented and described later in Section
 3.5.4. The default response to the prompt is "N" (for "No"), so pressing  bypasses
 the Alias routine.

 When the Alias routine is completed or bypassed, the system displays the following prompt at
 the bottom of the second Site Summary "ADD" screen:  DO YOU WISH TO ADD RCRA?
 Y/N [N].  Typing MY" (for "Yes") and pressing  displays the RCRA "ADD" screen
 presented and described later in Section 3.5.3.  The default response to the prompt is "N" (for
 "No"), so pressing   bypasses the RCRA routine.

 If the Fed Agency PRP field  (see Exhibit 3-19) contains a "Y" (for "Yes"),  then when the
 RCRA routine is completed or bypassed, the system displays the following prompt at the bottom
 of the second Site Summary "ADD"  screen:  DO YOU WISH TO ADD PRP? Y/N  [N].
 Typing "Y" (for "Yes") and pressing < Enter > displays the Federal Facility PRP window
 presented  and described later in Section 3.5.6.  The default response to the prompt is "N" (for
 "No"), so pressing < Enter >  bypasses the PRP routine.
     Note:  The PRP prompt does not appear at all if the Fed Agency PRP field contains
     an "N" (for "No").
When the PRP and/or RCRA routine is completed or bypassed, the system displays the following
prompt at the bottom of the second Site Summary "ADD" screen:  DO YOU WISH TO ADD
COMMENT? Y/N [N].  Typing "Y" (for "Yes") and pressing < Enter> displays the Comment
screen presented and described later in Section 3.5.5. The default response to the prompt is "N"
(for "No"), so pressing  bypasses the Comment routine.  When the Comment routine
is completed or bypassed,  the new site record  is added to the database and the Site menu is
displayed.

Entering "E" (for "Edit") at the second Site Summary status line before adding the record to the
database returns the cursor to the RPM/OSC Name field, allowing you to make changes to the
data entered.  Entering "B" (for "Back") displays the first Site Summary "ADD" screen (shown
previously in Exhibit 3-19).  Entering "L" (for "Leave") at either of the two Site Summary
screens discards all data  entered and displays the Site menu.
3.3
VIEW SITE
Option 8, "View Site," on the Site menu provides view-only access to site information.  If no
site records have been accessed yet during the current WasteLAN login session, choosing this
option displays the Site selection screen illustrated in Exhibit 3-23. If a site record has been
accessed previously during the current WasteLAN session, or if a valid site reference number
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
                WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
3-21

-------
 SITE

 is entered on the screen shown in Exhibit 3-23, the Site selection screen shown in Exhibit 3-24
 appears.
                                   L
                                             SITE
                          J
                              SITE
                  REF NO.:
                                                            MENU
               Exhibit 3-23  Site Selection Screen (No Previous Site Accessed)













1
SITE
REF HO.: 00010
EPA ID: RED123456789
NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSITORY
STREET: MAIN ST
CITY: SHITHFIELD
STATE: ME


"ITI






	 |

1) CORRECT SITE
2) CHANGE SITE
ENTER 1-2 Leave [1]














         Exhibit 3-24  Site Selection Screen (Last Site Accessed or Ref No. Entered)

The information on the left side of the screen identifies the site corresponding to the reference
number entered or the last site accessed during the current login session.  The menu on the right
3-22
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                                   SITE

 side of the screen provides options for confirming the displayed site record, for selecting another
 site record, and for leaving the Site selection screen.

 The default option is" 1" (for "Correct Site"), so pressing < Enter > confirms the displayed site
 and presents the first of two Site Summary screens.  To access a different site record, type "2"
 ("Change Site") and press  < Enter >; new site information will appear on the left.  To leave
 the Site Information screen and return to the Site  menu, type "L" (for "Leave") and press
 < Enter >.

 Once the correct site  has  been chosen using the Site selection screen,  the first of two Site
 Summary screens for the selected site is displayed. Exhibit 3-25 presents an example of the first
 Site Summary "VIEW" screen.




















REF NO.: 00010
If MS ID NO.: 0KB
NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSITORY
STREET: MAIN ST
CITY: SMITHFIELD
STATE: ME
COUNTY NAME: MORRIS
CONGRESS DISTRICT: 01 FED
OWNER INDICATOR: PR
LATITUDE: 41 59 00.0
LAT/LONC SOURCE: R
USGS HYDRO UNIT: 01090003
NPL STATUS IND1C: F COST
CATEGORY: M SITE
FED FACILITY DOCKET: F
FED AGENCY PRP: N
S/I DIOXIN TIER:
PROPOSED NPL UPDATE NO.: 00 FINAL
Menu options Forward Edit
*""" SCREEN 1 OF 2 ~T

EPA ID: RED 123456789




ZIP CODE: 02824-
COUNTY CODE: 007
FACILITY INDIC: N
RCRA FLAG:
LONGITUDE: 071 33 00.0
INCIDENT TYPE:
METROSTAT AREA: 6480
RECOVERY INDIC: E
CLASSIFICATION: F
STATE PRP: N
MUNICIPAL PRP: N

NPL UPDATE NO.: 00


















Delete Leave CM]
                    Exhibit 3-25  Site Summary "VIEW" Screen 1 of 2

When the screen appears, the cursor is at the status line, where the default option is "M" (for
"Menu options").  Pressing  < Enter > displays a Menu options window, illustrated in Exhibit
3-26. Options in this window provide access to additional site information not included in the
Site Summary.  These Menu options are the same as the Menu options accessed from a Site
Summary "EDIT" screen, except that information is presented on a view-only basis. Sections
3.5.1 through 3.5.7 describe the Site Summary Menu options in detail.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
3-23

-------
 SITE
                                       - MENU OPTIONS 
                                        RETURN TO SITE
                                        SELECT ANOTHER
                                        RCRA
                                        ALIAS
                                        COMMENTS
                                        PRP INFORMATION
                                        ROLODEX
                                        AUDIT TRAIL
             Exhibit 3-26 Menu Options Pop-Up Window (Site Summary Screen)

 Entering "F" (for "Forward") at the status line of the first Site Summary screen (Exhibit 3-25)
 displays the second Site  Summary screen, depicted in Exhibit 3-27.
                      VIEW
                                    L
                             SITE SUMMARY
                              REF NO.: 00077
	 SCREEN 2 OF 2 

 EPA ID: HRS098765432
                         RPM/OSC NAME: HUNTER
                 OTHER REGIONAL CONTACT: DAVID H HOPKINS
                         SECTION CODE: FF
                      C0491
                      COW
                      C0497
                            C0492    :
                            COWS    :
                            C0498    :

                          -SITE DESCRIPTION-
                                            PHONE NO.: {   )
                                            PHONE NO.: (207) 999-2257
  C0493
  C0496
                 ENTER:
                           Menu options
                                 Back
                                                    Leave
                                                              [H]
                     Exhibit 3-27 Site Summary "VIEW"  Screen 2 of 2

Entering "B" (for "Back") at the status line on the second Site Summary screen displays the first
Site Summary screen.   Entering "L" (for "Leave") at the  status line of either Site Summary
screen displays the Site Information  screen shown previously in Exhibit 3-24.
3.4
EDIT/DELETE SITE
Option 9, "Edit/Delete Site," on the Site menu provides access to the screens used to modify or
delete existing site information.
3-24
                  WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                       03/11/92
                   VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                                   SITE

 Only users with Pre-Remedial access rights can edit and delete site information.  Users with
 Remedial rights may access the edit and leave options, but are unable to modify the SECTION
 CODE field and the SITE DESCRIPTION field. The  WasteLAN System Administrator is
 responsible for assigning the appropriate access rights for each WasteLAN user.

 If no site records have been accessed yet during the current WasteLAN login session, choosing
 this option displays the Site selection screen illustrated in Exhibit 3-28.
                                            SITE
                             SITE
                 REF NO.:
                                                           KENU
              Exhibit 3-28 Site Selection Screen (No Previous Site Accessed)

If a site record has been accessed previously during the current WasteLAN session, or if a valid
site reference number is entered on the screen shown in Exhibit 3-28, the Site selection screen
shown in Exhibit 3-29 appears.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
3-25

-------
 SITE
                                              SITE
                            - SITE
                  REF NO.: 00010
                   EPA ID: 8ED123456789
                    NAHE: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSITORY
                   STREET: MAIN ST
                    CITY: SK1THFIELD
                    STATE: HE
                              MENU
                        1) CORRECT SITE
                        Z) CHANGE SITE
                       ENTER  1-2   Leave  [1)
         Exhibit 3-29  Site Selection Screen (Last Site Accessed or Ref No. Entered)

The information on the left side of the screen identifies the site corresponding to the reference
number entered or the last site accessed during the current login session. The menu on the right
side of the screen provides options for confirming the displayed site record, for selecting another
site record, and for leaving the Site screen.

The default option is "1" (for  "Correct Site"), so pressing  confirms the displayed site
and presents the first of two Site Summary "EDIT" screens.  To access a different site record,
type W2" (for "Change Site") and press  < Enter>; new site information will appear on the left.
To leave the Site screen and  return  to  the Site menu, type "L" (for "Leave")  and press
< Enter >.

Once the correct site has been  chosen  using the Site screen, the first of two  Site  Summary
screens for the selected site is  displayed.  Exhibit 3-30 presents an example of the first Site
Summary screen.
3-26
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                                   SITE

REF NO.:
IFMS ID NO.:
NAHE:
STREET:
CITY:
STATE:
COUNTY NAHE:
CONGRESS DISTRICT:
OWNER INDICATOR:
LATITUDE:
L AT/ LONG SOURCE:
USGS HYDRO UNIT:
NPL STATUS 1ND1C:
CATEGORY :
FED FACILITY DOCKET:
FED AGENCY PRP:
S/I D10X1N TIER:
PROPOSED NPL UPDATE


00010
0148
REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSITORY
MAIN ST
SMITHF1ELD
HE
MORRIS
01 FED
PR
41 59 00.0
R
01090003
F COST
M SITE
F
N

NO.: 00 FINAL
Menu options Forward Edit


EPA ID: RED 123456789




ZIP CODE: 02824-
COUNTY CODE: 007
FACILITY INOIC: N
RCRA FLAG:
LONGITUDE: 071 33 00.0
INCIDENT TYPE:
METROSTAT AREA: 6480
RECOVERY INDIC: E
CLASSIFICATION: F
STATE PRP: N
MUNICIPAL PRP: N

NPL UPDATE NO.: 00
Delete Leave [M]
        Exhibit 3-30  Site Summary Screen 1 of 2 (Accessed from "Edit/Delete Site")


The screen displays a summary of existing information for the selected site. When the screen

first appears,  the cursor is at the status line, where "M" (for "Menu options") is the default

option. Pressing < Enter > displays a pop-up window of options for accessing additional site

information.   Exhibit 3-31 presents the Menu options window.

                                     HENU OPTIONS 
                                      RETURN TO SITE
                                      SELECT ANOTHER
                                      RCRA
                                      ALIAS
                                      COMMENTS
                                      PRP INFORMAT ION
                                      ROLODEX
                                      AUDIT TRAIL
            Exhibit 3-31  Menu Options Pop-Up Window (Site Summary Screen)

Use the < T >, < i >, , and   keys to move the light bar to the desired
option, or type the first letter of an option; if multiple options begin with the same letter, keep
pressing the letter until the desired option is highlighted. Sections 3.5.1 through 3.S.7 detail the
options in the Menu options window.

Entering "F" (for  "Forward") at the status line of the first Site Summary screen displays the
second Site Summary screen, illustrated in Exhibit 3-32.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
3-27

-------
 SITE
                   iMEW
                                          SITE SUMMARY
                             REF NO.: 03778
                             SCREEN 2 OF 2

                            EPA ID:
                         RPM/OSC NAME:
                 OTHER REGIONAL CONTACT:
                         SECTION CODE:
                      C0491
                      CM94
                      CM97
          C0492
          C0495
          CW98
                                       -SITE DESCRIPTION-
                          PHONE NO.: (
                          PHONE NO.: (
     C0493
     C0496
                 ENTER:
                         Menu options
        Back
                 Add
Edit
                                  Leave
        Exhibit 3-32 Site Summary Screen 2 of 2 (Accessed from "Edit/Delete Site")

Entering "B" (for "Back") at the status line of the second Site Summary screen displays the first
Site Summary screen again. To edit the information on either Site Summary screen, enter "E"
(for "Edit") at  the status line.  The cursor moves to the first data field on the screen.  Use the
 < Enter > key to move to the appropriate field(s) and make the necessary change(s).

Several fields on  the first Site Summary screen (Exhibit 3-30) are linked to pop-up windows, as
indicated by the highlighted first letter of the field name.  Entering a "?" in one of these fields
activates the pop-up  window.  Exhibit 3-20, presented earlier in this chapter, illustrates the
pop-up windows available on the first Site Summary screen. In addition, the RPM/OSC Name
field on the second  Site Summary screen  is linked to a pop-up window.  Exhibit 3-22, also
presented earlier, depicts the RPM Names pop-up window.

After making the  necessary change(s) to the appropriate field(s), press < Enter > at the last data
field on the screen to access the status line. Enter "S" (for "Save") to record the changes to the
database.  Entering "L" (for "Leave") at either Site Summary screen before saving the changes
discards all changes and displays the Site menu.

To delete the displayed site record, enter "D" (for "Delete") at either Site Summary status line.
The following prompt appears at the bottom of the screen:  PRESS Y  TO DELETE [N]. The
default response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing  leaves the site record unchanged.
Type "Y" and press < Enter > to delete the site record.
3-28
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                         03/11/92
                     VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                                     SITE
     Caution:  Deleting a site record deletes all subsidiary records (events, activities, etc.)
     associated with the record.
 3.5
MENU OPTIONS
 Entering  an "M" (for "Menu options") at the status line of the first Site Summary  screen
 displays a pop-up window of options for accessing additional site information.  Exhibit 3-33
 presents the Menu options window.
                                      - MENU OPTIONS 
                                      RETURN TO SITE
                                      SELECT ANOTHER
                                      RCRA
                                      ALIAS
                                      COMMENTS
                                      PRP INFORMATION
                                      ROLODEX
                                      AUDIT TRAIL
            Exhibit 3-33 Menu Options Pop-Up Window (Site Summary Screen)

 Use the < t >, < * >,  , and   keys to move the light bar to the desired
 option, or type the first letter of an option; if multiple options begin with the same letter, keep
 pressing the letter until the desired option is highlighted.  The following sections describe in
 detail the options available in the Menu options window.
3.5.1
Return to Site
Selecting the "Return  to Site" option closes  the  Menu options window without making a
selection.  The cursor returns to the status line of the Site Summary screen.
3.5.2
Select Another
Use the "Select Another" option to retrieve another site record from the database. Selecting this
option displays the Site screen shown previously in Exhibit 3-29.  To access  a different site
record, enter "211 (for "Change Site"). The cursor moves to the Ref No. field; type the desired
site reference number and press < Enter >.  The cursor returns to the menu status line on the
right side of the  Site screen,  where "1" (for  "Correct Site") is the default option.  Press
 < Enter > to display the first Site Summary screen corresponding to the new reference number.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
                 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
3-29

-------
 SITE

 3.5.3
RCRA
 This option provides access to Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) information
 for the selected site.  Selecting this option displays an RCRA data screen.  If no RCRA data has
 been entered for the selected site, an RCRA "ADD" screen will appear, as shown in Exhibit
 3-34.





















KEF NO.: 00010 EPA ID: RED 123456789
SITE NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSITORY

HAZARDOUS WASTE TREATED, STORED, DISPOSED SINCE 11/19/80:
CURRENT INTERIM STATUS: PAST INTERIM STATUS:
PERMIT:
PERMIT: PERMIT ISSUE DATE: / /
NON-NOTIFIER FACILITY: PROTECTIVE FILER:
OWNER FILED FOR BANKRUPTCY: IF YES. WHAT APPLICABLE LAW:
LOST AUTH TO OPERATE: INTERIM STATUS TERMINATED DATE: / /
DEMONSTRATED UNWILLINGNESS TO UNDERTAKE PAST CORRECTIVE ACTION:
CURRENT OWHER/OPERATOR ENFORCEMENT ACTION:
COMPLIANCE STATUS:
	 ,,, prDA rnUKFUTt 	 .^~
ENTER:
Add Edit Leave [ ]









                           Exhibit 3-34 RCRA "ADD" Screen

Many of the RCRA data fields are linked to pop-up windows, as indicated by the highlighted
first letter of the field name.  Entering a "?" in any of these fields activates the pop-up window.
Most of the RCRA data fields accept a "Yes," "No," or "Blank" entry; hence, the corresponding
pop-up windows look like the example presented in Exhibit 3-35.
                                  HAZARDOUS WASTE
                                 (BLANK)
                                 NO
                                 YES
                     Exhibit 3-35 Hazardous Waste Pop-Up Window

The If Yes, What Applicable Law field requires a slightly different response.  The pop-up
window associated with this field is presented in Exhibit 3-36.
3-30
                WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                                  SITE

1
2
3
(BLANK)
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 11
OTHER
                      Exhibit 3-36  Applicable Law Pop-Up Window

 After entering all of the appropriate RCRA data, enter "A" (for "Add") at the status line to add
 the new information to the database and return to the Site Summary.

 If RCRA data already  exists for  the selected site, selecting this option presents an RCRA
 "EDIT" screen.  This screen is similar to the RCRA "ADD" screen shown in Exhibit 3-34,
 except that existing data is displayed in the fields, and the status line contains different options,
 as illustrated below in Exhibit 3-37.
Edit
If

Delete
====^==
=^=^=^=
Save
:=^==
=^=^=
Leave
^=^===
	 1
tl I
                     Exhibit 3-37 RCRA "EDIT" Screen Status Line

 When the RCRA "EDIT" screen appears, the cursor is at the status line. Select an option by
 typing its corresponding highlighted letter and pressing < Enter >. The options available on
 the RCRA "EDIT" screen are described below.

 Edit - places the cursor at the first field and permits the modification of the displayed data.  Use
       the < Enter > key to move to the appropriate field(s) and make the necessary change(s).
       Pressing < Enter > at the last field returns the cursor to the status line.

 Delete - displays the following prompt at the bottom of the screen:  PRESS Y TO DELETE
       [N]. The default response is "N" (for  "No"), so pressing  leaves the RCRA
       data unchanged.  Typing "Y" (for "Yes") and pressing   deletes all of the
       displayed RCRA data and presents the Site Summary screen.

 Save - records changes to the database.  After using the "Edit" option to modify the displayed
       data, press < Enter > at the last data field to return the cursor to the status line.  Enter
       "S" (for "Save") to record the changes to the database and return to the Site Summary
       screen.

 Leave - displays the Site Summary screen.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
3-31

-------
 SITE

 3.5.4
Alias
 The "Alias" option provides access to information on a site that may be known by names other
 than  the official name.  If no alias information has  been entered for the selected site, then
 choosing this option displays the Add/Edit/Delete Alias screen presented in Exhibit 3-38.
 ADD/EDIT/DEL
ETE 	  i ALIAS 1 	 SCREEN

1 OF 1 
REF NO.: 00010 EPA ID: RED1Z3456789
SITE NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSITORY

ALIAS SEQ NO.

ALIAS SEQ NO.
LOG SEQ NO.
STREET
CITY
STATE
ZIP
DESCRIPTION
NAME
: 02 ALIAS NAME: WASTE DEPOT
LOCATION
:: 01
: 01
:
: PROVIDENCE
: RI
:


J









         Exhibit 3-38  ADD/EDIT/DELETE Alias Screen (No Existing Information)

When the screen appears, the cursor is at the status line below the Alias Name field. The Alias
Name field and the fields in the Location portion of the screen are known as repeat  fields,
because  multiple records may be viewed, added, edited, or deleted in succession  using the
options on the repeat field status line.  Repeat field status line options are described below.

Next -  displays the next alias  name or location record in the database for the selected
       site. If the last (or only) record is already displayed, entering "N" displays the following
       message at the bottom of the screen:  END OF SELECTED LIST.

Previous - displays the previous  alias name or location record in the database for the selected
      site. If the first (or only) record is already displayed, entering "P" displays the following
      message at the bottom of the screen:  BEGINNING OF SELECTED LIST.
3-32
                WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                                   SITE

 Add - clears the data field(s) and places the cursor at the (first) field.  Enter new data; pressing
        < Enter > after typing data in the (last) field returns the cursor to the repeat field status
        line.

 Bdit  - places the cursor at the (first) data field.  Make  the necessary change(s);  pressing
         at the (last) field returns the cursor to the repeat field status line.

 Z)elete - displays the following prompt at the bottom of the screen:  PRESS Y TO DELETE
        [N].  The default response  is "N" (for "No"), so pressing < Enter > leaves the record
        unchanged.  Type MY" (for "Yes") and press < Enter> to delete the displayed record.

 Continue - use this option to leave the current repeat field status line and move the cursor to the
        next field or status line on the screen.

 Entering  "C" (for  "Continue") at the Name repeat field status line places the cursor at the
 Location  repeat field status line.   Entering "C"  (for "Continue") at the Location  repeat field
 status line places the cursor at the status line at the bottom of the screen.  Options on the bottom
 status line are described below.

 Add  - selecting  this option presents  the  following prompt:  DO YOU WISH TO  ADD
        ANOTHER? Y/N [N].  The default response is "N" (for "No"),  so pressing 
        clears the prompt and displays the status line again. Typing "Y" and pressing 
        moves the cursor to the Name repeat field status line.

 Edit  - used  to modify an existing alias name  and/or location record.  Entering "E"  sends
        the cursor to the Name repeat field  status line. Choose the  "Edit" option to access the
        Alias Name field and make the necessary change(s), then select "Continue"  to move the
        cursor to the Location repeat field  status line.  Choose "Add" or "Edit"  to enter  or
       modify alias location information, then select
       line.
                   'Continue" to return to the bottom status
Leave - displays  the  Site Summary screen from  which the Add/Edit/Delete Alias screen
       was accessed.

If alias information exists for the selected site, then choosing "Alias" from the Site Summary
Menu options window  displays existing alias information. Exhibit 3-39 presents an example of
the Add/Edit/Delete Alias screen with existing information.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
3-33

-------
 SITE
               i ADD/EDIT/DELETE
                                           ALIAS
                                                  SCREEN 1 OF 1 i
                 REF NO.:  00010
                       EPA ID: RED123456789
                    SITE NAME: REGIONAL UASTE DEPOSITORY
                                            NAME
                ALIAS SEQ NO.: 03   ALIAS NAME:
                                           LOCATION
                ALIAS SEQ NO.: 01
                  LOC SEQ NO.: 01
                      STREET:
                       CITY:
                       STATE:
                        ZIP:
                  DESCRIPTION:
           Exhibit 3-39  ADD/EDIT/DELETE Alias Screen (Existing Information)

When the screen appears, the cursor is at the bottom status line.  Selecting either the "Add" or
"Edit" option provides access to the  Name repeat field status line.  Refer to the preceding
paragraphs for information on Add/Edit/Delete Alias screen operations.
3.S.5
Comments
The "Comments" option is used to add, view, edit, or delete free-form comment text pertaining
to a site, event, activity,  etc,  Comments screens are accessed from several different points in
WasteLAN. Although the screen title and header information may vary slightly among different
modules, all Comments screens are generally the same in appearance  and operation.

Selecting "Comments" from the Site Summary Menu options window displays a Site Comments
summary screen showing all existing comments for the site. Exhibit 3*40 presents an example
of this screen.  If no comment records  have been entered, the following message appears on the
screen: NO COMMENTS FOUND.
3-34
                 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                                  SITE
                   VIEW
          SITE COMMENTS
REF NO.:
00010
EPA ID:
SITE NAME:
RED 123456789
REGIONAL WASTE DEPOS1
               COMM  LINE
                ID   NO.                     COMMENTS
                001   01  FUMES FROM THIS FICTITIOUS FACTORY HAVE PERMEATED THIS
                001   02  AREA
                     Add new comment    Select comment ID   View screen   Leave
                                          I 1
                      Exhibit 3-40  Site Comments Summary Screen

 The "Comm ID" column on the far left side of the screen is a system-generated sequential
 number assigned to a comment record when it is entered in the system. The "Line No." column
 identifies each line of text within a single comment record.

 Entering "A" (for "Add New Comment") at the status line activates a blank pop-up window for
 entering comment text and displays the  following  prompt at the bottom  of the screen:  *
   to EXIT  t.

 Type the appropriate comment text.  Text appears as it is typed; the < Backspace > and <*>
 keys can be used move the cursor backwards to correct mistakes. Also, the  key moves
 the cursor forward on a line, word by word; the  key moves the cursor backward on
 a line, word by word.

 Text longer than one line automatically wraps to the next line.  If more than eleven lines of text
 are entered, the text window automatically scrolls to provide additional blank lines for entering
 more text.  After the comment text has been typed, press the   key to enter it into the
 database. This action closes the text window and displays the Site Comments summary with the
 newly entered text.

 The "Select Comment ID" option on the Site Comments summary status line is used to choose
 an individual comment record for editing, deleting, or viewing purposes. Entering "S" at the
 status line displays the following selection prompt at  the bottom of the
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
3-35

-------
 SITE
 screen:  ENTER COMMENT ID:	OR PRESS < Enter >  TO EXIT.  Type the desired
 comment ID number and press < Enter > .
     Note:  It is not necessary to enter the leading zeros of the comment ID number; for
     example, comment "001" can be entered as "1."  The system displays the selected
     comment and presents a new status line, as shown in Exhibit 3-41.
            Add new line  Edit line   Delete line   View   Leave
           Exhibit 3-41 Site Comments Status Line (From "Select Comment ID")

Select an option by typing its corresponding highlighted letter and pressing < Enter >.  Options
on the above status line are described below.

Add New Line - displays a pop-up  window  containing the comment  text and presents the
       following prompt  at the bottom of the screen:   *   < PgDn > to EXIT  t.   Cursor
       position is at the first line of text, as indicated by the reverse-video highlight bar. Use
       the  < * >  key to move the light bar forward, stopping on the blank line immediately
       below the last line of existing text.  Type the new text, then press < PgDn > to close the
       text window and add  the new information to the database.

Edit Line - functions like "Add New Line." Entering "E" activates a pop-up window containing
       the  comment  text  and displays the following prompt at the bottom of the screen:   *
        to EXIT  t.  Cursor position  is at the first line of text, as indicated by the
       reverse-video  highlight bar. Use the < * > key to  move the  light bar forward in the
       window; use the < t  > key to move the  light bar back to a previous line.  When the
       desired line is highlighted, use the <->,  <->, , and    keys to
       move the cursor to the appropriate text within the line and make the necessary change(s).
       Press  to close the window and record the change(s) to the database.

Belete Line - highlights the first line of the displayed  comment and presents the following
       selection prompt:  Use t or  I  - press < Enter >  to select.  After highlighting the
       desired line and pressing < Enter > to  select it, the following deletion prompt appears
       at the bottom of the screen:  PRESS Y TO DELETE [N]. The default response is "N"
       (for  "No"), so pressing  < Enter> leaves the line  unchanged.  Type "Y" and  press
       < Enter > to  delete the selected line.

View - provides view-only  access to additional pages  of a  multi-paged comment  record.
       Entering "V" displays a new status line containing only "Forward," "Back," and "Leave"
3-36
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                                                                              03/11/92
                                                                          VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                              SITE
      options. Enter "F" (for "Forward") to display the next page of comment text, "B" (for
      "Back") to display the previous page, and "L"  (for "Leave") to exit "View" mode and
      return to the status line shown in Exhibit 3-40.

Leave - displays the Site Comments summary screen (presented earlier in Exhibit 3-40) showing
      all comments entered for the selected site.

The  "View Screen" option on the  Site Comments summary provides  access to additional
comment records not visible on the first page (screenful) of the summary. Entering "V" displays
a new status line, consisting of the following options:

Forward - presents the next page of comment records for the selected site. Entering "F" when
       the  last page of comments  is already displayed results in  the message END OF
       SELECTED LIST.

Back - presents the previous page of comment records for the selected site. Entering "B" when
       the first page of comments is already displayed results in the message BEGINNING OF
       SELECTED LIST.

Leave - displays the original Site Comments summary screen status line (see Exhibit 3-40).

Entering "L" for "Leave" at the original Site Comments summary status line displays the Site
Summary screen from which the "Comments" menu option was selected.

3.5.6         PRP Information

 This option is used to view or edit Federal Agency Potentially Responsible Party  (PRP)
 information.  If the Fed(eral) Agency PRP field on the first Site Summary screen contains an
 "N" (for "No"), then selecting this option presents the following prompt at the bottom of the
 screen:  "FED  AGENCY PRP"  FIELD  MUST CONTAIN  A "Y"  TO ACCESS THIS
 FUNCTION.

 If the Fed Agency PRP field on the first Site Summary screen contains a "Y" (for "Yes"), then
 selecting  this option activates the Federal Agency PRP pop-up window illustrated in Exhibit
 3-42.
  03/11/92
  VERSION 4.0                   WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL                         3-37

-------
 SITE
                                   FEDERAL AGENCY PRf>
                               SAVE SELECTIONS
                         BIAF - BUREAU OF INDIAN AFFAIRS
                         BLMN  BUREAU OF LAND HANAGEHENT
                         BUM1 - BUREAU OF MINES
                         BURE  BUREAU OF RECLAMATION
                         COCO - CENTER FOR DISEASE CONTROL
                         COEN - ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
                         DHKS - DEPT OF HEALTH & HUMAN SERVICES
                         DOAG - DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE
                         OOCO  DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
                                  .     I MORE 1    
                    Exhibit 3-42 Federal Agency PRP Pop-Up Window

More entries exist than can be seen in the first page of the window.  Use the < * >,  < PgDn >,
and  keys to  scroll the light bar forward; use the < t >,  , and 
keys to scroll back to previous selections. Typing the first letter of an entry also moves the light
bar; if multiple entries begin with the same letter, keep pressing the letter until the desired entry
is highlighted.

This window contains  a marking feature for selecting multiple entries.  When the desired entry
is highlighted, press the < -J > (< Enter >) key to mark it.  A  triangular pointer appears to
the left of the entry.  Pressing the < -> >  () key on a marked entry unmarks it by
removing the pointer.

When the appropriate selection(s) has (have) been marked, highlight the "Save Selections" option
at the top of the window and press < Enter >.  This action updates the PRP file and closes the
window.
3.5.7
Audit Trail
The "Audit Trail" option provides information about the creation and/or modification of the
displayed record. Selecting this option activates an Audit Trail pop-up window, illustrated below
in Exhibit 3-43.
ADD
WHO:
DATE : /
TIME:

UHO:
/ DATE:
TIME:
EDIT
EPA
10/31/91
09:50:38
                        Exhibit 3-43  Audit Trail Pop-Up Window
3-38
                 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                               SITE

The window shows the name of the user who added the record to the database, and the date and
time of data entry.  The window also shows the name of the user who last edited the record, and
the date and time the edit was performed.

When the Audit Trail window is active, the following prompt is displayed at the bottom of the
screen:  PRESS ANY KEY TO CONTINUE .... As the prompt indicates, press any key to
close the Audit Trail window and return to the Site Summary screen.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
3-39

-------

-------
  WASTELAN
USER'S MANUAL
  CHAPTER 4
   EVENT
    03/11/92
   VERSION 4.0
    FINAL

-------

-------
                                                                                EVENT
                              CHAPTER 4:  EVENT

 The WasteLAN Event module is used to track all aspects of the investigative and corrective
 actions associated with hazardous waste site identification and cleanup.   These actions are
 classified into four primary event categories:

            Pre-Remedial - encompasses analytical events such as preliminary assessment,
              screening site inspection, listing  site inspection, hazard ranking, and National
              Priorities Listing (NPL) evaluation.

            Remedial - includes fund-financed and Potentially Responsible Party (PRP)-lead
              remedial projects such as remedial investigation/feasibility study, remedial design,
              remedial action, and operations and maintenance.
     Important: Remedial events with a PRP lead are considered enforcement data, even
     though they are tracked in the Event (rather than Enforcement) module.
            Removal - tracks removal actions conducted at both NPL and non-NPL sites.

            Generic Events - covers event types not included in the other event categories.

In addition, supporting data elements in the Event module can be used to track supplemental
information.  These supporting events include such  items as chemical data,  technical data,
subevents, financial data, and comments.

To access the Event module, log in to WasteLAN to display the main menu (see Chapter 2,
Section 2.1  for system access procedures).  Then, select option 2, "Event." This action begins
an event selection process, described below in Section 4.1.

4.1    EVENT SELECTION

Event selection is actually a three-part process that consists of selecting an event type, a site,
and a specific event occurrence.  Choosing option 2,  "Event,"  on the WasteLAN main menu
activates the Event Selection window illustrated in Exhibit 4-1.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-1

-------
 EVENT
                                   EVENT SELECTION
                         RETURN TO MAIN MENU
                         ALL EVENTS
                         PRE-REMEDIAL
                         REMEDIAL
                         REMOVAL
                         GENERIC EVENTS
               Exhibit 4-1  Event Selection Pop-Up Window (Program Areas)

 Use the < t >, < * >, , , , and  keys to move the light
 bar and  highlight the desired  event category,  or type the first letter of an event category; if
 multiple categories  begin with  the same letter, keep pressing the letter until the desired category
 is highlighted.  Press the <^  >  (< Enter >)  key to select the highlighted category.  Choosing
 the "Return to Main Menu" option closes the window without selecting an event category.

 Selecting "Pre-Remedial,"  "Remedial," "Removal,"  or "Generic  Events" from  the  Event
 Selection window activates another pop-up window of event codes corresponding to the specified
 event category.  Exhibit 4-2 shows the pop-up windows corresponding to entries in  the Event
 Selection window.
4-2
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                                        EVENT

 1
AA
is
DS
MR
sr
it
SR
PA
S
s:


BdUU TO MAIN HEJHJ 1
*raA fACIi.:?! ASSESSHEST
sisccvtsr
-ISTIKC SITE INSPECTION
HAZARC mum ma/ NT L LISTING
FINAL LISTING ON NPL
PROPOSES rOR NPI.
REMOVES nOM PROPOSES NIL
PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT
SITE ACCESS
SCREENING SITE INSPECTION














                                                          rtnun TD MAIN
                                                               : REMOVAL  IMI
                                                      PK
                                                      US  RIMOVXi :XVEST:5*T:CN AT K?> S"ES
                                                      V  WXOVXL ACTION
                                                                   STOKASE TAXK KEMC'/XL
                                                       c?
                                                                        - ?r* - ;=

OA
EO
ER
FP
FS
IM

NO
or
ON
PC
      '. RELATIONS
DESIGN ASSISTANCE
ENFORCEMENT DECISION DOCUMENT
EXPEDITES RESPONSE ACTION
FORWARD PLANNING IH)
FEASIBILITY STOOY
INITIAL REtCSIAS. MEASURE (HI
LONG-TERM MESHRSC
NFL 3EIXTIOH
OPEMTIOKAL AND PTnCTIOKAl
OPERATIONS t MAINTENANCE
DELETIDH PACKAGE COMMENTS
REMEDIAL ACTION
         ; MOM i
                  - Pri< J 70
                                                                 gNERIC EVtXTS.

                                                      AR   ADMINISTRATIVE RECORD
                                                      AS   AERIAL SOKVEY
                                                      EO   ENOANCXRMENT ASSESSMENT
                                                      CS   GEO6RAPMICAL SUPPORT/MAP
                                                      HA   HEALTH ASSISTANCE
                                                      HA   MANAGEMENT ASSISTANCE
                                                      OK   OTHER EVENT
                                                      O*   OVERSIOHT OF STATE
                                                      TA   TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE
                                                      TO   TOeOCRAIHICAL HAPPING
                                                   T 
                                                                           - Prn J to
              Exhibit 4-2  Event Selection Pop-Up Windows (Event Types/Codes)
      Important:  Larger pop-up windows, such as the Remedial window, typically contain
      more selections than are visible in the first page (screenful) of the window.  Use the
      <*>,  ,  and  keys to scroll the light bar  forward to view
      additional entries; use the  < t >,  , and  keys to scroll back to
      previous entries.   When  the desired  entry  is highlighted, press  the  
      (< Enter >) key to select it.
Selecting an event from one of the windows shown in Exhibit 4-2, or choosing "All Events"
from the Event Selection  window  shown previously in Exhibit 4-1  initiates a site selection
routine.  If no site records have been accessed yet during the current WasteLAN login session,
selecting an event displays the Site Selection screen shown in Exhibit  4-3. If a site record has
been accessed during the current login session, or if a valid reference number is entered on the
screen  shown in Exhibit 4-3, the screen shown in Exhibit 4-4 appears.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
                             WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                                                                                    4-3

-------
 EVENT
                                              SITE
                              SITE
                  REF NO.:     0
                                                             MENU
                Exhibit 4-3 Site Selection Screen (No Previous Site Accessed)

^T^P -



REF NO.: 00010
EPA ID: RED987654321
NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSITORY
STREET: MAIN ST
CITY: SHITMF1ELD
STATE: ME

5ELI




1) CORRECT SITE
2) CHANCE SITE
ENTER 1-2 Leave [1}




         Exhibit 4-4  Site Selection Screen (Last Site Accessed or Ref No. Entered)

The information on the left side of the screen identifies the site corresponding to the reference
number entered or the last site accessed during the current login
4-4
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                                 EVENT

 session. The menu on the right side of the screen provides options for confirming the displayed
 site record, for selecting another site record, and for leaving the Event module.

 The default option is "1" (for "Correct Site"), so press < Enter > to confirm the displayed site.
 To access a different site record, type  "2"  ("Change Site") and press < Enter >; the cursor
 returns to the Ref No.  field.  Type a different reference number and press < Enter >; new site
 information will appear on the left.  To leave the Event  module and return to the WasteLAN
 main menu, type "L" (for "Leave") and press < Enter >.

 If the "All Events" option was chosen from the Event Selection pop-up window (Exhibit 4-1),
 then a pop-up  window appears,  listing all events  in the database for the  selected site.  If a
 specific event  category was chosen from the Event Selection window, then only the events
 corresponding  to the selected event category appear in the pop-up window of existing events.
 Exhibit 4-5 presents an example of this pop-up window of existing events.
     Exception: If only one event record exists for the selected event category and site, the
     pop-up window does not appear at all. Instead, the system immediately displays an
     Event Summary "VIEW" screen (see Exhibit 4-6).
Rcr wu. -
00077
00077
00077
00077
00077
00077
uu
00
00
00
00
00
00
- ei
OS1
PA1
sn
RD1
RA1
RV1
RETURN TO SITE SELECTION
DISCOVERY
PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT
SCREENING SITE INSPECTION
REMEDIAL DESIGN
REMEDIAL ACTION
REMOVAL ACTION
                       Exhibit 4-5  Existing Events Pop-Up Window

The pop-up window of existing events displays the site reference number (REF NO.), operable
unit (OP), event code and sequencer (EVT), and name of each event record in the database for
the selected site and event type. The events are listed in alphabetical order within operable unit
order. In other words, events corresponding to operable unit 00 appear first, followed by events
corresponding to operable unit 01, and so on.  The "Return to Site Selection" option at the top
of the window closes the window without selecting an event.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-5

-------
 EVENT
     Remember:  More events may exist than can be seen in the first page of the window;
     in this case, the word "MORE" appears at the bottom of the window. Use the < * >,
      , and    keys  to scroll  the light  bar  forward;  use  the  ,
      , and  keys to scroll back to previous selections.  When the
     desired entry is highlighted, press the < *-* >  ()  key to select it.
 Once an event category, site, and specific event occurrence have been selected, the system
 displays an Event Summary "VIEW" screen.  Exhibit 4-6 presents an example of an Event
 Summary screen for a Preliminary Assessment (PA) event.




REF NO.: 00010
OPUNIT: 00
EVENT: PA1

EVENT LEAD: f
SCAP NOTE:
START
PLANNED: / /
ACTUAL: / /
FIRST START INDICATOR:
CONTACT NAME:
EVENT SUMMARY i SCREEN 1 OF 1   i

EPA ID: RED987654321
SITE NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSIT
EVENT NAME: PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT
rwruT DAT*
PLANNING STATUS:
EVENT QUALIFIER: H
COMPLETE CAG/TDD NO.:
/ / CAG AMNO NO.:
05/01/80 PROJECT NO.:
FIRST COMPLETE INDICATOR:
CONTACT NO.: ( )


Menu options
Edit Leave Quit tM]
          Exhibit 4-6 Event Summary "VIEW" Screen (Preliminary Assessment)

When the screen appears, the cursor is positioned at the status line.  Select an option by typing
its corresponding highlighted letter.  Options on the Event Summary "VIEW" screen status line
are described below.

Menu options - activates a pop-up window of options for accessing other Event screens.  These
       options are described in detail in Section 4.3.

Edit - enables modification of the displayed event data.  Instructions for editing an event are
       contained in Section 4.2.

Leave - displays the Site Selection screen shown earlier in Exhibit 4-4.

Quit - displays the WasteLAN main menu.
                              WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                           EVENT

If no records exist in the database for the selected event category and site, the system displays
the following message on the Site Selection screen (see Exhibit 4-4);

NO XX EVENTS FOUND FOR THIS SITE
DO YOU WISH TO ADD A(N) XX EVENT?  Y/N  [N]

"XX" stands for the two-character event code, such as "PA" (for Preliminary Assessment).  The
default response is "N" for ("No"), so pressing  clears the message and returns the
cursor to the Site Selection Menu.  Typing "Y"  (for "Yes") and pressing   displays
an Event Summary  "ADD" screen presented and described in Section 4.3.7.

If the selected site has no operable units, the following message appears on the Site Selection
screen:

NO (XX) EVENTS FOUND FOR THIS SITE
DO YOU WISH TO ADD AN OPERABLE UNIT?  Y/N [N]

The default response is "N" for ("No"),  so pressing  clears the message and returns
the  cursor to the Site Selection Menu.   Typing "Y" and pressing  < Enter>  displays an
Operable Unit "ADD" screen presented and described in Section 4.3.5.

4.2   EDIT EVENT

When an event type, site, and specific event occurrence have been selected (see Section  4.1),
 the system displays an Event Summary "VIEW" screen. Exhibit 4-7 presents an example of this
 screen.
  03/11/92
  VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                                                  4-7

-------
 EVENT


|
EVENT SUMMARY . SCREEN 1 Of 1   i


REF NO.: 00010
OPUNIT: 00
EVENT: PA1

EVENT LEAD: F
SCAP NOTE:
START
PLANNED: / /
ACTUAL: / /
FIRST START INDICATOR:
CONTACT NAME:
EPA ID: RED987654321
SITE NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSIT
EVENT NAME: PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT
_ EVENT DATA
PLANNING STATUS:
EVENT QUALIFIER: 
COMPLETE CAG/TDD NO.:
/ / CAG AMND NO.:
05/01/80 PROJECT NO.:
FIRST COMPLETE INDICATOR:
CONTACT NO.: ( )


Menu options
Edit Leave Quit CM]
           Exhibit 4-7  Event Summary "VIEW"  Screen (Preliminary Assessment)

 When the screen appears, the cursor is at the status line.  To edit the displayed information,
 enter "E" (for "Edit") at the status line. The screen changes to "EDIT" mode, the cursor moves
 to the Event Lead field, and the status line options change.
 The status line options on the Event Summary "EDIT" screen are described below.

 Edit - use this option to return to a previous field.  After making initial changes to the displayed
       data, press < Enter > at the last field to access the status line. Then, enter "E" to return
       the cursor to the first data field.  Use the  key to move to the appropriate
       field(s) and make the necessary change(s).

 Save - records changes to the database.  After editing the displayed information, press the
       < Enter > key at the last data field to access the status line.  "S" is the default option,
       so press  to save the changes and return to the Event  Summary "VIEW"
       screen.

Z-eave - discards changes and displays the Event Summary "VIEW" screen.

Several data fields on the Event Summary screen are linked to pop-up windows, as indicated by
the highlighted first letter of the  field name.  Entering a "?"  in any of these fields activates the
pop-up window.  These windows are presented and  described in Section 4.3.7.
4-8
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                                 EVENT
 4.3   MENU OPTIONS
 The status line of an Event Summary "VIEW"  screen (see Exhibit 4-7) contains a "Menu
 options" choice that provides access to supporting data and other options for the selected site and
 event.  The Menu options choice is the default option when the Event Summary screen first
 appears, so pressing < Enter > displays the Menu options pop-up window shown in Exhibit 4-8.
                         MENU OPTIONS
                         RETURN TO EVENT
                         SELECT ANOTHER EVENT
                         SELECT ANOTHER ACTIVITY
                         ADO OPUNIT
                         EDIT/DELETE OPUNIT
                         ENVIRONMENTAL INDICATOR
                         ADD EVENT
                         DELETE EVENT
                         VIEW SITE
                         SUBEVENTS
                        	 I MORE 1 
            Exhibit 4-8 Menu Options Pop-Up Window (Event Summary Screen)
     Important:  Not all of the available menu  options can be  seen  in the first page
     (screenful) of the window.  Use the < * >, , and  keys to scroll
     forward through the list and view additional options; use the  < t >,   and
      keys to scroll back to previous options. Also, the  available menu options
     vary, based on the event type selected.  For example, Event Summary Menu options
     for Removal  event types include a "Chemical Info"  choice that is not available for
     other event types.
As in most pop-up windows, typing the first letter of an option moves the light bar to that
option. If multiple options begin with the same letter, keep pressing the letter until the desired
option is highlighted.  When the desired option is highlighted, press < Enter > to select it. The
remainder of this chapter describes the choices available in the Event Summary Menu options
window.

4.3.1  Return to Event

Choosing the  "Return to Event"  option  closes the Menu options window without making a
selection.  The cursor returns to the Event Summary "VIEW" screen status line.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-9

-------
 EVENT

 4.3.2 Select Another Event

 Selecting this option displays the following message at the bottom of the Event Summary screen:
 SEARCHING FOR ALL OPERABLE UNITS/EVENTS FOR THIS SITE...  The system
 then displays a pop-up window listing all existing operable unit/event records for the selected
 site.  Exhibit 4-9 illustrates this window.
Kcr HU.
00010
00010
00010
00010
00010
00010
00010
00010
00010
 uu
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
- CVI
AR1
AR2
DS1
HR1
IR1
IR2
NF1
NP1
PA1
RETURN TO EVENT
ADMINISTRATIVE RECORD
ADMINISTRATIVE RECORD
DISCOVERY
HAZARD RANKING/NPL LISTING
IMMEDIATE REMOVAL (H)
IMMEDIATE REMOVAL (H)
FINAL LISTING ON NPL
PROPOSED FOR NPL
PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT
           Exhibit 4-9 Existing Events Pop-Up Window ("Select Another Event")

 More events may exist than can be seen in the first page of the window.  Use the < * >,
 , and   keys to scroll the light bar forward; use the  < t >, , and
  keys to scroll back to previous selections.  When the desired event is highlighted,
 press the <*-">  (< Enter >) key to select it.  This action closes the pop-up window and
 displays data for the newly selected event in the Event Summary data fields.

 4.3.3  Select Another Activity

 This option is used to access enforcement activity data for the selected site.  Choosing this
 option displays the following message at the bottom of the screen: SEARCHING FOR ALL
 ACTIVITIES FOR THIS SITE...  If enforcement activity data exists, the system presents a
 pop-up window from which to select an enforcement activity. Exhibit 4-10 presents an example
 of this pop-up window.
 Her nw.
00010
00010
00010
00010
00010
00010
00010
00010
00010
AU 1 1 V 1 1 I 
AN01
CD01
FN01
JG01
NS01
PC01
svoi
UA01
UA02
RETURN TO EVENT
RD/RA NEGOTIATIONS
CONSENT DECREE
RI/FS NEGOTIATION
JUDICIAL/CIVIL JUDGMENT
NPL RP SEARCH
PREPARATION OF COST DOCM PKG
SECTION 107 LITIGATION
UNILATERAL ADMIN ORDER
UNILATERAL ADMIN ORDER
        Exhibit 4-10 Existing Activities Pop-Up Window ("Select Another Activity")
4-10
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                                EVENT
 Choosing an activity from this window displays the corresponding Activity Summary screen.
 If no enforcement data exists for the selected site, the following message appears at the bottom
 of the Event Summary  screen: NO ACTIVITIES FOUND FOR THIS SITE.  After a few
 seconds, the message disappears and the system "refreshes" the Event Summary screen.

 4.3.4 AddOpunit

 An opunit (operable unit) is a two-digit number used to characterize events at a site by phase,
 geographical area, or type of work being performed.  The "Add Opunit" Menu option provides
 access to an Operable Unit "ADD" screen used to add a new opunit for the selected site to the
 database.  Exhibit 4-11  illustrates the Operable Unit "ADD" screen.
     Important:  Only  users with Remedial  access rights can add new  opunits to the
     database.   The WasteLAN System Administrator is responsible for assigning the
     appropriate system access rights for each WasteLAN user.
                     ADD
          OPERABLE UNIT
                                                              SCREEN 1 OF  1
                     REF HO.: 00010
                      OPUNIT: 01
                       EVENT: N/A
                     EPA ID: RED987654321
                   SITE HAKE: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSIT
                  EVENT NAME: N/A
                  NAME:
                                         DESCRIPTION
                 ENTER:
                   C1106
      C1107
C1108
                                 Add
             Edit
                                                      Leave
                       Exhibit 4-11  Operable Unit "ADD" Screen

The new opunit number is system-generated and appears at the top of the screen with the header
information that cannot be edited.  The cursor is positioned at the Name field.  Enter a name
that describes the opunit being added; for example, "Site Evaluation/Disposition" is a common
name for opunit 00.

Use the < Enter > key to move to the remaining fields on the screen and enter the appropriate
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                            4-11

-------
 EVENT
 information.  The three fields at the bottom of the screen are regional free fields designed to
 accommodate regionally defined data.  These regional fields accept alpha or numeric characters;
 the number of allowable characters is  limited to the size of the field shown on the screen. The
 WasteLAN System Administrator can change regional free field names using a function in the
 WasteLAN System Administration module.

 Pressing < Enter > at the last field on the screen moves the cursor to the status line, where the
 default option is "A" (for "Add"). Press  to add the new operable unit and display
 the previous screen.  If the Operable Unit "ADD"  screen was accessed from the Menu options
 window on the Event Summary screen, then the Event Summary screen appears. If the Operable
 Unit "ADD"  screen  was accessed from  the "DO YOU WISH  TO  ADD AN OPERABLE
 UNIT?" prompt on  the Site Selection screen (Exhibit 4-4), then the Site  Selection  screen
 reappears and displays the following prompt: DO YOU WISH TO ADD AN EVENT? Y/N
 [N].  Typing WYM and pressing < Enter > initiates the Add Event routine described in Section
 4.3.7.

 To modify the opunit information before adding it to the database, enter "E" (for "Edit") at the
 Operable  Unit "ADD" screen status  line.   The cursor  returns to the Name field; use the
 < Enter > key to move to the appropriate field(s) and make the necessary change(s).  Pressing
 < Enter > at the last field moves the cursor to the status line, where the default option is again
 "A" (for  "Add").  Press   to  add the new  operable unit and return to the Event
 Summary or Site Selection screen.

 Entering "L"  (for "Leave")  discards  the new opunit  information  and  displays the  previous
 screen. If the Operable Unit "ADD"  screen was accessed from the Menu options window on
 the Event Summary screen, then the  Event  Summary screen appears.  If the Operable Unit
 "ADD" screen was accessed from the  "DO YOU WISH TO ADD AN OPERABLE  UNIT?"
 prompt on the Site Selection screen (Exhibit 4-4), then the Site Selection screen reappears.

 4.3.5  Edit/Delete Opunit

 Use this option to modify or delete an existing  operable unit.
     Important: Only users with Remedial access rights can edit and delete opunits.  The
     WasteLAN System Administrator is responsible for assigning the appropriate system
     access rights for each WasteLAN user.
If only one opunit exists for the site, then the system immediately displays an Operable Unit
"EDIT" screen similar to the Operable Unit "ADD"  screen presented in Exhibit 4-11.  If
multiple opunits exist for the site, selecting this option activates a pop-up window of existing
operable units.  The Existing Operable Units pop-up window is illustrated in Exhibit 4-12.
4-12
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                                EVENT
                                EXISTING OPERABLE UNITS
                            RETURN TO EVENT
                        00   SITE EVAL/DISP
                        01   OU3, OU4, AOC1
                        02   005, AOCU, AOC22
                        03   OUT, AOC10
                        04   AOC2, AOC4, AOC5
                        05   AOC6, AOC12, AOCU
                        06   AOC18, AOC20, AOC21
                        07   AOC7, ADC8, AOCU
                        08   OU2, AC011
                          	 I MORE
                  Exhibit 4-12 Existing Operable Units Pop-Up Window

 Usethe, <*>, , ,  ,and  keys to move the light
 bar and highlight the appropriate opunit, then press the < J >  (< Enter >) key to select it.
 The system displays an  Operable Unit "EDIT"  screen.  This screen is very similar to the
 Operable Unit "ADD" screen presented earlier in Exhibit 4-11, except that existing data appears
 in the fields and the  status line offers different options. Exhibit 4-13 depicts the options on the
 Operable Unit "EDIT" screen status line.
                    Edit     Delete     Comments     Leave
                                     [3
                  Exhibit 4-13  Operable Unit "EDIT" Screen Status Line

 Select an option by typing its corresponding highlighted letter and pressing < Enter >,  Options
 on the status line shown in Exhibit 4-13 are described below.

 Edit - permits modification of displayed data. Entering "E" places the cursor at the first data
       field on the screen. Use the < Enter> key to move the cursor to the appropriate field(s)
       and make the necessary change(s).   Pressing < Enter >  at the last field returns the
       cursor to the status line, where  "S" (for "Save") is the default option.  Press  
       to save the changes, or enter "E" again to make additional changes.

 Delete - removes the selected operable unit from  the  database.   Entering  "D" displays the
       following prompt at the bottom of the screen: PRESS Y TO DELETE [N]. The default
       response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing    leaves the opunit unchanged  and
       displays the Event Summary screen.  Type "Y" and  press   to delete the
       operable unit and  return to the Event Summary screen.

 Comments - provides access to a Comments screen used to enter free-form comment  text
       concerning the operable unit. The Operable Unit Comments screen functions the same
       as the Site Comments screen described in Chapter 3, Section 3.5.5.

leave - displays the Event Summary screen.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-13

-------
 EVENT

 4.3.6  Environmental Indicators

 Environmental Indicators contains data used to report the interim progress of cleanup events
 related to the level and type of threats posed.  Because it is used to document cleanup actions,
 it can be accessed through six types of actual events:

 Removal Actions:
 PR - Planned Removal
 IR - Immediate Removal
 RV - Removal Action

 Remedial Actions:
 RA - Remedial Action
 IM  - Initial Remedial Measure
 ER  - Expedited Response Action


 Exhibit 4-14 illustrates the Environmental Indicators screen.
                                   L
                                     ENVIRONMENTAL INDICATORS
                   EPA ID: RE0987654321
                 SITE NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSIT
                   OPUNIT: 01
                	 MEDIA
                 SID: 00010
                EVENT: RA1
                 MEDIA
                        NAME
                                          GOAL ATTAIN
                        THREAT ADDRESSED
                  NO MEDIA INFORMATION
                 MATERIALS  DATE
                	 TREAT TECHNOLOGY 	
                 TREAT  DATE   CAP REC.
      - MATERIALS
       AMOUNT
    UNIT
       POP  GATE
                         CHEMICAL
        CHEM NAME
                                       CAS NO.
                      Media
mAterials
Treat Tech
Chemicals
Leave  [ ]
                       Exhibit 4-14 Environmental Indicators Screen

For the site selected, any existing media data will be displayed. To view materials, treatment
technologies, or chemicals, a medium must be selected.  Only one of each of the four valid
media may exist for the site selected; multiple occurrences of materials, treatment technologies
and chemicals may be entered.  Occurrences of materials, treatment technologies and chemicals
are distinguished by a number which follows the code selected.  More materials, treatment
4-14
 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                                        03/11/92
                                   VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                                    EVENT
 technology, or chemical data than are visible may be available; use the < t >  and < 1 >  keys
 to move the light bar to the desired entry.

 If no environmental  indicators data  exists for the site selected, the message: NO MEDIA
 INFORMATION appears in the Media section of the screen.

 MEDIA
 To  add a  medium to  the  site displayed,  type 'M' at the status  line and press < J  >
 (< Enter >). The system presents a new status line, as shown in Exhibit 4-15.
                                      ENVIRONMENTAL  INDICATORS
                    EPA ID: RED987654321            SID: 00010
                 SITE NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSIT   EVENT: RA1
                    OPUNIT: 01
                 	 MEDIA 	
                 MEDIA    NAME
                   NO MEDIA INFORMATION
          GOAL ATTAIN
                                                       THREAT ADDRESSED
                 MATERIALS  DATE
     - MATERIALS
      AMOUNT
UNIT
                 	 TREAT TECHNOLOGY 	
                 TREAT   DATE  CAP REC.   POP  CATE
                         CHEMICAL
                    CHEM NAME
                                       CAS NO.
                            I   Edit
        Add
Delete
Continue [ 1
              Exhibit 4-15  Environmental Indicators "EDIT" Screen Status Line

Type 'A' at the status line and press < J > (< Enter>); the ADD MEDIA pop up window
is displayed, as shown in Exhibit 4-16.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                                       4-15

-------
 EVENT

EPA ID:
SITE NAME:
OPUNIT:


RED9B7654321 SID: 00010
REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSIT EVENT: RA1
01
urnt i
MEDIA NAME GOAL ATTAIN THREAT ADDRESSED
NO MEDIA INFORMATION
MATERIALS
	 TREAT TI
TREAT DAI

MEDIA :
GOAL ATTAIN:
"CHUOLOCY THREAT ADDRESSED*
fE CAP REC. POP GATE
Save Leave :


                              Edit
       Add
Delete
Conti nge  [A]
                        Exhibit 4-16  Add Media Pop-Up Window

Type a valid code for each data field displayed. Press < J > (< Enter >) to move the cursor
to the next data field.  Pressing <  (), entering a "?", or entering an invalid
entry in a data field activates a pop up window of valid codes.  When a pop up window appears,
use the < t >, < i >, , , , and  keys to move the light
bar to the desired entry, or type the  first letter of the desired entry.  If multiple entries begin
with the same letter, keep  pressing the letter until the desired entry is highlighted. Press the
 < -*-1  >  (< Enter >) key to select the highlighted entry.  This action closes the pop up window
and places the selected entry in the data field. The data entered will display in the media section
of the Environmental Indicators screen.   To add more media data, type  'A' at the status line
 < *->  >  (). To  return to the Environmental Indicators screen, type  'C' at the status
line and press < J >  ().

To select a medium and continue to the Materials section of the screen, use the  < t > and
 < 4 > keys to highlight the desired medium, type 'C' and press  the < *J > () key
to select.  The system displays the selected  medium and presents the Environmental Indicators
status line, as shown in Exhibit 4-15.

To edit a selected medium, use the <  t >  and < * > keys to highlight the desired medium, type
'' at the status line and press < J >  (< Enter >). The EDIT MEDIA pop up window is
displayed, as shown in Exhibit 4-17.
4-16
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                                  03/11/92
                              VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                                   EVENT
                                   L
                                     ENVIRONMENTAL INDICATORS
                   EPA ID: RED987654321
                 SITE NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSIT
                   OPUNIT: 01
                	 MEDIA
                 SID: 00010
               EVENT: RA1
                 NED IA   NAME
                 LA      LAND CONTAMINATION
                 SW      SURFACE UATER
          GOAL ATTAIN
          P
          P
            THREAT ADDRESSED
            N
            N
                 MATERIALS  DATE
                 TREAT TECHNOLOGY 	
                 TREAT  DATE  CAP REC.
     - MATERIALS
      AMOUNT
       POP
CATE
              EDIT MEDIA
                 MEDIA :  SW
                 GOAL ATTAIN: P
                 THREAT ADDRESSED: N
                                                   Save
                                                           Leave
                               Edit
       Add
     Delete
Continue  [El
                         Exhibit 4-17  Edit Media Pop-Up Window

Type a valid code to edit existing  data, or pressing  < J  >  (), entering a "?", or
entering an invalid entry in a data field activates a pop up window of valid codes.  When a pop
up window appears, use the < t >, < 4 >, < PgUp >, < PgDn >, < Home >, and < End >
keys to move the light bar to the desired entry, or type the first letter of the desired entry.  If
multiple entries begin with the same letter, keep pressing the letter until the desired entry is
highlighted. Press the < J > (< Enter >) key to select the highlighted entry.  This  action
closed the pop up window  and places the selected  entry in the data field.   Press < J >
() to accept a new or existing code and move to the next  data field.  To exit the
medium selected and  save changes, type 'S' in the  SAVE/LEAVE field and press < J >
(< Enter >).   To  exit  the medium   selected  without  saving  changes,  type 'L' in the
SAVE/LEAVE field and press < J > (< Enter >).  The cursor will return to the status line,
as shown in Exhibit 4-15.

To delete a selected medium from the database, use the < t > and  < I > keys to highlight the
desired medium, type 'D' at the status line and press < J >  (< Enter >). The DELETE
MEDIA pop up window is displayed, as shown in Exhibit 4-18.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                                            4-17

-------
 EVENT
                                     ENVIRONMENTAL INDICATORS
                   EPA ID:  RED987654321
                 SITE NAME:  REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSIT
                   OPUN1T:  01
                	 MEDIA
                SID: 00010
               EVENT: RA1
                 MEDIA    NAME
                 LA      LAND CONTAMINATION
                 SU      SURFACE UATER
          GOAL ATTAIN
          P
          P
            THREAT ADDRESSED
            N
            N
                 MATERIALS DATE
                 TREAT TECHNOLOGY 	
                TREAT   DATE   CAP REC.
     - MATERIALS
      AMOUNT
       POP
CATE
	 DELETE MEDIA -

MEDIA :  SU
GOAL ATTAIN: P
THREAT ADDRESSED: N

   Delete   leave :
                              Edit
       Add
     Delete
           Conti nue  CD]
                       Exhibit 4-18 Delete Media Pop-Up Window

Type 'D' in the DELETE/LEAVE field and press  < J  > (). To exit the medium
selected without  deleting,  type 'L'  in the DELETE/LEAVE  field and  press < J  >
().  The cursor will return to the status line, as shown in Exhibit 4-?.  Type a 'C' at
the status line and press < *J  > (< Enter >) to return to the Enviromental Indicators screen.
MATERIALS

To display any existing material data for the medium selected,  type 'A' at the Environmental
Indicators screen status line and press < *J > (< Enter >).  If no material data exists for the
medium selected, the message: NOT FOUND FOR (the media code selected) will display in
the Materials section of the screen.

To add a material to the  medium selected, type *A' at the status line and press  < -*  >
(). The system presents a new status line, as shown in Exhibit 4-19.

Type 'A' at the status line and press < *J > (); the ADD MATERIAL pop up
window is displayed, as shown in  Exhibit 4-19.
4-18
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                                       03/11/92
                                   VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                               EVENT


1 - - 

MMEMTAl



EPA ID: RED987654321
SITE NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSIT E\
OPUNIT: 01
Mrn % *
MEDIA NAME (
LA LAND CONTAMINATION 1
MATFI
MATERIALS DATE AMOUN1
NOT FOUND FOR
TREAT DATE CAP REC. POP

1 I Edit Add
JOAL AT
9
UALS -
r
1 A
SID: 00010
fENT: RA1
MEDIA: LA
MATERIAL: S001
DATE: 10/31/91
AMOUNT: 500 500
UNIT: CUYD CUYD
NEEDS FUTURE HAND: Y
Save Leave : S





GATE CHEM NAME CAS NO.


Delete Continue W
                       Exhibit 449 Add Material Pop-Up Window

 Type a valid code for each data field displayed.
       DATE is a required field if an amount is entered in the AMOUNT field.  If no
       amount is entered, DATE is optional.

       MATERIALS must be reported in two standard volume units: cubic yards and
       gallons.  If an AMOUNT is entered, and a valid UNIT code other than CUYD
       (cubic yards) or GAL (gallons) is selected,  the system will automatically convert
       the AMOUNT to cubic yards or gallons, depending upon the code entered.  The
       converted amount will display to the right of the amount entered.
 Press  <  (< Enter >) to move the cursor to the next data field.  Pressing  < 
 (< Enter >), entering a "?", or entering an invalid entry in a data field activates a pop up
 window of valid codes.  When a pop up window appears, use the < t >, < i >, ,
 ,  , and  keys  to move the light bar to the desired entry, or type
 the first letter of the desired entry.  If multiple entries begin with the same letter, keep pressing
 the letter until the desired entry is highlighted. Press the < *J > (< Enter >) key to select the
 highlighted entry. This action closes the pop up window and places the selected entry in the data
 field.  The data entered will display in the material section of the Environmental Indicators
 screen. To add more materials for the  medium selected,  type 'A* at the status line and press
 < J  > (). To return to the Environmental Indicators screen, type 'C' at the status
 line and press  < *J  > (< Enter >).
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-19

-------
 EVENT
 To select a material and continue to the Treatment Technologies section of the screen, use the
 < t >, and  < i >, keys  to highlight the desired media, type  'C'  and press  the  < J  >
 (< Enter >)  key to  select.   The  system displays the selected material  and presents the
 Environmental Indicators status line, as shown in Exhibit 4-15.

 To edit a selected material, use  the < t > and  < 4 > keys to highlight the desired material,
 type '' at the status line  and press  < J > ().  The EDIT MATERIAL pop up
 window is displayed, as shown in Exhibit 4-20.
                                     ENVIRONMENTAL INDICATORS
                                                          J
                   EPA ID: RED9fl76521             SID: 00010
                 SITE NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSIT  EVENT: RA1
                   OPUNIT: 01                    i     EDIT MATERIAL
                	 MEDIA 
                 MEDIA   NAME              GOAL AT
                 LA      LAND CONTAMINATION  P
                 MATERIALS
                 S001
DATE
10/31/91
- MATERIALS -
 AMOUNT
    500
MEDIA: LA
MATERIAL: S001
DATE: 10/31/91
AMOUNT:       500
UNIT: CUTD
NEEDS FUTURE HAND: Y

Save   Leave :
                 TREAT TECHNOLOGY 	
                 TREAT  DATE   CAP REC.
            POP
                              CHEMICAL
      CATE
  CHEM NAME
CAS NO.
                              Edit
             Add
          Delete
           Continue  IE]
                        Exhibit 4-20 Edit Material Pop-up Window

Type a valid code to edit existing data, or pressing <*-> (), entering a  "?", or
entering an invalid entry in a data field activates a pop up window of valid codes.  When a pop
up window appears, use the  < t >,  < I >, , , , and 
keys to move the light bar to the desired entry, or type the first letter of the desired entry.  If
multiple entries begin with the same letter, keep pressing the letter until the desired entry  is
highlighted.  Press the < J > (< Enter>) key to  select the highlighted entry.  This action
closed the pop  up window and places  the selected entry in the data field.   Press < J >
(< Enter>) to accept a new or existing code and move to the  next  data field.  To exit the
material selected and save changes,  type 'S' in the SAVE/LEAVE field and press <*-">
().   To  exit the  material  selected  without  saving  changes,  type  'L1  in the
SAVE/LEAVE field and press < J > ().  The cursor will return to the status line,
as shown in Exhibit 4-15.
4-20
      WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                                              03/11/92
                                         VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                            EVENT
 To delete a material from the database, use the < t > and < I >  keys to highlight the desired
 material, type  'D' at  the  status  line,  and  press  < J  >  (< Enter >).   The  DELETE
 MATERIAL pop up window is displayed, as shown in Exhibit 4-21.




EPA ID: RED987654321
SITE NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSIT E\
OPUN1T: 01
MEDIA
MEDIA NAME GOAL AT
LA LAND CONTAMINATION P
_ UftTFPI A1 1 <
MATERIALS DATE AMOUNT
$001 10/31/91 500
. TDF4T TFTHUni f\(lY .
SID: 00010
/ENT: RA1
 DELETE MATERIAL 
MEDIA: LA
MATERIAL: S001
DATE: 10/31/91
AMOUNT: 500
UNIT: CUYD
NEEDS FUTURE HAND: V
Delete Leave :





TREAT DATE CAP REC. POP CATE CHEM NAME CAS NO.


T 1 Edit Add Delete Continue CD]
                     Exhibit 4-21  Delete Material Pop-Up Window

Type 'D' in the DELETE/LEAVE field and press < J > (< Enter >). To exit the material
selected  without deleting, type 'L'  in the DELETE/LEAVE field  and press  < J  >
().  The cursor will return to the status line, as shown in Exhibit 4-15. Type a 'C
at the status line and press < J > (< Enter >) to return to the Environmental Indicators screen.
TREATMENT TECHNOLOGY

To display any existing treatment technology data for the material selected, type T' at the
Environmental Indicators screen status line and press < J > (< Enter >). If no treatment
technology data exists for the material selected, the message: TREAT NOT FOUND FOR (the
material code selected) will display in the Treatment Technology section  of the screen.

To add a treatment technology to the media and  associated  material selected, type 'A' at the
status line and press < J > (< Enter >).  The system presents a new status line, as shown in
Exhibit 4-22.

Type 'A' at the status line  and  press  < J  >  (); the  ADD TREATMENT
TECHNOLOGY pop  up window is displayed, as  shown in Exhibit 4-22.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-21

-------
 EVENT




EPA ID: RED987654321
SITE NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSIT E\
OPUNIT: 01
MEDIA NAME COAL AT
LA LAND CONTAMINATION P
MATERIALS
MATERIALS DATE AMOUNT
S001 10/31/91 500
TREAT DATE CAP REC. POP GATE
TREAT NOT FOUND FOR S001
SID: 00010
/ENT: RA1
	 ADD TREAT TECH. 	
MEDIA: LA
TECH CODE:
SEQUENCE NO:
MATERIAL: SO''
DATE:
CAP ONLY:
RECEPTORS:
POPULATION:
TECH. VOL :
TECH. UNIT:
Save Leave :





CAS NO.


T 1 Edit Add Delete Continue [A]
                 Exhibit 4-22 Add Treatment Technology Pop-Up Window

Type a valid code for each data field displayed. Press < J > (< Enter >) to move the cursor
to the next data field.  Pressing  < J  > (), entering a "?", or enterir.  an invalid
entry in a data field activates a pop up window of valid codes.  When a pop up window appears,
usethe ,<*>, ,  , ,and  keys to move the light
bar to the desired entry,  or type the first letter of the desired entry.  If multiple entries begin
with the same letter, keep pressing the letter until the desired entry is highlighted.  Press the
 < -J >  () key to select the highlighted entry. This action closes the pop up window
and places the selected entry  in the data field.  The data entered will display in the treatment
technologies section  of  the  Environmental  Indicators  screen.   To add  more  treatment
technologies for the  medium  selected, type 'A'  at the  status line < J  > ().  To
return to  the Environmental Indicators  screen, type 'C' at the status  line and press < 
(< Enter >).

To select  a  treatment technology and continue to the Chemical section of the screen, use the
 < t > and  < 4 > keys to highlight the desired  treatment technology, type 'C' and press the
 < *J  >  (< Enter >) key to select.  The system displays the selected treatment technology and
presents the Environmental Indicators status line, as shown in Exhibit 4-15.

To edit a treatment technology, use the < t > and < 4 > keys to highlight the desired treatment
technology,  type  'E'  at the status  line  and  press  < *J  >  ().   The EDIT
TREATMENT TECHNOLOGY pop up window is displayed, as shown in Exhibit 4-23.
4-22
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                              EVENT




EPA ID: RED987654321
SITE NAME: REGIONAL UASTE DEPOSIT E\
OPLWIT: 01
	 	 MEDIA 
MEDIA NAME GOAL AT
LA LAND CONTAMINATION P
,^_ UATFD Til"! -
MATERIALS DATE AMOUNT
S001 10/31/91 500
TREAT DATE CAP REC. POP CATE
CP1 10/31/91 Y
SID: 00010
/ENT: RA1
EDIT TREAT TECH. 
MEDIA: LA
TECH CODE: CP
SEQUENCE : 1
MATERIAL: S001
DATE: 10/31/91
CAP ONLY: Y
RECEPTORS:
POPULATION:
TECH. VOL : 0
TECH. UNIT:
Save Leave :





CAS NO.


t 1 Edit Add Delete Continue [E]
                Exhibit 4-23  Edit Treatment Technology Pop-Up Window

 Type a valid code to edit existing data, or pressing  <*-> (), entering a "?", or
 entering an invalid entry in a data field activates a pop up window of valid codes. When a pop
 up window appears, use the  < t >,  < 4 >,  , , , and 
 keys to move the light bar to the desired entry, or type the first letter of the desired entry. If
 multiple entries begin with the same letter, keep pressing the letter until the desired entry is
 highlighted.  Press the < J > (< Enter >) key to select the highlighted entry.  This action
 closed the pop up window and places the selected  entry in the data field.   Press  < J >
 (< Enter >) to accept a new or existing code and move to the next data field.  To exit the
 treatment  technology selected and save changes, type 'S' in the SAVE/LEAVE field and press
 < J  >  ().  To exit the treatment technology selected without saving changes,  type
 'L' in the SAVE/LEAVE field and press < J > (). The cursor will return to the
 status line, as shown in Exhibit 4-24.

 To delete  a treatment technology from the database, use the < t > and < * > keys to highlight
 the desired treatment technology, type *D' at the status line, and press <<-i > ().
 The DELETE TREATMENT TECHNOLOGY pop up window is displayed, as shown in Exhibit
 4-24.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-23

-------
 EVENT




EPA ID: RED93 76543 21
SITE NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSIT E\
OPUNIT: 01
MEDIA
MEDIA NAME GOAL AT
LA LAND CONTAMINATION P
._ _ MATFEM Al *1 -.
MATERIALS DATE AMOUNT
S001 10/31/91 500
SID: 00010
/ENT: RA1
 DELETE TREAT TECH. 
MEDIA: LA
TECH CODE: CP
SEQUENCE : 1
MATERIAL: $001
DATE: 10/31/91
CAP ONLY: Y
RECEPTORS:
POPULATION:
Delete Leave :




TREAT DATE CAP REC. POP CATE CHEM NAME CAS NO.
CP1 10/31/91 Y


1 1 Edit Add Delete Continue ID)
               Exhibit 4-24 Delete Treatment Technology Pop-Up Window

Type 'D* in the DELETE/LEAVE field and press < *J  > (< Enter >).  To exit the medium
selected  without  deleting,  type  'L'  in  the  DELETE/LEAVE field and press  < J >
(< Enter >).  The cursor will return to the status line, as shown in Exhibit 4-15. Type a 'C'
at the status line and press < J > (< Enter >) to return to the Enviromental Indicators screen.

CHEMICALS

To display any existing chemical category and/or chemical data for the  media and material
selected, type 'C' at the  Environmental Indicators screen  status  line and press  < J >
(< Enter >). If no chemical category and/or chemical exists for the media and material selected,
the message: CHEMICAL NOT FOUND FOR  (the media and material code selected)  will
display in the Treatment Technology section of the screen.

To add a chemical category and/or chemical to the media and associated material selected, type
'A' at the status line and press < J > ().  The system presents a new status line,
as shown in Exhibit 4-24.

Type 'A' at the status line and press  < *J >  (< Enter >); the CHEMICAL ADD  pop up
window is displayed,  as shown in Exhibit 4-25.
4-24
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                               EVENT




EP/
SITE 1
OP
MEDIA
LA
SW
MATER
S001
	 TBf



k ID: RED987654321 SID: 00010
IAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSIT EVENT: RA1
MEDIA: LA
MATERIAL: S001
CATEGORY:
CAS NO:
CHEMICAL NAME:
Save Leave :

TREAT DATE CAP REC. POP

T 1 Edit Add

CHEMICAL 	



GATE CHEM NAME CAS NO.
CHEMICAL NOT FOUND FOR LA/S001


Delete Continue [A]
                      Exhibit 4-25  Chemical Add Pop-Up Window

 Type a valid code for each applicable data field displayed.  Press < -*-1 > (< Enter >) to move
 the cursor to the next data field. Pressing < J  > (< Enter>), entering a "?", or entering an
 invalid entry in a data field activates a pop up window of valid codes.
       Due to the large number of valid codes for CAS Number and Chemical Name,
       a pop-up window of valid codes is  not available.   However, the system will
       search for a partial listing typed into  either field field for valid listings.
When a pop up window appears, use the  < 1 >,  < I >, , ,  ,
and  keys to move the light bar to the desired entry, or type the first letter of the
desired entry.  If multiple entries begin with the same letter, keep pressing the letter until the
desired entry is highlighted. Press the < J >  (< Enter>) key to select the highlighted entry.
This action closes the pop up window and places the selected entry in the data field.
       A Chemical Category is required.  A CAS Number or Chemical Name is not
       required.  If a CAS Number is entered, the corresponding Chemical Name will
       be displayed. If a  Chemical Name is entered, the corresponding CAS Number
       will be displayed. The system does not verify that a CAS Number or Chemical
       Name entered belongs to the Chemical Category selected, so the user must verify
       this information prior to data entry.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-25

-------
 EVENT
 The data entered will display in the Chemical section of the Environmental Indicators screen.
 To add more chemical categories and/or chemicals for the treatment technology selected, type
 'A' at the status line and press <  (). To return to the Environmental Indicators
 screen, type 'C' at the status line and press < J >  ().

 To select a chemical category  and/or chemical and continue to the Chemical section of the
 screen, use the < t > and  < I >  keys to highlight  the desired  chemical  category  and/or
 chemical, type *C  and press the  < J > () key to select. The system displays the
 selected chemical category and/or chemical and presents the Environmental Indicators status line,
 as shown in Exhibit 4-15.

 To edit a chemical category and/or chemical, use the < t >  and < i > keys to highlight the
 desired chemical category and/or chemical, type  'E' at the status line and  press < 
 (). The CHEMICAL EDIT pop up window is displayed,  as shown in Exhibit 4-26.




EP/
SITE 1
OP
MEDIA
LA
HATER
S001
	 TRE
TREAT
CP1



I ID: RED987654321 SID: 00010
4AME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSIT EVENT: RA1
MEDIA: LA
MATERIAL: S001
CATEGORY: D
CAS NO: CHEM-CAT-D
CHEMICAL NAME:
Save Leave :
AT TECHNOLOGY
DATE CAP REC. POP
10/31/91 Y

t 1 Edit Add
CHEMICAL



CATE CHEM NAME CAS NO.
D CHEM-CAT-D


Delete Continue [El
                      Exhibit 4-26 Chemical Edit Pop-Up Window

Type a valid code to edit existing data,  or pressing  <*-!> (), entering a
entering an invalid entry  in a data field activates a pop up window of valid codes.
                                                      or
       Due to the large number of valid codes for CAS Number and Chemical Name,
       a pop-up window of valid codes is not available.  However, the system will
       search for a partial listing typed into either field field for valid listings.
4-26
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                              EVENT
 When a pop up window appears, use the < t >,  < 1 > ,  < PgUp >,  < PgDn >, < Home >,
 and  keys to move the light bar to the desired entry, or type the first letter of the
 desired entry. If multiple entries begin with the same letter, keep pressing the letter until the
 desired entry is highlighted. Press the < J > (< Enter >) key to select the highlighted entry.
 This action  closed the pop up window and places the selected entry in  the data field.
       A Chemical Category is required.  A CAS Number or Chemical Name is not
       required.  If a CAS Number is entered, the corresponding Chemical Name will
       be displayed. If a Chemical Name is entered, the corresponding CAS Number
       will be displayed. The system does not verify that a CAS Number or  Chemical
       Name entered belongs to the Chemical Category selected, so the user must verify
       this information prior to data entry.
 Press  < J > () to accept a new or existing code and move to the next data field.
 To exit  the chemical category and/or chemical selected  and  save  changes, type 'S'  in the
 SAVE/LEAVE field and press < J > (< Enter>). To exit the treatment technology selected
 without saving changes, type 'L' in the SAVE/LEAVE field and press  < J > ().
 The cursor will return to the status line, as shown in Exhibit 4-15.

 To delete a chemical category and/or chemical from the database, use the  < t > and  < 4 >
 keys to highlight the desired chemical category and/or chemical, type 'D' at the status line and
 press <<-'> (< Enter >). The DELETE CHEMICAL pop up window is displayed, as shown
 in Exhibit 4-27.




l?t
SITE 1
OP
MEDIA
LA
HATER
S001
TnE



V ID: RED987654321 SID: 00010
IAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSIT EVENT: RA1
MEDIA: LA
MATERIAL: S001
CATEGORY: D
CAS NO: CHEH-CAT-D
CHEMICAL NAME:
Dele Leave :

TREAT DATE CAP REC. POP
CP1 10/31/91 r

T l Edit Add
tfhueut *>**



CATE CHEM NAME CAS NO.
D CKEM-CAT-D


Delete Continue [D]
                     Exhibit 4-27 Delete Chemical Pop-Up Window
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-27

-------
 EVENT

 Type 'D' in the DELETE/LEAVE field and press < -i  > (< Enter >).  To exit the medium
 selected  without  deleting,  type  'L'  in  the  DELETE/LEAVE field  and press  < J  >
 (< Enter >).  The cursor will return to the status line, as shown in Exhibit 4-15.  Type a 'C'
 at the status line and press <  J > (< Enter >) to return to the Environmental Indicators screen.

 4.3.7  Add Event

 This option provides access to an Event Summary "ADD" screen used to add a new event for
 the selected site to the database.  Exhibit 4-14 illustrates the Event Summary "ADD" screen.
                     ADO
                                        EVENT SUMMARY
                               SCREEN 1  OF 1
REF NO.: 00010
OPUNIT: 01
EVENT: FA1
EPA ID: RED987654321
SITE NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSIT
EVENT NAME: FIVE YEAR REMEDY ASSE
                                        EVENT DATA
                   EVENT LEAD::
                    SCAP NOTE:
                     TAKEOVER:

                             START
                      PLANNED:  /  /
                      ACTUAL:  /  /

                    FIRST START INDICATOR: A

                  CONTACT NAME:
                    PLANNING STATUS:
         COMPLETE
          /  /
          /  /
                 FIRST COMPLETE INDICATOR: A

                    CONTACT NO.:  (   )
                                Add
             Edit
                                                      Leave
t ]
               Exhibit 4-28  Event Summary "ADD" Screen (Master Screen)

This example depicts a "master" Event Summary screen showing every possible Event data field
defined in WasteLAN. In actual use, the Event Summary shows only those data fields defined
for the chosen event type.  For example, if the selected event type is "CO" (for "Combined
RI/FS"), the Event Category and Approval Authority fields do not appear on the Event Summary
screen.

When the screen first appears, the cursor is at the Opunit field, and the fields in the Event Data
portion of the screen are not displayed.  Enter a valid operable unit  number for the site.
Entering an invalid operable unit number displays the following message at the bottom of the
screen: OPERABLE UNIT  NN DOES NOT EXIST AT  THIS SITE  ("NN" represents the
operable unit number entered). The system then displays a pop-up window showing all operable
units existing at the selected site. This Existing Operable Units pop-up window is similar to the
one presented earlier in Exhibit 4-12, except that the "Return to Event" option is not included.
4-28
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
       03/11/92
   VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                               EVENT
 Once a valid opunit has been entered, the cursor moves to the Event field.  Pressing < Enter > ,
 or entering a "?" or an invalid entry in this field activates a pop-up window of event types.

 Choosing an event type from the window (or manually entering an event code in the Event field)
 displays the rest of the data fields on the Event Summary "ADD" screen (see Exhibit 4-14) and
 places the cursor at the Event Lead field. Several other fields on the Event Summary  screen are
 also linked to pop-up windows, as indicated by the highlighted first letter of the field name.
 Exhibit 4-15 shows all of the pop-up windows available on Event Summary screens.
     Important:  Many of the larger pop-up windows contain more entries than  can be
     displayed in one page (screenful) of the window.  Use the  < * >,  , and
        keys to scroll  forward  and view  additional entries;  use the  ,
      , and  keys to scroll back to previous entries.
 When a pop-up window appears, use the < t >,  < * >,  ,  ,  ,
 and  keys to move the light bar to the desired  entry,  or type the first letter of the
 desired entry; if multiple entries begin with the same letter, keep pressing the letter until the
 desired entry is highlighted.  Press the < J > (< Enter>) key to select the highlighted entry.
 This action closes the pop-up window and places the selected entry in the data field.

 Use the < Enter > key to move to each succeeding field on the Event summary screen and enter
 the appropriate data.  Pressing < Enter > at the last data field places the cursor at the status
 line. Options on the Event Summary "ADD" screen status line are described below.

 Add - this option is the default option. Press < Enter > to add the record to the database. The
       Event Summary screen will display the newly added record.

 Edit - permits changes to be made to the new record before adding it to the database. Entering
       "E" returns the cursor to the  Event Lead field.  Use the  key to move the
       cursor to the appropriates field(s) and make the necessary change(s).  Press < Enter >
       at  the last field to return to the status line.

 Leave - discards all data entered and  displays the previous screen. If the  "ADD" screen was
       accessed from the Menu options window, then the Event Summary "VIEW" screen will
       appear. If the "ADD" screen was accessed from the  "DO YOU WISH TO ADD A(N)
       XX EVENT?" prompt on the Site Selection screen (Exhibit 4-4), then the Site Selection
       screen will appear.

 4.3.8  Delete Event

 This option permits the deletion of the selected event record from the database.  Choosing this
 option presents the following prompt at at the bottom of the Event Summary screen: "N" (for
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-29

-------
EVENT
 4-30
                             WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                                                                           03/11/92
                                                                       VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                                 EVENT

 PRESS Y TO DELETE [N]. The default response is "No"), so pressing < Enter > leaves the
 record unchanged.  Type "Y" (for "Yes") and press    to delete the record and return
 to the Site Selection screen (shown previously in Exhibit 4-4).

 Deleting  an event  record deletes all supporting data associated with it,  such as comments,
 technical  information, etc.  However, links associated with the event must be deleted separately
 using the "Add/Delete Links"  option  (described  in Section  4.3.19);  the Links  module  is
 described in Chapter 8.

 4.3.9  View Site

 This option provides view-only access to detailed site information for the selected site. Choosing
 this option displays the first of two Site  Summary "VIEW" screens, illustrated in Exhibit 4-16.
 This screen is described in detail in Chapter 3, Section 3.3.





















REF NO.: 00010
IFMS ID NO.: 0148
NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSITORY
STREET: MAIN ST
CITY: SMITHFIELD
STATE: ME
COUNTY NAME: MORRIS
CONGRESS DISTRICT: 01 FED
OWNER INDICATOR: PR
LATITUDE: 41 59 00.0
LAT/LONG SOURCE: R
USGS HYDRO UNIT: 01090003
NPL STATUS INDIC: F COST
CATEGORY: H SITE
FED FACILITY DOCKET: F
FED AGENCY PRP: Y
S/I DIOXIN TIER:
PROPOSED NPL UPDATE NO.: 00 FINAL
Menu options Forward
I^B^B ere
^^^^^^ 9m
EPA ID:




ZIP CODE:
COUNTY CODE:
FACILITY INDIC:
RCRA FLAG:
LONGITUDE:
INCIDENT TYPE:
METROSTAT AREA:
RECOVERY INDIC:
CLASSIFICATION:
STATE PRP:
MUNICIPAL PRP:

NPL UPDATE NO.:
ecu 1 Of ? ___
,cii i wr c ^^^^^
RED987654321




02824-
007
N

071 33 00.0

6480
E
F
N
N

00



















Leave [NJ
4.3.10
      Exhibit 4-29 Site Summary "VIEW" Screen 1 of 2

Subevents
Subevents are used to track individual tasks or milestones within an event. Selecting this option
displays a Subevents "VIEW"  screen showing all existing subevent records for the selected
event.  Exhibit 4-17 illustrates the Subevents "VIEW" screen.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
                 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-31

-------
 EVENT
                      VIEW
                                          SUBEVENTS
                      REf NO.: OC077
                      OPUNIT: 00
                       EVENT: PA1
                      EPA ID: HRS987654321
                   SITE NAME: SMITHF1ELD UASTE & TRA
                   EVENT NAME: PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT
                      -SU8EVENTS-
                                    -SEOSCAP NOTES-
                                                          -START-
                                   COMPLETECOHKh
                 R21 ADDITIONAL INFO RE  001
                        PL 01/01/89 01/01/89
                        ACT 01/01/89 01/01/89
                Upload   SCAP  Acid   Edit    Delete    Conments   Leave
                         Exhibit 4-30 Subevents "VIEW" Screen

 As the legend at the bottom left side of the screen indicates, an asterisk next to a subevent record
 indicates that the record is uploaded to CERCLIS; the asterisk is system-generated, based on the
 subevent type selected.  Also, certain subevent types are coded  for SCAP reporting; these
 subevents appear in white type on color monitors.

 Some subevent types are regionally defined and/or used in WasteLAN only (not in CERCLIS).
 Several characteristics distinguish these subevent types from subevent types that are uploaded
 to  CERCLIS.   First,  regional/WasteLAN-only subevents are not marked  with an asterisk.
 Second, the codes used for these subevent types consist  of a letter followed by  two numbers
 (instead of two letters  and one number). Third, a system-generated sequence number (second
 column from left in Exhibit 4-17) is assigned to regional/WasteLAN-only subevents.

 The sequence number  and subevent code used for regional/WasteLAN-only subevents provide
 much flexibility in entering multiple occurrences of the same subevent type.  When the second
 occurrence of the same type is entered, the same subevent code is used, but a different sequence
 number  is  assigned;  this  pattern  applies  to up to 999 occurrences of  the  same
 regional/WasteLAN-only subevent type.  Then, if another occurrence  of  the  same type is
 entered, the last number of the subevent code increases by one, the  sequence number reverts to
 001, and the pattern begins again.

 If no subevent records exist for the selected  event, only "Add" and "Leave" options appear on
 the status line, and the following  message appears on  the screen:
4-32
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                               EVENT

NO SUBEVENTS DEFINED FOR  THIS EVENT.  Entering "A" (for "Add") activates a
pop-up window of subevent types.  Entries in this window vary, depending upon the type of the
selected event record.  Exhibit 4-18 presents an example of the Subevent Types window that
appears for Remedial Action (RA) events.
                      	 SUBEVENT TYPES
                          RETURN TO SUBEVENT
                       R1  LEAD ASSIGNED
                       R2  ADDITIONAL INFO REQUEST
                       EC  EXTENT OF CONTAMINATION
                       R5  DRAFT REPORT
                     t J     - Press -> to select

                      Exhibit 4-31 Subevent Types Pop-Up Window

 Use the < t >, < * >, ,  ,  , and  keys to move the light
 bar, or type the first letter of the desired subevent type; if multiple types begin with the same
 letter, keep pressing the letter until  the appropriate type is highlighted.   Press the <->>
 (< Enter >) key to select the highlighted subevent type. This action closes the Subevent Types
 window and presents the selected type and blank data entry fields at the bottom  of the  screen,
 as illustrated in Exhibit 4-19.
 03/11/92
 VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                                                    4-33

-------
 EVENT
                      ADD
                                          SUBEVENTS
                     REf NO.: 00077
                      OPUN1T: 00
                       EVENT: PA1
                      EPA 10: MRS987654321
                   SITE NAME: SMITHFtELD WASTE & TRA
                  EVENT NAME: PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT
                     -SUBEVENTS-
                                    -SEOSCAP NOTES-
                          -START	COMPLETECOMMn
                 R11 LEAD ASSIGNED
      001
PL
ACT
                          Exhibit 4-32 Subevents "ADD" Screen

The cursor appears at the SCAP Notes field; type the appropriate text and/or press < Enter >.
The cursor  moves  to the first  of four date fields.  Enter the appropriate Planned Start and
Complete dates.  Pressing < Enter >  at the last date field adds the subevent record to the
database and displays the original status line.  If no dates are entered, the following message
appears at the bottom of the screen: NO DATES ENTERED, SUBEVENT NOT ADDED.
The record is not added to the database, and the original status line appears.

Options on the Subevents "VIEW" screen (Exhibit 4-17) are described below. Select an option
by typing its corresponding highlighted letter and pressing  < Enter >.

Add - activates the Subevent Types pop-up window presented earlier in Exhibit 4-18.  After
       selecting a subevent from the window, enter the appropriate SCAP information (if any)
       and Planned Start and  Complete dates.   Pressing  < Enter>  at  the last date field
       automatically adds the new subevent record to the database and returns the cursor to the
       status line.   If no dates are entered, the following message appears at the bottom of the
       screen: NO DATES ENTERED, SUBEVENT NOT ADDED. The record is not added
       to the database, and the  cursor returns to the  status line.

Edit - permits modification of an existing subevent record;  for example, use this option to add
       or modify SCAP Notes for an existing subevent, or to enter an Actual Start or Complete
       date.  Entering "E" highlights the first record on  the screen and displays the following
       selection prompt at the
4-34
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                         03/11/92
                     VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                                EVENT

 bottom of the screen:  Use t  or * - press < Enter > to select.  When the desired subevent
 record is selected, the cursor is positioned at the SCAP Notes field;  use the < Enter> key to
 move to the appropriate field(s) and make the necessary change(s).  Pressing < Enter > at the
 last date field records the change(s) to the database and returns the cursor to the status line.

 Delete - removes an existing subevent record from the database.  Entering "D"  highlights the
       first record on the screen and displays the following selection prompt at  the bottom of
       the screen: Use  t or * - press < Enter > to select. When the desired subevent record
       is selected, the following prompt appears at the bottom of the screen:  PRESS Y TO
       DELETE [N]. The default response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing  leaves
       the record unchanged.  Typing  "Y" and pressing  < Enter > deletes the  record and
       returns the cursor to the status line.

 Comments - provides access to a Subevent Comments screen used to enter free-form comment
       text pertaining to a subevent. Entering "C" highlights the first record on the screen and
       displays the following selection prompt at the bottom of the screen: Use t or 4 - press
        < Enter> to select.   When the desired subevent record  is selected, a Subevent
       Comments screen appears.  This screen functions the same as the Event  Comments
       screen described in Section 4.3.11.

 Leave - displays the Event Summary screen.

 4.3.11       Comments

 The "Comments" option is used to add, view, edit, or delete free-form comment text pertaining
 to an event.  Selecting "Comments" from the Event Summary Menu options window displays
 an Event Comments summary screen showing all existing comments for the event. Exhibit 4-20
 presents an example  of this screen.

 If no comment records have been entered, the status line offers only "Add" and "Leave" options,
 and the following message appears on the screen: NO COMMENTS FOUND.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-35

-------
 EVENT
                    VIEW
                                        EVENT COMMENTS
                     REF MO.: 00077
                      OPUNIT: 00
                       EVENT: PA1
                     EPA ID: HRS987654321
                   SITE NAME: SMITHFIELD UASTE & TRA
                  EVENT MAKE: PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT
                COMM  LINE
                 ID   NO.                      COMMENTS                     TYPE
                 001  01 PHONY FUMES FROM THIS FICTITIOUS FACTORY HAVE PERMEATED THE  ID
                 001  02 POPULATED PERIMETER
                     Add new comment   Select comment ID   View screen   Leave
                      Exhibit 4-33 Event Comments Summary Screen

 The "Comm ID" field on the far left side of the screen is a system-generated sequential number
 assigned to a comment record when it is entered in the  system.   The "Line No." column
 identifies each line of text within a single comment record.

 Entering "A" (for "Add" or "Add New Comment") at the status line of the Event Comments
 summary activates a pop-up window of Comment Types. Exhibit 4-21 illustrates this window.

AT
DO
ID
HA
TK
(BLANK)
ACTIONS TAKEN
AUOT-26
INCIDENT DESCRIPTION
MATERIALS
THREATS
                     T i     - Press <*! to select

                      Exhibit 4-34  Comment Type Pop-Up Window

Use the , <*>, , , ,and  keys to highlight the
desired comment type, and press the < J >  (< Enter >) key to select it.  This action closes
the Comment Type pop-up window, presents a blank pop-up window for entering the comment
text, and displays the following prompt at the bottom of the screen:  I   to EXIT
f.
4-36
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                              EVENT

 Type the appropriate comment text. Text appears as it is typed; the  and <->
 keys can be used move the cursor backwards to correct mistakes.  Also, the < End > key moves
 the cursor forward on a line, word by word, and the  key moves the cursor backward
 on a line, word by word.

 Text longer than one line automatically wraps to the next line.  If more than eleven lines of text
 are entered, the text window automatically scrolls to provide additional blank lines for entering
 more text. After the comment text has been typed, press the  key to enter it into the
 database.  This action closes the text window and displays the Event Comments summary.

 The "Select Comment ID" option on the Event Comments summary status  line is used to choose
 an individual comment record for editing, deleting, or viewing purposes.  Entering "S" at the
 status line displays the following selection prompt at the bottom of the screen:   ENTER
 COMMENT ID:	OR PRESS < Enter > TO EXIT. Type the desired comment ID number
 and  press < Enter >.
     Note: It is not necessary to enter the leading zeros of the comment ID number; for
     example, comment "001"  can be entered as "1."  The system displays the selected
     comment and presents a new status line, as shown in Exhibit 4-22.
            Add new line   Edit line   Delete line   View    Leave
          Exhibit 4-35 Event Comments Status Line (From "Select Comment ID")

Select an option by typing its highlighted letter and pressing < Enter > . Options on the status
line shown in Exhibit 4-22 are described below.

Add New Line - displays a pop-up window containing the comment  text and presents the
       following prompt at the bottom of the screen: *   to *   EXIT t.  Cursor
       position is at the first line of text, as indicated by the reverse-video highlight bar. Use
       the < * >  key to move the light bar forward, stopping on the blank line immediately
       below the last line of existing text.  Type the new text, then press  to close the
           window and add the new information to the database.
Edit Line - functions like "Add New Line." Entering "E" activates a pop-up window containing
       the comment text and displays the following prompt at the bottom of the screen:   *
        to EXIT t.  Cursor position is at the first line of text, as indicated by the
       reverse-video highlight bar.  Use the < * > key to move the light bar forward in the
       window; use the < t >  key to move the light bar back to a previous line. When the
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-37

-------
 EVENT

       desired  line is highlighted, use the  <->,  <->,  ,  and   keys to
       move the cursor to the appropriate text within the line and make the necessary change(s).
       Press  to close the window and record the change(s) to the database.

 Delete Line - highlights the first line of the displayed comment and presents the following
       selection prompt: Use t or  * - press < Enter > to select.   After highlighting the
       desired line and pressing < Enter > to  select it, the following deletion prompt appears
       at the bottom of the screen: PRESS Y TO DELETE [N].  The default response is "N"
       (for "No"), so pressing  < Enter>  leaves the line unchanged.  Type "Y"  and  press
       < Enter >  to delete the selected line.

 View - provides view-only access to the selected comment record. If the  entire comment record
       is visible on the  current screen, entering  "V" (for "View") displays a new status line
       containing only a "Leave"  option.  If more text exists than is  visible on the current
       screen, entering  "V" displays a new status line containing "Forward,"  "Back," and
       "Leave" options. Enter "F" (for "Forward") to display the next  page of comment text,
       "B" (for "Backward") to display the previous page, and "L"  (for "Leave") to exit
       "View" mode and return to the status line shown in Exhibit 4-22.

Leave -  displays the Event  Comments summary screen  (presented earlier in  Exhibit 4-20)
       showing all comments entered  for the selected site.

The "View Screen" option on the Event Comments summary (see Exhibit 4-20)  provides
view-only access to comment records  for the selected event.  If all comments for the selected
event are visible on the initial Event Comments summary screen, then entering "V (for "View
Screen") displays a new status  line containing only a "Leave" option.  However, if  more
comment records exist for the event than are visible on the initial summary screen, selecting the
"View Screen"  option presents a different status line containing the following options:

Forward - presents the next page of comment records for the selected event. Entering "F"  when
       the last (or only) page of comments is already displayed results in the message END OF
       SELECTED LIST.

Back - presents the previous page of  comment records for the selected event.  Entering "B"
       when the first (or only) page of comments is already displayed results in the message
       BEGINNING OF SELECTED LIST.

Leave - displays the original Event Comments summary screen status line (see Exhibit 4-20).

Entering  "L" for "Leave" at the original Event Comments summary status line displays the
Event Summary screen from which the "Comments" menu option was selected.
4.3.12
RCRAID
An RCRA ID is a number that identifies the RCRA facility receiving material removed from a
4*38
                WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                             EVENT

 site.  This option applies to Removal, Remedial Action, and Expedited Response Action events
 only.  Selecting this option presents an RCRA ID "VIEW" screen; Exhibit 4-23 illustrates this
 screen.





















REF NO.: 00077 EPA ID: MRS987654321
SITE NAME: SHITHFIELO WASTE & TRASH

HAZARDOUS WASTE TREATED, STORED, DISPOSED SINCE 11/19/80:
CURRENT INTERIH STATUS: PAST INTERIM STATUS:
PERMIT:
PERMIT: PERMIT ISSUE DATE: / /
NON-NOTIHER FACILITY: PROTECTIVE FILER:
OWNER FILED FOR BANKRUPTCY: IF YES, UKAT APPLICABLE LAW:
LOST AUTK TO OPERATE: INTERIM STATUS TERMINATED DATE: / /
DEMONSTRATED UNWILLINGNESS TO UNDERTAKE PAST CORRECTIVE ACTION:
CURRENT OWNER/OPERATOR ENFORCEMENT ACTION:
COMPLIANCE STATUS:
ENTER:
Leave [LJ









                        Exhibit 4-36 RCRA ID "VIEW" Screen

 If no RCRA ID has been entered for the event, only "Add" and "Leave" options appear on the
 status line, and the following message is displayed on the screen; NO RCRA ID DEFINED
 FOR THIS EVENT.

 Options on the RCRA ID "VIEW" screen status line are described below.

 Add - presents a blank ID NO.  data field at the bottom left corner of the screen.  Type the
       appropriate RCRA ID number and press  < Enter >. The data field disappears, the new
       RCRA ID number appears under the RCRA Offsite ID column heading, and the cursor
       returns to the status line.

 Delete - displays the following selection prompt at the bottom of the screen:  Use f or 4 - press
        to select. When the desired RCRA ID record is highlighted and selected, the
       following prompt appears at the bottom  of the screen: PRESS Y TO DELETE [N].
       The default response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing  leaves the ID unchanged.
       Typing "Y" and pressing < Enter > deletes the selected ID and returns the cursor to the
       status line.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-39

-------
 Leave - displays the Event Summary screen.

 4.3.13       Technical Info

 This option provides access to the screens used to view,  add, edit,  or  delete technical
 information types and associated qualifiers for Removal events.  Choosing this option presents
 a Technical Information "VIEW" screen showing all previously entered technical information
 types for the  selected event.  Exhibit 4-24 presents an example of the Technical Information
 "VIEW" screen.

 If no technical  information types have been entered for the selected event,  only  "Add" and
 "Leave" options appear on the status line, and the following message is displayed on the screen:
 NO TECHNICAL INFORMATION RECORDS FOUND FOR THIS EVENT.
                     VIEW
                                     TECHNICAL INFORMATION
                                                               SCREEN 1 OF 1
                     REF NO.:  00077
                      OPUNIT:  00
                       EVENT:  RV2
                      EPA 10: HRS987654321
                   SITE NAME: SMITHFIELD WASTE & TRA
                   EVENT NAME: REMOVAL ACTION
                  TECH INFO TYPE
             NAME
QUALIFIERS
                       GT
  GENERAL TREATMENT TECHNIQUE
                                                                     YES
                                 Add
          Edit/delete
                                                      Leave
       CU
                    Exhibit 4-37 Technical Information "VIEW" Screen

When the screen appears, the cursor is at the status line.  The default option is  "L" (for
"Leave"), so pressing   displays the Event Summary screen.

To add a technical information type, enter "A"  (for "Add")  at the status line.  The screen
changes to "ADD" mode, and a pop-up window of available technical information types appears.
Exhibit 4-25 depicts the Technical Information Types pop-up window.
4-40
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
               03/11/92
          VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                                  EVENT
                                  TECHNICAL QUALIFIERS
                         SAVE SELECTIONS
                         RETURN TO TECH INFO SUMMARY SCREEN
                         AA
                         AB
                         AC
                         AD
                         AE
                        AF
                         AC
                         AH
CONTAINMENT
DETONATION
RECYCLING
BLEND IMG
CAPPING
TEMPORARY STORAGE
ALTERNATE WATER SUPPLY
LANDFILLING
                 Exhibit 4-38 Technical Information Types Pop-Up Window

 Use the < t >, < * >, , < PgDn>, , and  keys to move the light
 bar, or type the first character of the desired technical information type code; if multiple codes
 begin with the same character, keep pressing the character until the desired type is highlighted.
 Press the < -J > (< Enter >) key to select the highlighted technical information type.
     Note:   Once selected, the technical information  type  is removed from  the list of
     available entries in the Technical Information Types window. This feature prevents
     the same technical information type from being entered more than once for the same
     event.
 Selecting a technical information type closes the pop-up window, displays the selected technical
 information type on the Technical Information screen, and presents the prompt shown in Exhibit
 4-26.
                         00 YOU WISH TO ADO TECH INFO QUALIFIERS?  t
                   Exhibit 4-39 Technical Information Qualifiers Prompt

The default response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing  bypasses the Qualifier entry
routine and  displays the Event Summary  screen.   Typing "Y" (for "Yes")  and pressing
 < Enter > presents a pop-up window of qualifier selections. Entries in the qualifier window
vary, based on the technical information type selected.

An example of the Qualifiers  pop-up window is presented in  Exhibit 4-27.   This window
contains a marking feature that allows multiple qualifiers to be entered for the same technical
information type.  Use the  ,  <*>,  , , ,and  
keys to move the light bar,  or type the  first character of a qualifier to highlight  it; if multiple
qualifiers begin with the same character, keep
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
  WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-41

-------
 EVENT
 pressing the character until the desired qualifier is highlighted.  Then,  mark the qualifier by
 pressing the < -J >  (< Enter >) key; a triangular pointer appears to the left of the selected
 qualifier.  Pressing  < Enter >  on a marked qualifier unmarks the qualifier by  removing the
 triangular pointer.
                                   TECHNICAL QUALIFIERS
                          SAVE SELECTIONS
                          RETURN TO TECH INFO SUMMARY SCREEN
                          AT - ALTERNATIVE TECHNOLOGY
                          EX - EXISTING
                          IN - INNOVATIVE
                          NW - NEW
                          OH - OTHER
                      T 1     - Press V to select

               Exhibit 4-40 Technical Information Qualifiers Pop-Up Window

 When all of the appropriate qualifiers have been marked, highlight the "Save Selections" option
 at the top of the window.  The selected qualifier(s) is (are) displayed at the bottom left comer
 of the screen,  and the cursor appears at the status line.

 The default option is "A" (for "Add"), so press < Enter> to add the selected qualifier(s) to the
 technical information type and return to the Event Summary screen.  Entering "L" (for "Leave")
 enters the technical information  type without adding any qualifiers  and displays  the  Event
 Summary screen.

 To edit  or  delete an existing  technical  information  type or qualifier(s), enter  "E"  (for
 "Edit/delete") at the status line of the Technical Information "VIEW" screen (see Exhibit 4-24).
 The system highlights the first record on the  screen and displays the following prompt  at the
 bottom of the screen: Use t or * - press  < Enter > to select.

 Once the desired  record  is highlighted  and selected, the screen changes to  "EDIT" mode,
 displays any qualifiers associated with the selected technical information type, and presents a
 new status line.  Exhibit 4-28 illustrates the Technical Information "EDIT" screen status line.
                     Edit/delete
      Save
Leave
               Exhibit 4-41  Technical Information "EDIT" Screen Status Line
4-42
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                                   03/11/92
                              VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                               EVENT
 If no qualifiers are  associated with the selected technical  information record, the following
 message appears at the bottom of the screen: NO QUALIFIERS HAVE BEEN SELECTED
 ... PLEASE EDIT  TO ADD QUALIFIERS.   When the message disappears, the status line
 shown in Exhibit 4-28 appears.

 Options on the status line shown in Exhibit 4-41 are described below.

 Edit/delete - used to add/remove qualifiers  for a technical  information record, or to delete a
       technical information record from the database.  Entering "E" (for "Edit") displays the
       Qualifiers window presented earlier in Exhibit 4-28.  To add a qualifier, highlight the
       desired unmarked qualifier and press  < Enter >; a triangular pointer appears next to the
       selection.  To remove a qualifier, highlight the desired marked  qualifier and press
        < Enter >; the triangular pointer disappears.

       Once all of the appropriate qualifiers have been marked/ unmarked, highlight the "Save
       Selections" option at the top of the Qualifier window and press < Enter >.  If qualifiers
       remain selected,  the Qualifiers window disappears and the cursor returns to the status
       line. If all qualifiers were removed (or never existed), the Qualifiers window disappears
       and the following delete prompt is displayed at the bottom of the screen:  PRESS Y TO
       DELETE IN].

       The default response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing   leaves the technical
       information record in the database and places the cursor at the status line. Typing "Y"
       and pressing < Enter > deletes the technical information type and qualifiers and displays
       the Event Summary screen.

 Save - records qualifier changes to the database.  After adding or removing the appropriate
       qualifiers, enter "S" to save the changes and return to the Event Summary  screen.

 Leave - forfeits all changes and displays the Event Summary screen.

 4.3.14       Chemical Info

 This option provides access to the screen used to view, add, edit, or delete chemical information
 for Removal,  Remedial and Combined events.  This option presents a Chemical Summary
 "VIEW" screen  showing all previously entered chemical records for the selected event.  This
 screen is similar to the Chemical Summary "ADD" screen illustrated in Exhibit 4-29, except that
 the status  line at the Chemical Information box near the middle of the screen does not appear.

 If no chemical information has been entered  for the selected event, only "Add" and "Leave"
 options appear on the status line, and the following message is displayed on the screen:  NO
 CHEMICAL RECORDS FOUND.

 Entering "A" (for "Add") activates the status line at the Chemical Information box near the
 middle of the screen.  Exhibit 4-42 depicts the Chemical Summary "ADD" screen.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-43

-------
 EVENT
                   ADD
                                       CHEMICAL SUMMARY
                                SCREEN 1 OF 1
REF NO.: 00083
OPUNIT: 00
EVENT: RV1
EPA ID: MED086876968
SITE NAME: UATERBORO PATENT CORP
EVENT NAHE: REMOVAL ACTION
                                      CHEMICAL INFORMATION
                 CHEM NAHE:
                COMMON NAHE:
                	 SEARCH ON ->   1 CHEM NAHE   2 CAS NO.
                              CAS NO.:
                          LEAVE
                  CAS NO.            CHEMICAL NAME

                  13322U       ASBESTOS
                             COMMON NAHE
                                 Add
             Edit
                                                      Leave
                                                                         C ]
                     Exhibit 4-42 Chemical Summary "ADD" Screen

 To search for the desired chemical using its chemical name, enter "1"; to search for a chemical
 using its Chemical Abstracts (CAS) number, enter "2"; to exit "ADD" mode and return to the
 status line at the bottom of the screen, enter  "L" (for "Leave").

 Entering "1" places the cursor at the Chem Name field. The highlighted first letter of the field
 name indicates that this field is linked to a pop-up window; however, entering a "?" does not
 activate a pop-up window showing all available chemical names.  Instead, entering a full or
 partial chemical name initiates a search of the database.  Then the system displays a pop-up
 window  listing all  of the chemicals  in the  database for which any part  of  the chemical or
 common name matches  the name entered.  If no matches are found,  the following message is
 displayed at the bottom of the screen:  CHEMICAL NAME NOT FOUND.

 Exhibit 4-43 presents an example of the Valid  Chemicals  pop-up window that appears upon
 completion of a successful search on chemical name. In this example, the character string "line"
 was entered in  the Chem Name field.
4-44
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                                  EVENT
                                   VALID CHEMICALS
                               SELECT BLANK TO CLOSE UINDOU
                       110634    1,4-BUTANEDIOL
                       112721    1-TETRADECENE
                       1746016   2,3,7,8-TETRACHLOROOlBENZO-P-OIOXINCTC
                       13826830  AMMONIUM FLUOBORATE
                       12007895  AMMONIUM PENTABORATE
                       95943     BENZENE,1,2,4,5-TETRACHLORO-
                       7789426   CADMIUM BROMIDE
                       10325947  CADMIUM NITRATE
                       10124375  CALCIUM NITRATE
                                       I MORE 1
                             - Press ** to select
                      Exhibit 4-43  Valid Chemicals Pop-Up Window

 The window shows the CAS number and chemical name of all chemicals that meet the search
 criteria.  Use the  ,  <*>, , ,  , and    keys to
 scroll the light bar and highlight the  desired chemical, or type the first character of the desired
 entry; if multiple entries begin with the same character, keep pressing the character until the
 desired chemical is highlighted.

 Press the < -< >  (< Enter >) key  to select the highlighted chemical. This action closes the
 pop-up window and enters the chemical name, common name, and CAS number of the selected
 chemical in the corresponding fields. The cursor returns to the bottom status  line, which offers
 the following options:

 Add - appears as the default option; press < Enter > to add the chemical information to the
       event record.

 Edit - returns the cursor to the search option status line in the Chemical Information box in the
       middle of the screen. Enter "1" or "2" to conduct another search and select a different
       chemical.

 Leave - displays  the original Chemical Summary screen status line (see Exhibit 4-42).

 To delete a chemical record,  enter "D" (for "Delete") at the status line at the bottom of the
 Chemical Summary screen. The system displays the following selection prompt at the bottom
 of the screen: Use t or * - press < Enter > to select.

 When the desired chemical record is highlighted and selected, the following prompt appears at
 the bottom of the screen:   PRESS  Y  TO DELETE [N].  The default response is "N" (for
 "No"), so pressing  leaves the chemical unchanged.  Typing "Y" (for "Yes") and
 pressing  < Enter > deletes the  selected chemical and  returns the cursor to the Chemical
 Summary "VIEW" screen  status line.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-45

-------
 EVENT

 4.3.15
Financial
 This option provides access to financial information for the selected event.
     Important:  With  the  exception of Planned Obligation  records,  write  access to
     WasteLAN financial information is limited to users who have financial system access
     rights. Financial information includes event/fund (C3200), enforcement Case Budget
     (C2600), enforcement Cost Recovery (C2900), and NSI financial (P1400)  records.
 Users without  write access to  financial data encounter  the following error message when
 attempting to add or edit financial records:  YOU DO NOT HAVE FINANCIAL RIGHTS.
 The WasteLAN System Administrator is responsible for assigning financial system access rights.
 Planned  Obligation financial  records in the event/fund (C3200), enforcement Case Budget
 (C2600), and NSI financial (PI400) databases are considered SCAP information.  Therefore,
 write access to these records  is determined by SCAP access rights.  Users who do not have
 SCAP access rights encounter the following error message when attempting to add or edit
 Planned  Obligation records:   SCAP  LOCKOUT  CURRENTLY IN PROGRESS.   The
 WasteLAN System Administrator is responsible for assigning SCAP access.
Choosing the Financial option activates a pop-up window of financial types.
illustrates the Financial Types pop-up window.
                                                           Exhibit  4-44
                                  FINANCIAL TYPES
                        A
                        C
                        D
                        E
                        H
                        1
                        M
                        0
                  RETURN TO EVENT
                  ADD/DELETE ACN/DCN
                  ACTUAL OBLIGATION
                  COMMITMENT
                  OEOBLIGATION
                  RA COST ESTIMATE
                  TES WORK ASSIGNMENT AMOUNT
                  DEOUTLAY
                  DECOMMITMENT
                  OUTLAY
                     1 MORE i 
                     Exhibit 4-44  Financial Types Pop-Up Window
     Important:  Not all financial types are visible in the first page (screenful) of entries.
     Use the < * >,  , and  keys to scroll forward in the window; use
     the < t >,  , and  keys to scroll back to previous entries.
4-46
                WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                               EVENT
 Select a highlighted entry by pressing the < -J >  (< Enter >) key.  Choosing the "Return to
 Event" entry closes the window without selecting a financial type.

 The "Add/Delete ACN/DCN" option is used to add and delete Account Numbers (ACH) and
 Document Control Numbers (DCN) that link financial data from EPA's  Integrated Financial
 Management System  (IFMS) on the mainframe to regional financial data.  The ACN/DCN
 combination is required for IFMS transfer. Selecting this option  presents  the screen shown in
 Exhibit 4-45.
                     VIEW
        ADD/DELETE ACN/DCN
SCREEN 1 OF 1
                     REF MO.: 00077
                      OPUNIT: 00
                      EVENT: PA1
                     EPA ID: NRS987654321
                   SITE NAME: SH1THFIELD UASTE S TRA
                  EVENT NAME: PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT
                             ACN:
                                                    DCN:
                                Add
            Delete
                                                       Leave
          CU
                       Exhibit 4-45 Add/Delete ACN/DCN Screen

When the screen appears,  the cursor is at the status  line.   The default option  is "L"  (for
"Leave"), so pressing < Enter > displays the Financial Types pop-up window (Exhibit 4-44).

To add an ACN/DCN combination, enter "A" (for "Add").  The status line changes, offering
an "Edit" option instead of "Delete," and the cursor moves to the ACN field.  Type a 10-digit
ACN and press < Enter >; the cursor moves to the DCN field. Type a 6-digit DCN and press
;  the cursor moves to the status line, where  "A" (for "Add") is the default option.
Press < Enter > to add the ACN/DCN combination to the database.

Entering "E" (for "Edit") before adding the record moves the cursor to the ACN field, allowing
you to  modify the ACN/DCN  combination before adding it.  Entering "LM (for "Leave")
displays the financial Types pop-up window.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                    4-47

-------
 EVENT
 To delete an ACN/DCN combination, enter "D" (for "Delete") at the status line.  The cursor
 moves to the ACN field. Type an existing ACN and press < Enter>; the cursor moves to the
 DCN field. Type an existing DCN and press . The cursor returns to the status line,
 where "D" is the default option; press < Enter> to delete the ACN/DCN combination.
 If the ACN/DCN combination entered does not exist, the following message appears at the
 bottom of the screen:  THIS ACN/DCN PAIR NOT FOUND.  The system clears the ACN and
 DCN fields and returns the cursor to the status  line.  Enter "D" to begin  the delete routine
 again.

 If the ACN/DCN combination entered is associated with an existing financial record, the system
 will not allow it to be deleted; the  following  message appears  at the  bottom of the screen:
 FUND FINANCIAL  RECORDS ATTACHED TO THIS  ACN/DCN.   The  ACN/DCN
 remains in the database, and the system clears the ACN and DCN fields and returns the cursor
 to the status line.  Enter "D" to begin the delete routine again. Entering "L" (for  "Leave") at
 the status line displays the Financial Types pop-up window.

 Selecting any of the other financial types (see Exhibit 4-44) displays a Financial Summary screen
 showing all existing records for the selected type.   Exhibit 4-46 presents an example  of a
 Financial Summary screen for Actual Obligations.
                     VIEW
                  FINANCIAL SUMMARY
                 ACTUAL OBLIGATION
                     REF NO.: 00077
                      OPUNIT: 00
                      EVENT: RV2
                               EPA ID: MRS9B76543Z1
                             SITE NAME: SMimiELD WASTE & TRA
                            EVENT NAME: REMOVAL ACTION
               SEQ
               NO.
    F
CON  M
VEH  S
                            DATE
                                     AMOUNT
      FUND
      STAT
ACN
DCN
WORK
ASGN
 NO.
AM
NO.
               NEW  ETA   C  01/16/90
                 135,000 B  APR 8TGB01PP87  PE0042
                     Audit/Trail
              Add
Edit/delete
                                 Comments
                                           Leave
                   [L]
               Exhibit 4-46 Financial Summary Screen (Actual Obligations)
4-48
          WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                                       03/11/92
                                  VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                             EVENT
 The summary screens for other financial types are similar to the Actual Obligations summary
 screen; only the title at the top right of screen varies, based on the financial type selected.
     Exception:  There are three financial types for which regional personnel cannot add
     new records:  Outlay, Cumulative Outlay, and Deoutlay. For these financial types,
     the "Add" option will not be displayed on the financial summary screen status line.
     New records for these types are created in IFMS and added to the regional database
     via CERCLIS downloads.
 The Seq(uence) No. (far left column) is a system-generated number assigned when the record
 is uploaded to CERCLIS; if the record has not yet been uploaded, the word "NEW" appears in
 this column.  An IFMS Flag value (third column) of "C" (for "CERCLIS") is automatically
 generated when a new record is added; this value changes to "F" when IFMS sends data to the
 mainframe and a match is made when the data is downloaded to WasteLAN.
     Important:  An IFMS Flag value of UE" indicates a discrepancy between IFMS and
     CERCLIS financial records.   Changing the IFMS  Flag value  from "E" to "F"
     indicates agreement with the records as shown.  For records with an IFMS Flag value
     of "E" or "F," may be edited for the record, but the IFMS Flag value will be changed
     to "C."
 If no records exist for the selected financial type, the following message appears on the screen:
 NO FINANCIAL RECORDS FOUND FOR THIS EVENT TYPE. To add a new record,
 enter "A" (for "Add") at the status line. An "ADD" screen containing blank data entry fields
 appears.  An example of the Actual Obligation data screen is presented in Exhibit 4-34.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-49

-------
 EVENT

AOD L_



REF NO.: 00077
OPUNIT: 00
EVENT: RV2
EPA ID: MRS987654321
SHE NAME: SH1THHELD WASTE & TRA
EVENT NAME: REMOVAL ACTION

DATE: / /
BUDGET SOURCE:
ACN:
CONTRACT VEH:
WORK ASGN NO.:
If MS FLAG: C
06 DOC NO.:
AMOUNT: 0
FND PRIORITY STATUS:
DCN:
CONTRACTOR :
AMND NO.:
OBJECT CLASS:
SCAP NOTE:


Add

Edit Leave C ]
              Exhibit 4-47 Financial Record "ADD" Screen (Actual Obligation)

Data screens for other financial types are very similar to the Actual Obligations data screen.
However, some fields do not apply to some financial types and therefore will not appear on the
screen.

When the data screen appears, the cursor is at the Date field.  Use the  key to move
to each field  and enter the appropriate data.   The Budget Source, Fnd Priority  Status and
Contract Veh(icle) fields are all linked to pop-up windows, as indicated by the highlighted first
letter of the field name.  Entering a "?" in any of these fields activates the pop-up window.
Exhibit 4-35 depicts the pop-up windows available on fund financial data screens.
     Important: Larger pop-up windows often contain more entries than are visible in the
     first page (screenful) of the window.  Use the < * >,  , and  keys
     to scroll forward; use the < t >,  , and   keys to scroll back to
     previous entries.
Typing the first letter of an entry moves the light bar to that entry; if multiple entries begin with
the same letter, keep pressing the letter until the desired entry is highlighted.  Press the < J >
() key to  select the highlighted  entry.  This action closes the pop-up window and
places the selected entry in the data field.
4-50
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                                         EVENT
                 -S'JSCST SCURCJ-
          ENFORCEMENT
          FiStSAL FACILITY
          HC SSMOVAL
          HO ENFORCEMENT
          RME3IAL
          REMOVAL
  T .       - Prtfi J tc ie.ec-
                  ALT.  "ALTERNATE
                  APR    APPROVES
                  CCN    CONTINGENCY FCNSINS
                                                     
                                                                       Er.a> - ?rtn
                                                           UA B: NO12MSMII
                                                         C!?t HUB; DUCilOkJ/ ODOSTItlU
                                  vu
                              tcu/fcrt:
                -CONTRACT VEHICLE-

        	I
     ARC  ALTERNATE REMEDIAL CONTRACTING
     S-JR  BURECS
     CAS  COOPERATIVE AGREEMENT
     CUT  CONTRACT
     ::E  u.s.  ARMY CORPS or ENGINEERS
     35  ESASCO
     ML  EMSL
     SRC  EMERGENCY RESPONSE CLEANUP SERVICES
     ETA  t (A)  CONTRACT
     FIT  FIELD INVESTIGATION TEAK
     SAN  GANNETT
     SEO  GEOTRANS
     HKR  HOOKER, NIAGARA FALLS, NT
     IAS  INTERAGEKCY AGREEMENT
                    i MORE 1
     
                   - Petit  J to ;et
               Exhibit 4-48  Pop-Up Windows for Event Financial Data screens

 To return the cursor to the status line, press the  key.
      Exception:  Pressing   at a required field does not move the cursor to the
      status line; data must be entered in the required field first.
The default option on the data screen status line is "A" (for "Add"); press  < Enter> to add the
record to the database and return to the Financial Summary.  Entering "E" (for "Edit") at the
data screen status line returns the cursor to the Date field, allowing you  to modify the record
before adding  it to  the  database.  Entering "L"  (for "Leave")  at the data screen status line
displays the Financial Summary  screen without adding the record to the database.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-51

-------
 EVENT
 To edit or delete an existing financial record,  enter "E"  (for "Edit/delete") at the Financial
 Summary status line.  The system highlights the first record in the summary and displays the
 following prompt:  Use t or * - press < Enter > to select.

 After highlighting the desired record and pressing < Enter > to select it, an "EDIT" screen
 appears.  This screen is similar to the "ADD"  shown previously in Exhibit 4-34, except that
 existing data is displayed in the fields and the status line offers the options illustrated in Exhibit
 4-49.
Edit
Delete
Save
Leave
< 1
                  Exhibit 4-49  Financial Data "EDIT" Screen Status Line

 Options on the financial "EDIT" screen status line are described below.
 Edit - places the cursor at the first data field to permit modification of the displayed data. Use
       the < Enter > key to move the cursor to the appropriate field (s) and make the necessary
       change(s).
     Note:  The cursor is already at the first data field when the  "EDIT"  screen first
     appears;  use this option to make additional changes/corrections  after editing the
     existing data.
Delete - removes the selected financial record from the database.  Entering "D" displays the
       following prompt at the bottom of the screen:  PRESS Y TO DELETE [N]. The default
       response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing  leaves the record unchanged.  Type
       "Y" and press < Enter > to delete the record and return to the Financial Summary
       screen.

Save - records the changes to the database.  After editing all necessary data, use the 
       key or press < Enter > at the last data field to access the status  line. "S" is the default
       option, so pressing    at the status line saves the changes.

Leave - displays the Financial Summary screen.

The "Comments" option on the Financial Summary status line provides access to free-form
comment text for a financial record.  Note: This option is only available for financial records
that have been assigned a sequence number (i.e., have been uploaded to CERCLIS).
Choosing this option displays the following selection prompt at the bottom of the screen: Use
t or * - press  < Enter > to select.  After highlighting and selecting the appropriate record, a
Financial Comments "VIEW"  screen appears, showing all existing  comments  for the selected
financial record.
Section 3.5.5.
This screen functions like the Site Comments screen described in Chapter 3,
4-52
              WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                                EVENT
 Entering  "L" (for  "Leave") at the Financial Summary screen  displays the Financial Types
 pop-up window.  Select the "Return to Event"  option to close the window and return to the
 Event Summary status line.
 4.3.16
Rolodex
 The "Rolodex" option provides access to contact information pertaining to the site.  Selecting
 this option displays a Rolodex Summary  "VIEW" screen that shows the contact names and
 telephone numbers associated with all event records entered for the site. Exhibit 4-37 presents
 an example of a Rolodex Summary "VIEW" screen.

 If no contact information has been entered for the site, the status line only offers "Add" and
 "Leave" options and the screen displays the following message:  NO ROLODEX RECORDS
 FOUND.
                     VIEW
                         ROLODEX SUMMARY
      SCREEN 1 OF 1
                     REf NO.: 00077
                      OPUN1T: 00
                       EVENT: RV2
                                      EPA 10: MRS9S7654321
                                   SITE NAME: SMITHFIELO WASTE &
                                   EVENT NAME: REMOVAL ACTION
                  TRA
CLAVIN
NALONE
PETERSON
EPA (213) 555-3222 00 RV2
EPA (214) 555-9375 00 RV2
EPA (485) 555-9837 00 RV2
                              Add
                          Edit/Delete
Leave
[L]
                         Exhibit 4-50 Rolodex Summary Screen

The Source  field (far  right-hand column) is  system-generated.  This  field indicates the
opunit/event record in which the contact information was entered.

When the Rolodex Summary appears, the cursor is at the status line. The defau: option is "L"
(for "Leave"), so pressing < Enter > displays the Event Summary screen.

To add a contact information to the database, enter "A" (for "Add").  A Rolodex Information
"ADD" screen appears; Exhibit 4-51 illustrates this screen.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
                WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                           4-53

-------
 EVENT
                      ADD
                                       ROLODEX INFORMATION
                                SCREEN 1 OF 1
                      REF KO.: 00077
                       OPUNIT: 00
                       EVENT: RV2
                      EPA  ID: HRS987654321
                    SITE MAKE: SMITHF1ELD WASTE & TRA
                   EVENT NAME: REMOVAL ACTION
                     NAME:

                    TITLE:

                  ADDRESS:

                     CITY:

                    STATE:
                    CONTACT NO.: (   )

                   ORGANIZATION:
                          ZIP:
                     NOTE:
                                  Add
             Edit
                                                        Leave
                                                                           C 1
                     Exhibit 4-51 Rolodex Information "ADD" Screen

When the screen appears, the cursor is at the first data field. Type the contact name and press
 < Enter >. Use the < Enter > key to move to each field and enter the appropriate information.

Pressing < Enter > at the last field returns the cursor to the status line, where the default option
is "A" (for "Add").   Press   to add the record  to the database and return to the
Rolodex Summary.

To edit the newly entered information before adding it to the database, enter "E"  (for "Edit")
at the "ADD" screen status line.  The cursor returns to the  first data field; use the 
key to move to the appropriate field (s) and make the necessary change(s).  Use the 
key or press < Enter > at the last data field to return to the status line, where the default option
is again "A" (for "Add"); press < Enter > to add the record to the database and return to the
Rolodex Summary.  Entering "L" (for "Leave") at the "ADD"  screen status line  discards the
information entered and displays the Rolodex Summary screen.

To modify or delete an existing rolodex record, enter  "E"  (for "Edit/delete") at the Rolodex
Summary status line.  The system displays the  following selection prompt at the bottom of the
screen: Use t or * - press  < Enter > to select.

After the desired record has been highlighted and selected, a  Rolodex Information "EDIT"
screen appears.   This screen is very similar to the "ADD"  screen presented in Exhibit 4-38,
except that existing data is displayed in the Melds, and the status line offers the options shown
in Exhibit 4-52.
4-54
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                                 EVENT
1 	
Edit Delete
['
=============
Save
===============
=================
Leave
=============
[] 1
               Exhibit 4-52 Rolodex Information "EDIT" Screen Status Line

 Options on the Rolodex Information "EDIT" screen status line are described below.

 Edit - places the cursor at the first data field to permit modification of the displayed data. Use
        the < Enter > key to move the cursor to the appropriate field (s) and make the necessary
        change(s).
     Note:  The cursor is already  at the first data field when the "EDIT" screen  first
     appears; use this option to make additional changes/corrections after editing the
     existing data.
 Delete - removes the selected financial record from the database.  Entering "D" displays the
       following prompt at the bottom of the screen:  PRESS Y TO DELETE [N]. The default
       response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing  leaves the record unchanged.  Type
       "Y" and press < Enter >  to  delete the  record and return to the  Rolodex Summary
       screen.

 Save - records the changes to the database.  After editing all necessary data, use the 
       key or press  at the last data field to access the status line. "S" is the default
       option, so pressing  < Enter >  at the status line saves the changes,

 Leave - displays the Rolodex Summary screen.

 Entering "L" (for "Leave") at the Rolodex Summary screen displays the Event Summary screen.

 4.3.17        Regional Fields

 Regional  fields  are  used to track  regionally  defined  data associated with  an event.   The
 WasteLAN System Administrator can change regional field names using a function in the System
 Administration module.

 Regional fields accept alpha or numeric data; the number of allowable characters is limited to
 the size of the field as it  appears on  the screen.   Exhibit 4-40 presents  an  example of the
 Regional Fields screen that appears if no regional data has been entered yet.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-55

-------
 EVENT
                     ADD
                                          REGIONAL FIELDS
                                 SCREEN 1 OF  1
                      REF HO.: 00077
                       OPUN1T: 00
                        EVENT: RV2
                       EPA ID: HRS9876S4321
                    SITE MAKE: SMITHFIELD WASTE & TRA
                   EVENT NAME: REMOVAL ACTION
                                           EVENT DATA
                                   C2161
                                   C2162
                                   C2163
                                   C2164
                                  Add
             Edit
                                                         Leave
                                                                            C 3
                        Exhibit 4-53  Regional Fields "VIEW" Screen

In this example, when the screen appears, the cursor is positioned at the first regional field.
Type the appropriate data and/or press < Enter >.  Use the < Enter > key to move to each
field and enter data. Pressing < Enter >  at the last field moves the cursor to the status line,
which offers the following options:

Add -  records the newly entered regional data to the database.  Entering "A" adds the data and
        displays the Event Summary screen.

dit - places the cursor at the first data field to permit modification of the displayed data. Use
        the < Enter > key to move the cursor to the appropriate field(s) and make the necessary
        change(s).

Leave - displays the Event Summary  screen without saving any additions or changes.

If regional data already exists for the selected event, then choosing the "Regional Fields" option
in the  Menu options window displays a screen very similar to the one shown in Exhibit 4-40,
except that existing data is displayed  in the fields,  and the status line offers different options.
Exhibit 4-54 illustrates the  status  line that appears on a Regional Fields screen containing
existing data.
4-56
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
     03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                                EVENT
Edit
Delete
Save
Leave [ ]
              Exhibit 4-54  Regional Fields Screen Status Line (Existing Data)

 Select an option by typing its corresponding highlighted letter and pressing < Enter > .  Options
 on the status line shown in Exhibit 4-54 are described below.

 Edit - places the cursor at the first data field to permit modification of the displayed data. Use
       the < Enter > key to move the cursor to the appropriate field(s) and make the necessary
       change(s).

 Delete - removes existing regional data for the event from the database.  Entering "D" displays
       the following prompt at the bottom of the screen: PRESS Y TO DELETE [N]. The
       default response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing  leaves the record unchanged.
       Type "Y" and press < Enter > to delete the record and return to the Event Summary
       screen.

 Save - records added  or changed data to the database.
     Important: This option must be used to save both new and modified data. Enter "S"
     at the status line after adding new regional data or editing existing data.
 Leave - displays the Event Summary screen.
     Caution:  Selecting this option before using the  "Save"  option displays the Event
     Summary screen without saving any additions or changes.
4.3.18
Activity Text
The "Activity Text" option is used to record developments and track the progress of certain
pre-remedial,  remedial, and removal event types.  This option functions very much like the
"Comments" option. Choosing the "Activity Text" option displays an Activity Text summary
screen showing all existing activity text records for the selected event at the specified site.
Exhibit 4-55 presents an example of the Activity Text summary screen.

If no activity  text records have been entered, the status line offers only "Add" and "Leave"
options, and the following message appears on the screen: NO ACTIVITY TEXT RECORDS
FOUND FOR THIS SITE.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
                WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-57

-------
 EVENT
                     VIEW
                                            ACTIVITY  TEXT
                    REF NO.:  00077
                       EPA ID: KRS987654321
                    SITE WANE: SMITHFIELD WASTE
                                                                             & TR
                COMM LINE
                 ID  NO.
                 001 01 REMOVAL GENERAL ACTIVITY
             COMMENTS
                                          PROG-TTPE
                                           RMDL-GA
                       Add new comment
                                       Select comment ID
                        View screen
                                                                      Leave
                         Exhibit 4-55  Activity Text Summary Screen

The "Comm ID" field on the far left side of the screen is a system-generated sequential number
assigned to an activity text record when it is entered  in the system.  The "Line No." column
identifies each line of text within a single activity text record.

Entering "A" (for "Add"  or "Add New Comment") at the status line  of the Activity Text
summary activates a pop-up window of activity text types.  Exhibit 4-56 illustrates this window.
                                       ACTIVITY TEXT
                           GA     REMEDIAL GENERAL ACTIVITY
                           GV     REHOVAL GENERAL ACTIVITY
                           MC     REMEDIAL ACTIONS TO MEET COMMITMENT
                           NV     REMOVAL OSC NAME
                           PE     PROBLEMS ENCOUNTERED WITH REMEDIAL WORK
                           PR     REMEDIAL PERSON RESPONSIBLE
                           PS     REMEDIAL PRESENT STATUS
                           PV     REMOVAL PERSON RESPONSIBLE
                           SC     REMEDIAL SCAP COMMITMENT
                           SI     REMEDIAL SOLUTIONS IMPLEMENTED/ONGOING
                           1 MORE i     
                      Exhibit 4-56  Activity Text Types Pop-Up Window
4-58
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
     03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                                EVENT
 Use the < t > , < i > , < PgUp > , < PgDn > ,  , and < End > keys to highlight the
 desired activity text type, and press the < -i >  (< Enter >) key to select it. This action closes
 the activity text types pop- up window, presents a blank pop- up window for entering the activity
 text, and  displays the following prompt  at the bottom of the screen:   i    to EXIT
 t.

 Type the  appropriate activity text.  Text appears as it is typed; the < Backspace > and <->
 keys can be used move the cursor backwards to correct mistakes.  Also, the  key moves
 the cursor forward on a line, word by word, and the  key moves the cursor backward
 on a line, word by word.

 Text longer than one line automatically wraps to the next line.  If more than  eleven lines of text
 are entered, the text window automatically scrolls to provide additional blank lines for entering
 more text. After the activity text has been typed, press the  key to enter it into the
 database.   This action closes the text window and displays the Activity Text summary.

 The "Select Comment ID" option on the  Activity Text summary status line is used to choose an
 individual activity text record for editing, deleting, or viewing purposes.  Entering "S" at the
 status line displays  the following selection prompt  at  the bottom of the screen:   ENTER
 COMMENT ID: _ OR PRESS < Enter > TO EXIT. Type the desired comment ID number
 and press < Enter >.
     Note:  It is not necessary to enter the leading zeros of the comment ID number; for
     example, comment "001" can be entered as "1."  The system displays the selected
     activity text record and presents a new status line, as shown in Exhibit 4-57.
            Add new line   Edit line    Delete line    View    Leave
            Exhibit 4-57 Activity Text Status Line (From "Select Comment ID")

Select an option by typing its highlighted letter and pressing < Enter >. Options on the status
line shown in Exhibit 4-57 are described below.

Add New Line - displays a pop-up window containing the activity text and presents the following
       prompt at the bottom of the screen:  t   to EXIT t.  Cursor position is at
       the first line of text, as indicated by the reverse-video highlight bar. Use the < * > key
       to move the light bar forward, stopping on the blank line immediately below the last line
       of existing text. Type the new text, then press    to close the text window and
       add the new information to the database.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-59

-------
 EVENT

 Edit Line - functions like "Add New Line." Entering "E" activates a pop-up window containing
        the activity text and displays the following prompt at the bottom of the screen:   4
         to EXIT  t.  Cursor position is at the first line of text, as indicated by the
        reverse-video highlight bar.  Use the < * > key to move the light bar forward in the
        window; use the < t > key to move the light bar  back to a previous line.  When the
        desired line is highlighted, use the <->, <->,  , and    keys to
        move the cursor to the appropriate text within the line and make the necessary change(s).
        Press  to close the window and record the change(s)  to the database.

 Delete Line - highlights the first  line of the displayed activity  text record and presents the
        following selection prompt: Use t or * -  press   to select.  After highlighting
        the desired line and  pressing < Enter > to select it, the following deletion prompt
        appears at the bottom of the screen:  PRESS Y TO DELETE  [N].  The default response
        is "N" (for "No"), so pressing < Enter > leaves the line unchanged.  Type "Y11 (for
        "Yes") and press < Enter > to delete the selected line.

 archive - use this option to file "old" records and remove them from the display.  Selecting this
       option presents the following message  at  the bottom  of  the screen:   RECORD
       ARCHIVED. The archived record disappears from the screen, but it is not deleted from
       the system.  Archived records can be selected to print on  the Activity  Text Report
       available in the WasteLAN Reports module.

 View - provides view-only access to the selected  activity text record.  If the entire activity text
       record is visible on the current screen, entering  "V" (for "View") displays a new status
       line containing only a "Leave" option.  If more text exists than is visible on the current
       screen,  entering "V" displays a new status line containing  "Forward,"  "Back," and
       "Leave" options.  Enter "F" (for "Forward") to display the next page of comment text,
       "B" (for "Back") to  display the previous  page,  and "L" (for "Leave") to exit  "View"
       mode and return to the status line shown  in Exhibit 4-457

Leave - displays the Activity Text summary screen (presented earlier in Exhibit 4-55) showing
       all activity text records entered for the selected event at the specified  site.

The "View Screen" option on the Activity Text summary (see Exhibit 4-55) provides view-only
access to activity text records for the selected event.  If all  activity text records for the selected
event are visible on the initial Activity Text summary screen, then entering "V" (for "View
Screen") displays a new status line containing only a "Leave" option. However, if more activity
text records exist  for the  event than are visible  on the initial summary screen,  selecting the
"View Screen" option presents a different status line containing the following options:

Forward - presents the next page of activity text  records for the selected event.  Entering "F"
       when the last page of activity text records is already displayed results in the message
       END OF SELECTED LIST.

Back - presents the previous page of activity text records for the selected event.  Entering "B"
4-60
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                               EVENT
      when the first page of activity text records is already displayed results in the message
      BEGINNING OF SELECTED LIST.

Leave - displays the original Activity Text summary screen status line (see Exhibit 4-55).

Entering "L" for "Leave" at the original Activity Text summary status line displays the Event
Summary screen from which the "Activity Text" menu option was selected.

4.3.19       Add/Delete Links

This option provides the means to create relationships between events and other events, between
events and enforcement activities, and between activities and other activities.  Link information
can be used to generate a site map that presents a graphical overview of the flow of events and
activities at  a site.  The ISIF Report Panel, detailed in Appendix B to this manual, contains the
option used to draw a site map.

Link access is available in several places in WasteLAN:  on the WasteLAN main menu, in the
Menu options window of Event and Activity Summary screens, and on the Integrated SIF menu.
The same Links window is invoked from each of these access points.  Chapter 8 of this manual
describes how  the Links window functions.  Also, the CERCLIS/WasteLAN Links Guidance
document provides further information on  links, including rules that apply to link creation.
 4.3.20       Audit Trail
 The "Audit Trail" option provides  information about the  creation  and modification of the
 displayed record.  Selecting this option activates an Audit Trail pop-up window, illustrated below
 in Exhibit 4-58.
  VERSION 4.0                   WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL

-------
 EVENT
                                AUDIT TRAIL
                          ADD

                       WHO:

                      DATE:   / /

                      TIHE:
                                EDIT

                            UKO: R01

                            DATE: 03/07/91

                            TIHE: 18:46:36
                       Exhibit 4-58 Audit Trail Pop-Up Window

 The window shows the name of the user who added the record to the database, and the date and
 time of data entry.  The window also shows the name of the user who last edited the record, and
 the date and time the edit was performed.

 When the Audit Trail window is active, the following prompt is displayed at the bottom of the
 screen:  PRESS ANY KEY TO CONTINUE .... As the prompt indicates, press any key to
 close the Audit Trail window and return to the Event  Summary screen.
4.3.21
Turbo Access
The "Turbo Access" feature works like a bookmark, saving your place in an Event or Activity
Summary screen.  If Turbo Access is on when you log out of WasteLAN, then the system
"remembers" the last site record and Event or Activity Summary screen accessed. The next time
you log in, the last Event or Activity Summary screen accessed will be displayed  instantly.

The "Turbo Access" option operates as a toggle switch.  If the Menu options window displays
the selection "Turbo Access: On," then Turbo Access is already on, so selecting the option will
turn it off.  If the Menu options window displays the selection "Turbo Access:  Off," then Turbo
Access is off, so selecting the option will turn it on.
4.3.22
Review USAGE Data
This option provides view-only access to event information entered by the U.S. Army Corps of
Engineers (USAGE, or COE).  Certain Remedial event types entered in  WasteLAN can be
flagged for data sharing by WasteLAN and USAGE.  These events are uploaded to CERCLIS,
and  then uploaded from CERCLIS  to CleanLAN, the USAGE Superfund  tracking system.
USAGE data is added to the events  in CleanLAN and downloaded back to WasteLAN via a
CERCLIS download.  The USAGE data is then available in WasteLAN. However, USAGE data
for an event cannot be edited in WasteLAN; only the WasteLAN (EPA) portion of the event data
can be edited in WasteLAN.
4-62
                WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                           EVENT

WasteLAN events are flagged for USAGE data sharing by entering a
"2" in the Data Share field located at the bottom left side of the Event Summary screen (see
Exhibit 4-14, presented earlier in this chapter). This field only appears for the following event
types:

             CO - Combined RI/FS
             RA - Remedial Action
             RD - Remedial Design
             RO - Record of Decision
             FS - Feasibility Study
             RI - Remedial Investigation

Selecting the "Review USAGE Data" option displays the first of several USAGE Event Summary
screens.  Selecting this option for an event that is  not assigned to USAGE or has not been
uploaded to CleanLAN via  CERCLIS displays  the following message at the bottom of the
screen:  NO USACE EVENT RECORD FOUND.

Exhibits 4-59 through 4-62 illustrate the USACE Event Summary screens.
 03/11/92
 VERSION 4.0                  WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL                          4-63

-------
 EVENT
	 wrni -^ 	 	 ._- II^APF FVFU


SITE NAME: NYANZA CHEMICAL
OPUN1T: 01
EVENT: RA1 (REMEDIAL ACTION)

EVENT LEAD: EPA FUND- FINANCED
SPMS TARGET: P
SCAP NOTE: BID AWARD DELAY
START
PLANNED: / /
ACTUAL: 12/31/87
EPA CONTACT:
r SUMMARY i SCREEN 1 OF i, 

EPA ID: MAD990685422
REF NO.: 00032
REGION/STATE: 01/MA
DATA
EVENT QUALIFIER:
TAKEOVER:
NPL STATUS:
COMPLETE
CONTACT PHONE: ( )

RA IAG NUMBER:
DATA SHARE: 2
IAG AMENDMENT NUMBER:
USACE QUALIFIER DATE: / /

Forward Next Event Previous

Event Milestones Leave [ )
                   Exhibit 4-59  USACE Event Summary Screen 1 of 4

 The "Forward" option on the status line displays the next USACE Event Summary screen in the
 sequence. Selecting the "Back" option on subsequent screens displays the previous screen in the
 sequence.
 If additional occurrences of the same event type have been entered for the site and are shared
 by USACE, the "Next Event"  and  "Previous Event" options provide access to these additional
 occurrences.  For example, if both an RA1 and an RA2 event exist at a site and are shared by
 USAGE, selecting the "Next Event" option when the RA1 event is displayed presents the RA2
 event. Likewise, selecting "Previous Event" when the RA2 event is displayed presents the RA1
 event.

 Selecting the "Next Event"  option when the last (or only) USACE-shared occurrence of the
 event type is already displayed results in the message END OF SELECTED LIST. Selecting
 the "Previous  Event" option when the first (or only) USACE-shared occurrence is already
 displayed results in the message BEGINNING OF SELECTED LIST.
4-64
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                           EVENT




SITE NAME: NYANZA CHEMICAL
OPUNIT: 01
EVENT: RA1 (REMEDIAL ACTION)

PROJECT KEY: ZBZ661UU11R151A89
PROJECT TYPE: /
PROJECT MANAGER:
RD DISTRICT CODE: MRO
DFurniti irTinu
RA CONTRACTOR FIRM:
RA CONTRACTOR NAME:
CITY:
SUMMARY 



EPA ID: MAD990685422
REF NO.: 00032
REGION/STATE: 01 /HA
DATA
MANAGER PHONE:
DISTRICT NAME:
rnuTRirine
CONTRACTOR

( ) -
OMAHA DISTRICT

PHONE: < )
STATE:

Forward Back Mi lest ones

Leave [ 1
                  Exhibit 4-60 USAGE Event Summary Screen 2 of 4

SITE NAME:
OPUNIT:
EVENT:

1 	 	

uaftie event sunnAKT

["""  SI.KCEM 3 Ur  "" ^
1
KLEENUP CHEMICAL EPA ID: KLN9B7654321 j
01 REF NO.: 00032
RA1 (REMEDIAL ACTION) REGION/STATE: 01/MA

ESTIMATED RA COST:
IAG FUNDING LEVEL:
O&M CONTRACTOR:
RESIDENT ENGINEER:

PAST MONTH:

PAST MONTH:

0

0
LISAPF FVPIIT DATA

0
0 NEXT LINE- ITEM REVIEW: / /
DESIGN BY:
ENGINEER PHONE: ( )
FVPFunFn
TOTAL: 0

TOTAL: 0


OBLIGATED: 0
ie rnwT(irT
OBLIGATED: 0

                         forward
       Back
Milestones
             Leave
                  Exhibit 4-61  USAGE Event Summary Screen 3 of 4
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                                  4-65

-------
 EVENT

"Fi/ ^^.^^ 	 ._ _ ^ iitorr n


SITE NAME; KLEENUP CHEMICAL
OPUNIT: 01
EVENT; RA1 (REHEDiAL ACTION)
ENT SUMMARY  SCREEN 4 OF 4 

EPA ID: KLN987654321
REF NO.: 00032
REGION/STATE: 01 /HA
,. ,.,. rnw^TPitrT inu Fvrut DATA ,, .

ACTUAL TO DATE: 0
SCHEDULE TO DATE: 0
ACTUAL LAST MONTH: 0
ACTUAL LAST FY: 0

DATS ACTUAL: 0
DAYS CURRENT: 0
DAYS PENDING: 0
DAYS ORIGINAL: 0


1
Back Milestones Leave t )
                  Exhibit 4-62 USAGE Event Summary Screen 4 of 4

Exhibit 4-63 depicts the USAGE Milestones screen that appears when the "Milestones" option
is selected from a USAGE Event Summary screen.  If no milestones have been entered for the
selected event, entering "M" displays the following message: NO MILESTONE RECORDS
FOUND.
4-66
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                                    EVENT
                      VIEU
         USACE MILESTONES
                   SITE NAME: KLEENUP CHEMICAL
                OPUNIT/EVENT: 01/RA1 (REMEDIAL ACTION)
                PROJECT TYPE: R/1  (REMEDIAL ACTION)
                           EPA ID: KLN987654321
                          REf NO.: 00032
                      REGION/STATE: 01/MA
                        MILESTONES
                                                       OWNER
                                                                  PLAN
                                                                          ACTUAL
                          Exhibit 4-63  USACE Milestones Screen

 If more milestones exist than are visible on the initial screen, use the "Forward" option to access
 additional records.   On  subsequent screens, use the "Back"  option to return to the previous
 screen.  Enter "L" (for "Leave") to exit  the Milestones screen and return to the USACE Event
 Summary screen.  Enter "L" again to exit the USACE Event Summary screen and return to the
 original Event Summary screen.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-67

-------

-------
   WASTELAN
 USER'S MANUAL
    CHAPTER 5
ENFORCEMENT
      03/11/92
    VERSION 4.0
      FINAL

-------

-------
                                                                        ENFORCEMENT
                        CHAPTERS:  ENFORCEMENT
The WasteLAN Enforcement module is used to track Superfund enforcement activities from the
planning stages through completion.  Enforcement activities include responsible party (RP)
searches, negotiations, administrative orders, litigation, and settlements.  In addition, optional
supporting data elements in the Enforcement module can be used to track specific features of
enforcement activities such as milestones, remedies sought and achieved,  the compliance status
of potentially responsible  party (PRP) settlements, statutes  applied to the activity, and case
budget and other financial information.
     Important:  Removal and Remedial events with a responsible party (RP) lead are
     considered enforcement data, but they are not tracked in the Enforcement module.
     These events  are accessible from the Event module described  in Chapter 4 of this
     manual.
To access the Enforcement module, log in to WasteLAN to display the main menu (see Chapter
2, Section 2.1  for system access procedures).  Then,  select option 3,  "Enforcement."  This
action begins an activity selection process, described below in Section 5.1.
5.1
ACTIVITY SELECTION
Enforcement activity selection is actually a two-part process consisting of site selection and
activity selection. If no site records have been accessed yet during the current WasteLAN login
session, choosing option 3, "Enforcement," on the WasteLAN main menu displays the screen
illustrated in Exhibit 5-1.  If a site record has been accessed previously during  the current
WasteLAN session, or if a valid site reference number is entered on the screen shown in Exhibit
5-1, the screen shown in Exhibit 5-2 appears.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
                 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
5-1

-------
 ENFORCEMENT
                                             SITE SELECTION
                               SITE
                   REF NO.:     0
                                                                MENU
                 Exhibit 5-1  Site Selection Screen (No Previous Site Accessed)
                                            SITE SELECTION
                               SITE
                   RIF NO.: 00077
                    EPA ID: MRS098765432
                     NAME: SMITHF1ELD UASTE & TRASH
                    STREET: 392 NELSON AVE
                     CITY: NELSON
                    STATE: HE
                                                                MENU
                          1} CORRECT SITE
                          2) CHANGE SITE
                        ENTER 1-2    Leave  t1]
          Exhibit 5-2  Site Selection Screen (Last Site Accessed or Ref No. Entered)
5-2
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
     03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                        ENFORCEMENT

 The information on the left side of the screen identifies the site corresponding to the reference
 number entered or the last site accessed during the current login session. The menu on the right
 side of the screen provides options for confirming the displayed site record, for selecting another
 site record, and for leaving the Enforcement module.  The system default is option 1,  "Correct
 Site";  press  to confirm the displayed site and continue with activity selection.

 To access a different site record, type "2" ("Change Site") and press ; the cursor
 returns to the Ref  No. field. Type in a different reference number and press ; new
 site information will appear on the left.  To leave the Enforcement module and return to the
 WasteLAN main menu, type "L" (for "Leave") and press .

 Once the correct site has been selected, the system displays a pop-up window listing all existing
 activities for the site.  An example of this window is presented in Exhibit 5*3.
 Her HU.
00077
00077
m, 1 1 v 1 1 1 
FI01
IN01
RETURN TO SITE SELECTION
FEDERAL 1NTERAGENCY AGREEMEN
IAG NEGOTIATIONS
                     Exhibit 5-3  Existing Activities Pop-Up Window

As the prompt at the bottom of the window indicates, use the < t >,  < J >,  ,
 , ,  and  keys to move the light bar and highlight the desired
activity,  then press the  < -i >  () key to select it.  Choosing the "Return to Site
Selection"  option closes the window without selecting an activity.

When an activity is selected, the system presents an  Activity Summary "VIEW" screen that
displays  existing Enforcement data  for the  chosen site and activity.  Exhibit 5-4 presents an
example of an Activity Summary screen for an Administrative Order (AC) activity.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
5-3

-------
 ENFORCEMENT



	 , ACTIVITY SUMMARY SCREEN 1 OF 1  -^n.


REF NO.: 00077 EPA ID: MRS098765432
ACTIVITY: FI01 FEDERAL INTERAGENCY SITE NAME: SM1THF1ELD WASTE  TR

LEAD:
SCAP NOTE:
NO. RP DEFENDANTS:
JUDICIAL/CIVIL TYPE:
COMPLIANCE STATUS:
START
PLANNED: 09/30/90
ACTUAL: 09/28/90
OECM CASE NO.:
OECM CASE NAME:
DOJ CASE NO.:
DOJ CASE NAME:
	 ACTIVITY DATA 	
FE PLANNING STATUS: P
1AG REFERRED TO HO.
0 ENF ACTIVITY OUTCOME:
FULL/PARTIAL SETTLEMENT: C
D CHANGE DATE: 10/16/90
COMPLETE
09/30/90 CONTACT NAME:
01/30/91 CONTACT NO.: { >


Menu options Edit Leave Quit CM3
           Exhibit 5-4  Activity Summary "VIEW" Screen (Administrative Order)

When the screen appears, the cursor is positioned at the status line.  Select an option by entering
its corresponding highlighted letter.  Options on the Activity Summary "VIEW" screen status
line are described below.

Afenu options - activates a pop-up window of options for accessing other Enforcement screens.
       These options are described in detail in Section 5.3.

Edit - enables modification of the displayed activity data. Instructions for editing an activity are
       contained in Section 5.2.

Leave - displays the Site Selection screen shown earlier in Exhibit 5-2.

guit - displays the WasteLAN main menu.

If no enforcement activities are currently in the database for the selected site, the system displays
the following message on the Site Selection screen:

NO ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITIES FOUND AT THIS SITE
DO YOU WISH TO ADD AN ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITY?  Y/N  [N]

The default response is "N" for ("No"), so pressing  clears the message and returns
the cursor to the Site Selection Menu.  Typing "Yn and pressing < Enter > displays an Activity
Summary "ADD" screen with blank data fields for entering a new Enforcement Activity. The
Activity Summary "ADD" screen is presented and described in Section 5.3.4.
5-4
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                             ENFORCEMENT
 5.2
EDIT ACTIVITY
 When a site and activity have been selected (see Section 5.1),  the system displays an Activity
 Summary "VIEW" screen.  Exhibit 5-5 presents an example of this screen.
                      VIEU
                           ACTIVITY SUMMARY
              SCREEN 1 OF  1
                   KEF NO.: 00077
                  ACTIVITY: FI01
                  FEDERAL 1NTERAGENCY
   EPA ID: MRS09876543Z
SITE NAME: SMITHFIELD WASTE & TR
                                           ACTIVITY DATA
                              LEAD: FE             PLANK IMG STATUS:
                          SCAP NOTE: 1AG REFERRED TO HO.
                   NO. RP DEFENDANTS:    0      ENF ACTIVITY OUTCOME:
                 JUDICIAL/CIVIL TYPE:        FULL/PARTIAL SETTLEMENT:
                   COMPLIANCE STATUS: D

                           START     COMPLETE
                  PUNNED: 09/30/90   09/30/90
                   ACTUAL: 09/28/90   01/30/91

                  OECM CASE NO.:
                 OECH CASE NAME:
                   OOJ CASE MO.:
                  DOJ CASE NAME:
                                     CHANGE DATE: 10/16/90
                                     CONTACT NAME:
                                     CONTACT NO.: (
                          Menu options
                             Edit
                                         Leave
                 Quit
vn
            Exhibit 5-5  Activity Summary "VIEW" Screen (Administrative Order)

 When the screen appears,  the cursor is at the status line.  To edit the displayed information,
 enter "E" (for "Edit") at the status line. The screen changes to "EDIT" mode, the cursor moves
 to the Lead field, and the status line options change.  The status line options on the Activity
 Summary "EDIT" screen are described below.

 Edit - use this option to return to a previous field.  After making initial changes to the displayed
       data, press < Enter > at the last data field to access the status line. Then, enter "E" to
       return  the cursor to the first data field.   Use  the  < Enter> key  to move to  the
       appropriate field(s) and make the necessary change(s).

 Save - records changes to the database.  After editing the  displayed  information,  press  the
        < Enter > key at the last data field to access the status line.   "S" is the default option,
       so press  < Enter >  to save the changes and return to the Activity Summary "VIEW"
       screen.

 Leave - discards changes and displays the Activity Summary "VIEW" screen.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
                 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                                     5-5

-------
 ENFORCEMENT
 Several data fields on the Activity Summary "EDIT" screen are linked to pop-up windows, as
 indicated by the highlighted first letter of the field name.  Entering a "?" in any of these fields
 activates  the pop-up window. These windows are presented and described in Section 5.3.4.
 5.3
 MENU OPTIONS
 The status line of an Activity Summary "VIEW" screen  (see Exhibit 5-5) contains a "Menu
 options" choice that provides access to supporting data and other options for the selected site and
 activity. The Menu options choice is the default option when the Activity Summary screen first
 appears, so pressing < Enter > displays the Menu options pop-up window shown in Exhibit 5-6.
                                     	 MENU OPTIONS
                                      RETURN TO ACTIVITY
                                      SELECT ANOTHER ACTIVITY
                                      SELECT ANOTHER EVENT
                                      ADD ACTIVITY
                                      DELETE ACTIVITY
                                      VIEU SITE
                                      MILESTONES
                                      REMEDIES
                                      STATUTES
                                      CASE BUDGET
                                          J MORE J 
           Exhibit 5-6  Menu Options Pop-Up window (Activity Summary Screen)
     Important:  Not all of the available menu options can be seen in the first page
     (screenful) of the window.  Use the   and  <0> keys to scroll forward
     through the list and view additional options; use the  and  < * > keys to
     scroll back to previous options.
As in  most pop-up windows, typing the  first letter of an  option moves the light bar to that
option. If multiple options begin with the same letter, keep pressing the letter until the desired
option is highlighted.  When the desired option is highlighted, press  to select it. The
following paragraphs  describe the choices available in the Menu options window.
5.3.1
Return to Activity
Choosing the  "Return to Activity" option closes the Menu options window without making a
selection. The cursor returns to the  Activity Summary "VIEW" screen status line.
5-6
                 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                      ENFORCEMENT
5.3.2
Select Another Activity
Selecting this option displays the following message at the bottom of the Activity Summary
screen:   SEARCHING FOR ALL ACTIVITIES FOR THIS SITE...  The  system then
displays a pop-up window listing all existing activities for the selected site.  This window is very
similar to the one used in the activity selection process described in Section 5.1; see Exhibit 5-3
for an example.
5.3.3
Select Another Event
This option is used to access event data for the selected site. Choosing this option displays the
following message at the bottom of  the screen:  SEARCHING FOR ALL OPERABLE
UNITS/EVENTS FOR THIS SITE...  If event data exists,  the system presents a pop-up
window from which to select an operable unit/event record.  Exhibit 5-7 presents an example
of this pop-up window.
KC r HU . 
00010
00010
00010
00010
00010
00010
00010
00010
00010
 uu
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
- CVl
AR1
AR2
DS1
HR1
1R1
1R2
NF1
NP1
PA1
RETURN TO ACTIVITY
ADMINISTRATIVE RECORD
ADMINISTRATIVE RECORD
DISCOVERY
HAZARD RANKING/NPL LISTING
IMMEDIATE REMOVAL (H)
IMMEDIATE REMOVAL (tO
FINAL LISTING ON NPL
PROPOSED FOR NPL
PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT
1 MORE 1 	
                      Exhibit 5-7  Existing Events Pop-Up Window

Choosing an operable unit/event record from this window  displays  the corresponding Event
Summary screen.  If no event data exists for the selected site, the following message appears at
the bottom of the screen:  NO EVENTS FOUND FOR THIS SITE.
5.3.4
Add Activity
Use this option to enter a new Enforcement Activity for the selected site to the database.
Selecting this option presents an Activity Summary  "ADD" screen with blank data fields.
Exhibit 5-8 presents an example of this screen.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
                WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                                                                    5-7

-------
 ENFORCEMENT



- ATTIVITV 'ZIIUMADY ^^^_ ^TffFFU 1 PIT 1 ^m^m


REF NO.: 00010 EPA ID: RED987654321
ACTIVITY: AC01 ADMINISTRATIVE ORDER SITE NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOS1

LEAD:
SCAP MOTE:
NO. RP DEFENDANTS:
JUDICIAL/CIVIL TYPE:
COMPLIANCE STATUS:
START
PLANNED: / /
ACTUAL: / /
OECM CASE NO.:
OECH CASE NAME:
DOJ CASE NO.:
OOJ CASE NAME:

PLANNING STATUS:
0 ENF ACTIVITY OUTCOME:
FULL/PARTIAL SETTLEMENT:
CHANGE DATE: / /
COMPLETE
/ / CONTACT NAME:
/ / CONTACT NO.: ( )


Add Edit Leave { )
               Exhibit 5-8  Activity Summary "ADD" Screen (Master Screen)

This example depicts a "master" Activity Summary screen showing every possible Enforcement
Activity data field defined in WasteLAN.  In actual use, the Activity Summary displays only
those data fields defined for the chosen activity type. For example, if the selected activity type
is "PC" (for "Prepare Cost Documentation Package"), the Full/Partial Settlement field will not
appear on the screen.

When the screen first appears,  the cursor is at the Activity field, and the fields in the Activity
Data portion of the  screen are not displayed. Pressing < Enter >  (or entering a "?") at the
Activity field activates a pop-up window of valid activity types.
     Note:  The letter "H"  next to an activity type indicates that the code is historical.
     Although a historical code is valid for existing records, it is considered invalid for the
     entry of new records.
Choosing an activity from the window (or manually entering a valid activity code in the Activity
field) displays the rest of the data fields on the Activity Summary screen and places the cursor
at the Lead field.

Several other fields on the  Activity Summary screen are also linked to pop-up windows, as
indicated by the highlighted first letter of the field name.  Exhibit 5-9 shows all of the pop-up
windows available on Enforcement Activity Summary screens.
5-8
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                     ENFORCEMENT
                                                                                 J
                                                                                 '-I

                                                                                 J
                                                                                 C/3


                                                                                 fr

                                                                                 2



                                                                                 3

                                                                                 V)

                                                                                 >>


                                                                                 '>



                                                                                 1
                                                                                  s


                                                                                  ?


                                                                                  5"

                                                                                  9-
                                                                                  ^

                                                                                  ^

                                                                                  
-------
 ENFORCEMENT
     Important:  Many of the larger pop-up windows contain more entries than can be
     displayed  in one page (screenful) of the window.  Use the <4>, , or
     < End > key to scroll forward and view additional entries; use the < t > , < PgUp >,
     or  key to scroll back to previous entries.
When a pop-up window appears, use the < t >,  < -" >, , , ,
and   keys to move the light bar to the desired entry, or type the first letter of the
desired entry; if multiple entries begin with the same letter, keep pressing the letter until the
desired entry is highlighted.  Press the < ->  > (< Enter >) key to select the highlighted entry.
This action closes the pop-up window and places the selected entry in the data field.

Use the < Enter >  key  to move to each succeeding field on the Activity summary screen and
enter the appropriate data.  Pressing < Enter >  at the last data field places the cursor at the
status line. Options on the Activity Summary "ADD" screen status line are described below.

Add - this option is the default option.  Press  to add the record to the database.  The
       Activity Summary screen will display the newly added record.

Edit - allows changes to be made to the new record before adding it to the database.  Entering
       "E" returns the cursor to the Lead field.  Use the < Enter > key to move the cursor to
       the appropriate field(s) and make the necessary change(s).  Press < Enter > at the last
       field to return to the status line.

Leave - discards all data entered and displays the previous screen.  If the "ADD" screen was
       accessed from the Menu options window, then the Activity Summary "VIEW" screen
       will appear.  If the "ADD" screen was  accessed from the Site Selection screen (Exhibit
       5-2), then the Site Selection screen will appear.
5.3.5
Delete Activity
This option permits the deletion of the selected activity record from the database. Choosing this
option presents the following prompt at at the bottom of the Activity Summary screen:  PRESS
Y TO DELETE [N]. The default response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing  leaves
the record unchanged. Type "Y"  (for  "Yes") and press  to delete the record and
return to the Site Selection screen (shown previously in Exhibit 5-2).
5-10
                 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                       ENFORCEMENT
     Note: Deleting an activity record deletes all supporting data associated with it, such
     as case budget data, milestones, remedies, etc.  However, links associated with  the
     activity must be deleted separately using the Add/Delete Links option.  This option
     is described in Section 5.3.19; the Links module is described in Chapter 8.
 5.3.6
View Site
 Use this option to view detailed site information for the selected site.  Selecting this option
 displays the Site Summary screen, illustrated in Exhibit 5-10.  This screen is described in detail
 in Chapter 3, Section 3.3.




















REF HO.: 00010
IFMS ID NO.: 0148
NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSITORY
STREET: MAIN ST
CITY: SM1THFIELD
STATE: ME
COUNTY NAME: MORRIS
CONGRESS DISTRICT: 01 FED
OWNER INDICATOR: PR
LATITUDE: 41 59 00.0
LAT/LONG SOURCE: R
USGS HYDRO UNIT: 01090003
NPL STATUS I NO 1C: F COST
CATEGORY: H SITE
FED FACILITY DOCKET: F
FED AGENCY PRP: N
S/l DIOX1N TIER:
PROPOSED NPL UPDATE NO.: 00 FINAL
Menu options Forward Edit
___ srR
^^^^^^^ 9V.K
EPA ID:




ZIP CODE:
COUNTY CODE:
FACILITY INDIC:
RCRA FLAG:
LONGITUDE:
INCIDENT TYPE:
HETROSTAT AREA:
RECOVERY I NO 1C:
CLASSIFICATION:
STATE PRP:
MUNICIPAL PRP:

NPL UPDATE NO.:
CEU 1 op 3 ____
>cw I wr  ^^^"^
RED987654321




02824-
007
N

071 33 00.0

6480
E
F
N
N

00


















Delete Leave CM]
5.3.7
         Exhibit 5-10  Site Summary "VIEW" Screen

Milestones
Choosing the "Milestones" option displays a summary of all milestones that have been entered
for the selected site/activity record.   Exhibit 5-11 presents an  example of the Milestones
summary screen.  If no milestones have been entered, the following message appears on the
screen:  NO MILESTONE RECORDS FOUND FOR THIS ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITY.

Entering "A" (for "Add") at the status line of the Milestones summary screen presents a screen
containing blank data fields for entering a new  milestone.  The Milestones "ADD" screen is
presented in Exhibit 5-12.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
                WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
5-11

-------
 ENFORCEMENT
                        VIEW
                                            MILESTONE SUMMARY
                                     SCREEN 1 OF  1
                     REF NO.:  00077
                    ACTIVITY:  1NOI   1AG NEGOTIATIONS
                        EPA ID: MRS09876S432
                     SITE NAME: SMITHHELD WASTE & TR
                  MILESTONE
NAME
STATUS  PLANNED
ACTUAL
                      SKI  SPECIAL NOTICE ISSUED
                                      05/24/90
                               Add     Edit/delete      Comments     Leave
                            Exhibit 5-11  Milestones Summary Screen
                        ADD
          MILESTONE  SUMMARY
                    SCREEN 1 OF 1
                    REF NO.: 00077
                   ACTIVITY: IN01   IAG NEGOTIATIONS
                        EPA  ID: MRS098765432
                     SITE NAME: SMITHFIELD WASTE & TR
TYPE
PLANNING STATUS
PLANNED
ACTUAL
C28U
C2815
NAME:
SCAP NOTE:

C2816 :
C2817 :
                                     Add
               Edit
                                                              Leave
                                C ]
                            Exhibit 5-12  Milestones "ADD" Screen
5-12
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                                        03/11/92
                                   VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                           ENFORCEMENT
When the data screen appears,  the cursor is positioned at the Type field. This field is linked to
a pop-up window; pressing  or entering a "?" activates the Milestone Types pop-up
window shown in Exhibit 5-13.
                                    MILESTONE TYPES
                         AA       A-E SELECTION APPROVED
                         AD       ALTERNATIVE DISPUTE RESOLUTION
                         AP       CONSENT DECREE APRVED BY COURT
                         CB       COST RECOVERY BILL SENT
                         CO       COST RECOVERY PAYMENT RECEIVED
                         CP       COST RECOVERY PAYMENT DUE
                         CS       DATE AGMNT/DECREE SIGNED BY RP
                         DI       CASE DISMISSED
                         DL       DEMAND LETTERS ISSUED
                         ED       EFFECTIVE DATE
                          .             i MORE I 	
                      Exhibit 5-13 Milestone Types Pop-Up Window
     Important:  All milestones are displayed in the window, not just the milestones
     associated with the selected activity. More Milestone Types are available than can be
     seen in the first page (screenful)  of entries.  Use the , <0>, ,
     , , and  keys to scroll the window and move the light
     bar to the desired Milestone  Type, or type the first  letter of the desired  entry; if
     multiple entries begin with the same letter, keep pressing the letter until the desired
     entry is highlighted.
Press the < -" >  () key to select the highlighted entry.  This action closes the pop-up
window and places the selected Milestone Type in the Type field.

Use the < Enter >  key to move  to each field on the Milestones data screen and enter the
appropriate data.  Pressing < Enter >  at the last field places the cursor at the status line, where
"A" (for "Add")  is the default option; press   to add the milestone record to the
database. The Milestones summary screen, shown previously in Exhibit 5-11, will appear and
display the newly added record.

To modify the new milestone record before adding it to the database, enter "E" (for "Edit") at
the Milestones data screen status line. This action moves the cursor to the Planning Status field.
Use the < Enter > key to move to the appropriate field(s) and make the necessary change(s).
Pressing < Enter>  at the last field places the cursor at the status line, where "A" (for "Add")
is again the default option; press < Enter > to add the  record to the database.  The  Milestones
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
5-13

-------
 ENFORCEMENT

 summary screen,  shown previously in Exhibit 5-11, will appear and display the newly added
 record.

 To leave the Milestones data screen without adding the record, enter "L" (for "Leave") at the
 status line.  The Milestones summary screen  (Exhibit 5-11) will appear.

 To edit or delete an existing milestone record, enter "E" (for "Edit/delete") at the Milestones
 summary screen status line. The system highlights the first record in the summary and displays
 the following prompt: Use t  or i-1 - press  < Enter> to select.

 After highlighting the desired record and pressing < Enter >  to select it, a Milestones "EDIT"
 screen appears. This screen is similar to the Milestones "ADD" shown previously in Exhibit
 5-12, except that existing data is displayed in the data fields and  the status line offers the options
 illustrated below in Exhibit 5-14.
Edit
Delete
Save
Leave
[1
                    Exhibit 5-14  Milestones "EDIT" Screen Status Line

Options on the Milestones "EDIT" screen status line are described below.

Edit - places the cursor at the Planning Status field to permit modification of the displayed data.
       Use  the  < Enter >  key to move the cursor to  the appropriate field(s) and make the
       necessary change(s).
     Note: The cursor is already at the Planning Status field when the "EDIT" screen first
     appears;  use this  option to  make additional changes/corrections  after editing the
     existing data.
IJelete - removes the selected milestone record from the database.  Entering "D" displays the
       following prompt at the bottom of the screen: PRESS Y TO DELETE [N]. The default
       response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing  leaves the record unchanged. Type
       "Y" and press < Enter >  to delete the record and return to the Milestones summary
       screen.

Save - records the changes to the database.  After editing all necessary data, press < Enter >
       at the last data field to access  the status line.  "S"  is the default option, so pressing
       < Enter>  at the status line saves the changes.

Leave - displays the Milestones Summary screen.
5-14
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                        ENFORCEMENT

 The "Comments" option on the Milestones  summary screen  status  line (see  Exhibit 5-11)
 provides access to comment text for a selected milestone.  Entering "C" at the Milestones
 summary screen status line displays the following selection prompt:   Use t or J  - press
  to select.  Once a record is selected, the Comments screen for that record appears.
 The Milestone Comments screen looks and functions like the Site Comments screen  described
 in Chapter 3, Section 3 5.5.
 5.3.8
Remedies
 Selecting "Remedies" from the Menu options window displays a summary of all remedy records
 that have been entered  for the selected site and activity.   For negotiations  and litigation
 activities, remedies sought are entered. For administrative orders and settlements, remedies
 achieved are entered. Exhibit 5-15 illustrates the Remedies summary screen.

 If no remedies have been entered, the following message appears on the screen: NO REMEDY
 RECORDS FOUND FOR THIS ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITY. Entering "A" (for "Add")
 at the status line presents a Remedies data screen containing blank data fields for entering a new
 remedy.  Exhibit 5-16 depicts the Remedies data screen.
                     VIEW
                         REMEDIES SUMMARY
             SCREEN 1 OF 1
                  REF NO.: 00077
                 ACTIVITY: 1N01
                 IAG NEGOTIATIONS
  EPA ID: HRS098765432
SITE NAME: SMITHFIELD WASTE &
                                                          TR
                      REMEDY

                      FS1
                      NAME
                              FEASIBILITY STUDY
    OPUNIT 	 QUALIFIERS

               NO
                                Add
                          Edit/delete
                                                     Leave
                        [LI
                         Exhibit 5-15 Remedies Summary Screen
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
                WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                                  5-15

-------
 ENFORCEMENT
                       ADD
                REMEDIES SUMMARY
                                                                    SCREEN  1 OF 1
                    REF NO.:  00077
                   ACTIVITY:  IN01   1AG NEGOTIATIONS
                             EPA ID:  HRS0987654J2
                          SITE NAME:  SM1THFIELD WASTE & TR
                                          REMEDY  AND QUALIFIERS
                  OPUNIT;
TYPE:
                SHORT NAME:
                  C27S4
     C2755
C2756
C2757
                                    Add
                                               Edit
                                                            Leave
                            Exhibit 5-16 Remedies "ADD" Screen

When the  screen appears,  the cursor is positioned at the  Op  Unit field;  enter a two-digit
numerical value between 00 and 99 that specifies an operable unit with which the remedy is
associated.  The cursor  moves to the Type field; this field  is linked to a pop-up window of
Remedy Types. Press < Enter > or enter a "?" to activate the Remedy Types window, shown
in Exhibit 5-17.
                                        REMEDY TYPE
                          CO
                          DA
                          DC
                          DD
                          DE
                          DM
                          DO
                          DU
                          ER
                          FS
                          IN
                          IN
                          LP
                          LR
         Rl/FS
         DE MINUS CASH OUT FOR REMEDIAL ACTION
         CEASE AND DESIST
         DE MINUS CASH OUT FOR REMEDIAL DESIGN
         DOCUMENT EXCHANGE
         DE MINUS CASH OUT FOR REMOVAL
         DE MINUS CASH OUT FOR RI/FS
         DE MINUS CASH OUT FOR UNSPECIFIED SITE
         EXPEDITED RESPONSE ACTION
         FEASIBILITY STUDY
         INITIAL REMEDIAL MEASURE (H>
         INTEREST
         LIEN ON PROPERTY
         LONG TERM RESPONSE
         MIXED FUNDIHG/PREAUTHOR1ZATION FOR REMED
             I MORE 1
                       T 1   - Press *  to select

                        Exhibit 5-17  Remedy Types Pop-Up Window
5-16
      WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                                        03/11/92
                                   VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                       ENFORCEMENT
     Important:  All remedies are displayed, not just the remedy types associated with the
     selected activity.  More Remedy Types are available than can be seen in the first page
     (screenful)  of the window.   Use  the  ,  <*>,  ,  ,
     , and   keys to scroll the window and move the light bar to the
     desired Remedy Type, or type the first letter of the desired entry; if multiple entries
     begin with the same letter, keep pressing the letter until the desired Remedy Type is
     highlighted.
 Press the < J > (< Enter >) key to select the highlighted entry. This action closes the pop-up
 window and places the selected Remedy Type in the Type field.

 When a remedy has been selected from the Remedy Types window,  the following prompt
 appears at the bottom of the screen: REMEDY CODE MUST INCLUDE SEQUENCER (i.e.,
 XXI)  ... PLEASE RE-ENTER.   The  sequence  number   is  a numerical  indicator  that
 distinguishes between  multiple occurrences of the same remedy at the same site and operable
 unit.  For example, if there  is more than  one  PRP removal action (RV) being sought during
 negotiations, the sequence number for the first entered into the system is  "1"; the second record
 of the same type entered in the system would have a sequence number of "2," and so on.  The
 sequence number does not necessarily indicate chronological order. The combination of site
 reference number, operable  unit, and remedy  code  and sequencer ensures that each remedy
 entered is unique.

 Type the appropriate sequencer and press < Enter >. Once a valid Remedy Type and sequence
 number have been entered,  the system  fills in the full and short names of the remedy  and
 displays the prompt shown in Exhibit 5-18.
                        DO YOU WISH TO ADO QUALIFIERS FOR THIS REMEDY? [N]
                        Exhibit 5-18  Remedy Qualifiers Prompt

The default response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing    bypasses the Qualifier entry
routine and moves the cursor to the next data field.  Typing "Y" and pressing < Enter > in
response to the prompt displays fields for adding up to ten qualifiers to the selected remedy.
Exhibit 5-19 illustrates the qualifier fields.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
5-17

-------
 ENFORCEMENT

REF HO.:
ACTIVITY:


00010 EPA ID:
JG01 JUDICIAL/CIVIL JUOCH SITE NAME:

RED98 7654321
REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSl
REMEDY AND QUALIFIERS
OPUNIT:
TYPE: COt NAME: RI/FS
SHORT NAME: RI/FS 01
1.
2.
3.
It.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
C2754
: C2755 : C2756 :
C2757 :
                                 Add
             Edit
                                                       Leave
I 1
                          Exhibit 5-19 Remedy Qualifier Fields
     Note: The four regional free fields and status line at the bottom of the screen are not
     displayed initially. These screen elements appear when the  key is pressed.
The cursor is positioned at the first qualifier field. Entering a "?" at any qualifier field displays
a Qualifier pop-up window, shown  in Exhibit 5-20.
     Caution:  Pressing < Enter >  at any qualifier field without typing any characters
     enters a blank qualifier.
5-18
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
       03/11/92
   VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                        ENFORCEMENT
 utr*
CO
DC
DL
FC
FD
FF
FT
CC
CM
MW
NO
OH
PA
PC
PU
SM
SN
(BLANK)
CASH -OUT
DE MINIMUS GENERATOR
DE MINIMUS LANDOWNER
FENCES
OFF-SITE DISPOSAL
FED FACILITY PHASE 1 & 11
OFF-SITE TREATMENT
GROUNDUATER CLEANUP
GROUNDUATER MONITORING
MIXED WORK
ON SITE DISPOSAL
OTHER
PRE-AUTHOR1ZATION
PARTIAL SURFACE CLEANUP
PERM ALT UATER SUPPLY
SAMPLING AND MONITORING
SIGNS
                     Exhibit 5-20 Remedy Qualifiers Pop-Up Window

 The Qualifier window functions a little differently from other WasteLAN pop-up windows
 because multiple occurrences of the same qualifier for the same remedy record are not allowed.
 Only the  < t >  and < -> > keys can be used to move  the light bar in the Qualifier window.
 To view additional qualifiers not visible on the first page (screenful) of entries, use the < -*-1 >
 key to scroll forward in the window; use the < t >  key to scroll back to previous entries.
 When the desired Qualifier Name is highlighted, press  to select it. This action closes
 the Qualifier window, places the selected entry in the field,  and moves the cursor  to the next
 qualifier field.

 Once a qualifier has been selected, the system removes it from the Qualifier pop-up window to
 prevent the same qualifier from being entered more than once for the same operable unit/remedy
 record.  After entering all appropriate qualifiers, press   to move the cursor to the
 remaining data fields on the screen.

 The four  fields at the bottom of the screen are regional free fields designed  to accommodate
 regionally defined data.  The WasteLAN System Administrator can change regional field names
 using a function  in the WasteLAN System Administration module.  Regional fields accept alpha
 or numeric characters; the number of allowable characters is limited to the  size of the field
 shown on the screen.
 Pressing  at any of the regional fields moves the cursor to the status line,  where "A"
 is the default option. Press  < Enter > to add the remedy and qualifiers to the database. The
 Remedies summary screen will appear and display the newly added record.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
5-19

-------
 ENFORCEMENT

 Entering "E" (for "Edit") at the Remedies data screen  status line before  adding  the record
 returns  the cursor to the  first qualifier field,  allowing  qualifiers to  be modified.  Use the
   key to move the cursor to the appropriate qualifier field(s)  and make the necessary
 change(s).  Entering  a "?" at any qualifier field activates the Qualifier pop-up window shown
 previously in Exhibit 5-20.

 Press   at any qualifier field to move the cursor to the first regional field; use the
 < Enter >  key to move to each regional field and make the necessary change(s).  Pressing
   at any regional field moves the cursor to the status line.  The  default status line
 option is again "A" (for "Add"), so press  < Enter > to add the record to the database and return
 to the Remedies summary screen.  Entering "L" (for "Leave") at the Remedies data screen status
 line displays the Remedies summary screen (see Exhibit 5-15) without adding the remedy or
 qualifiers.

 To edit  or  delete an existing remedy  record, enter  "E" (for "Edit/delete") at the Remedies
 summary screen status line.  The system highlights the first record in the summary and displays
 the following prompt: Use t  or -"  - press < Enter > to select.

 After highlighting the desired record and pressing < Enter > to select it, a  Remedies "EDIT"
 screen appears.   This screen is similar to the Remedies  "ADD" shown previously in Exhibit
 5-19, except that existing data is displayed in the data fields and the status line offers the options
 illustrated below  in Exhibit 5-21.
Edit
Delete
Save
Leave [ ]
                    Exhibit 5-21  Remedies "EDIT" Screen Status Line

Options on the Remedies "EDIT" screen status line are described below.

Edit - places the cursor at the first qualifier field to permit modification of the displayed data.
       Use the  < Enter >  key to move the cursor to the  appropriate field(s) and make the
       necessary change(s).
     Note: The cursor is already at the first qualifier field when the "EDIT" screen first
     appears;  use this option to make additional changes/corrections after editing the
     existing data.
Delete - removes the selected remedy and qualifiers record from the database.  Entering "D"
       displays the following prompt at the bottom of the screen: PRESS Y TO DELETE [N].
       The  default response is  "N" (for "No"),  so  pressing   leaves the record
       unchanged.   Type "Y" and press < Enter >  to delete the record and  return to the
       Remedies summary screen.
5-20
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                          ENFORCEMENT

 Save - records the changes to the database.  After editing all necessary data, press < Enter >
        at the last data field to access the status line.  "S"  is the default option, so pressing
        < Enter > at the status line saves the changes.

 Leave - displays the Remedies Summary screen.

 Entering "L" (for "Leave") at the Remedies summary screen displays the Activity Summary
 screen.
 5.3.9
Statutes
 The "Statutes" option in the Menu options window is used to record all statutes applicable to the
 selected Enforcement Activity. Choosing this option displays the Statutes summary screen that
 shows all previously entered statutes  for the  specified activity.  Exhibit 5-22 illustrates the
 Statutes summary screen.  If no statutes have been entered, the following message appears on
 the screen:  NO STATUTE RECORDS FOUND FOR THIS ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITY.

 The default option on the status line is "A" (for "Add"); pressing  activates a Statutes
 pop-up window from which to select a statute to be added.  Exhibit 5-23 presents the Statutes
 pop-up window.
                     VIEW
                             STATUTES
SCREEN 1 OF 1
                  REF HO.: 00077
                 ACTIVITY: IN01   IAG NEGOTIATIONS
                                     EPA ID: MRS09876S432
                                   SITE NAME: SMITHFIELD WASTE & TR
                 STATUTE 	 NAME 	

                 104    CERCLA SECTION 104
                                 Add
                             Delete
                                                        Leave
           [L)
                          Exhibit 5-22 Statutes "VIEW" Screen
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
                 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                     5-21

-------
 ENFORCEMENT
                                           NAME
                               104    CERCLA SECTION 104
                               104B   CERCLA SECTION 104B
                               104E   CERCLA SECTION 104E
                               106    CERCLA SECTION 106
                               107    CERCLA SECTION 107
                               109    CERCLA SECTION 109
                               120    CERCLA SECTION 120
                               122    CERCLA SECTION 122
                               1431   CERCLA SECTION 1431
                               3008A  RCRA 3008A
                               3008H  RCRA 3008H
                               3013   RCRA SECTION 3013
                               303    CLEAN AIR ACT 303
                               309    CLEAN WATER ACT 309
                               404    CLEAN WATER ACT 404
                               6     TOXIC SUBSTANCES CTRL ACT
                               7003   RCRA SECTION 7003
                               99     RIVERS AND HARBORS ACT
                                    Use T or i  press
                                                      to select
                           Exhibit 5-23 Statutes Pop-Up Window

 Like the Qualifier window,  the  Statutes window  functions  a little  differently  from other
 WasteLAN pop-up windows,  because multiple occurrences of the same statute for the same
 activity record are not allowed. Only the < t > and < J > keys can be used to move the light
 bar in the window. To view additional statutes  not visible on the first page (screenful) of
 entries, use the < J > key to scroll forward in the window; use the < t >  key to scroll back
 to previous entries.

 When the desired statute is highlighted, press   to select it.  This action closes the
 Statutes window and displays the Statutes summary screen with the newly added statute. Once
 a statute has been added, the system removes it from the Statutes window to prevent the same
 statute from being entered more than once for the  same Enforcement Activity.

 To delete a statute, enter "D" (for "Delete") at the Statutes summary screen status line. The
 system highlights the first record  in the summary and  displays the following prompt at the
 bottom of the screen: Use t or -J  - press   to select.

 When the desired statute is highlighted,  press  < Enter >  to select it.  The system then displays
 the following prompt at the bottom of the screen:  PRESS  Y TO DELETE [N].  The default
 response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing    leaves the statute unchanged. Type "Y" and
 press < Enter > to delete the statute. The selected statute disappears from the Statutes summary
 screen.
To exit the Statutes summary screen, enter "L" (for "Leave") at the status line.
Summary screen reappears.
                                               The Activity
5-22
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                       ENFORCEMENT
 5.3.10
Case Budget
 The "Case Budget" option in the Menu options window provides access to enforcement case
 budget financial information.  (All other financial information related to enforcement activities
 is accessible from the "Cost Recovery Financial"  option).  Selecting this option activates a
 pop-up window of Case Budget Types. Exhibit 5-24 presents the Case Budget Types window.
                                  FINANCIAL TYPES
                        A
                        C
                        D
                        E
                        H
                        1
                        H
                        0
                   RETURH TO ACTIVITY
                   ADD/DELETE ACN/DCN
                   ACTUAL OBLIGATION
                   COMMITMENT
                   DEOBL1GAT10N
                   RA COST ESTIMATE
                   TES UORK ASSIGNMENT AMOUNT
                   DEOUTLAY
                   DECOMMITMENT
                   OUTLAY
                  	 I MORE i  
                    Exhibit 5-24  Case Budget Types Pop-Up Window
     Important:  Not all Case Budget Types are visible in the first page (screenful) of
     entries.   Use the <*>, , and   keys to scroll forward in the
     window; use the < t >,  , and  keys to scroll back to previous
     entries.  Choose the "Return to Activity" entry to close the window without selecting
     a Case Budget Type.
The "Add/Delete ACN/DCN" option is used to add and delete Account Numbers (ACN) and
Document Control Numbers (DCN) that link financial data from EPA's Integrated Financial
Management System (IFMS) on the  mainframe to regional financial data.  The ACN/DCN
combination is required for IFMS transfer.  Selecting this option presents the screen shown in
Exhibit 5-25.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
                WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
5-23

-------
 ENFORCEMENT
                     VIEW
        ADD/DELETE ACN/DCN
                                                            SCREEN 1 OF 1
                 REF NO.: 00077
                 ACTIVITY: IN01   1AC NEGOTIATIONS
                    EPA ID: MRS098765432
                  SITE NAME: SHITHFIELD WASTE & TR
                            ACN:
                                                   DCM:
                                Add
            Delete
                                                      Leave
                      Exhibit 5-25  Add/Delete ACN/DCN Screen

When  the screen appears, the cursor is at the status line.   The default option is "L" (for
"Leave"), so pressing < Enter > displays the Activity Summary screen.

To add an ACN/DCN combination, enter "A" (for "Add").  The status line changes, offering
an "Edit" option instead of "Delete," and the cursor moves to the ACN field. Type in a 10-digit
ACN and press ; the cursor moves to the DCN field.  Type in a 6-digit  DCN and
press ; the cursor moves to the status line, where "A" (for "Add") is the default
option.  Press   to add the ACN/DCN combination to the database.

Entering "E" (for "Edit") before adding the record moves the cursor to the ACN field, allowing
you to modify  the ACN/DCN combination  before adding it.  Entering "L" (for "Leave")
displays the  Activity Summary screen.

To delete an ACN/DCN combination, enter "D" (for "Delete") at the status line. The cursor
moves  to the ACN field.  Type in an existing ACN and press  < Enter >; the cursor moves to
the DCN field.  Type in an existing DCN and press < Enter >. The cursor returns to the status
line, where "D" is the default option; press  to delete the ACN/DCN combination.

If the ACN/DCN combination entered does  not exist, the following message appears at the
bottom of the screen:  THIS ACN/DCN PAIR NOT FOUND. The system clears the ACN and
DCN fields  and returns the cursor to the status line.  Enter "D" to begin the delete routine
again.
5-24
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                     ENFORCEMENT

 If the ACN/DCN combination entered is associated with an existing Case Budget record, the
 system will not allow it to be deleted; the following message appears at the bottom of the screen:
 CASE  BUDGET  FINANCIAL RECORDS  ATTACHED  TO THIS ACN/DCN.  The
 ACN/DCN remains in the database, and the system clears the ACN and DCN fields and returns
 the cursor to the status line.  Enter "D" to begin the delete routine again.  Entering "L" (for
 "Leave") at the status line displays the Case Budget Types window.

 Selecting any of the other  Case Budget  Types (see Exhibit 5-24) displays a Case  Budget
 Summary screen showing all existing records for the selected  type.  Exhibit 5-26 presents an
 example of a Case Budget Summary screen for  Actual Obligations.


REF NO.: 00077
ACTIVITY: 1N01 IAG NEGOTIATIONS
ULI aunruuii r nil UAL. UOLIUAI IUN  ^~

EPA ID: MRS098765432
SITE NAME: SMITHFIELD UASTE t TR

F
SEO CON N
NO. VEH S DATE AMOUNT
NEW CNT C 06/19/90 125
B WORK
G FUND ASGN AH
S STAT ACN DCN NO. NO.

APR 7ff7777ff7 1
-------
 ENFORCEMENT
 Planned  Obligation  financial records in the event/fund (C3200), enforcement  Case  Budget
 (C2600), and NSI financial (P1400) databases are considered SCAP information. Therefore,
 write access to these records is determined by SCAP access rights.  Users who do not have
 SCAP access rights encounter the following error message when attempting to add  or edit
 Planned  Obligation  records:   SCAP LOCKOUT CURRENTLY IN PROGRESS.  The
 WasteLAN System Administrator is responsible for assigning SCAP access.

 The summary screens for other Case Budget Types are similar to  the  Actual Obligations
 summary screen shown in Exhibit 5-26; only the title at the top right of screen varies, based on
 the Case Budget Type selected.
     Exception: There are three case budget types for which regional personnel cannot add
     new records: Outlay, Cumulative Outlay, and Deoutlay. For these case budget types,
     the "Add" option will not be displayed on the summary screen status line.  New
     records for these types are created in IFMS and added to the regional database via
     CERCLIS downloads.
The Seq(uence) No. (far left column) is a system-generated number assigned when the record
is uploaded to CERCLIS; if the record has not yet been uploaded, the word "NEW" appears in
this column.  An IFMS Flag value (third column) of "C" (for "CERCLIS") is automatically
generated when a new record is added; this value changes to "F" when IFMS sends data to the
mainframe and a match is made when the data is downloaded to WasteLAN.
     Important; An IFMS Flag value of "E" indicates a discrepancy between IFMS and
     CERCLIS  financial records.  Changing the IFMS Flag value  from "E" to "F"
     indicates agreement with the records as shown.  For records with an IFMS Flag value
     of "E" or "F," all other fields may be edited for the record. (See Exhibit 5-27) Editing
     will automatically change the "E" or "F" to a "C".
If no records exist for the selected Case Budget Type, the following message appears on the
screen:    NO  CASE  BUDGET RECORDS  FOUND  FOR  THIS ENFORCEMENT
ACTIVITY. To add a new record, enter "A" (for "Add") at the status line. An "ADD" screen
containing blank data entry fields appears.  An example of the Actual Obligations data screen
is presented in Exhibit 5-27.
5-26
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                        ENFORCEMENT



REF NO.: 00077
ACTIVITY: IN01



EPA ID: MRS098765432
IAG NEGOTIATIONS SITE NAME: SHITHHELD WASTE & TR

DATE:
BUDGET SOURCE:
ACH:
CONTRACT VEH:
WORK ASGN NO.:
If MS FLAG: C
/ / AMOUNT: 0
FND PRIORITY STATUS:
DCN:
CONTRACTOR:
AMND NO.:
OBJECT CLASS:
SCAP NOTE:
C2644 :
C2645 :
C2646 :
C2647 :


Add Edit Leave [ ]
               Exhibit 5-27 Case Budget "ADD" Screen (Actual Obligations)

 Data screens for other Case Budget Types are very similar to the Actual Obligations data screen.
 However, some fields do not apply to some Case Budget Types and therefore do not appear on
 the screen.

 When the data screen appears,  the cursor is at the Date field.  Use the < Enter> key to move
 to each field  and  enter the appropriate data.  The Budget Source,  Fnd Priority Status and
 Contract Veh(icle) fields are all linked to pop-up windows, as indicated by the highlighted first
 letter of the field name. Entering a "?" in any of these fields activates the pop-up window.
 Exhibit 5-28 depicts the Case Budget pop-up windows.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
5-27

-------
  ENFORCEMENT
                  iNFOlCLMtNT
                               10- 0\ aoMi
                                TT*ITT-\(I<1
                                                  ^ maun mm.
                                      :
                     -ceirtimc:
           iUI  1UUCJ
           CAfi  COOftRATrvt (kCRUME!r;
           WT  COHTMCT
           :sc  v.t. Awn caui or ts:MtEki
           tit  EIAICO
           EIO.  tKSL
           etc  tMnemct USFOMSC c.uiiot stivicu
           TA  IIA) COHTIIACI
           r:?  r:tu> :KVM?is*r:oii TIAK
           SAM  CANNtrT
           StO  CtOTUUIS
           HMt  HOOUH, K:ACAIA rus. m
           IAC  tNTtHACEMCT ASUtHCIC
                         *> cCr.a> -
                                    j to ile;
          Exhibit 5-28 Pop-Up Windows for Enforcement Case Budget Data Screens
     Important: Larger pop- up windows often contain more entries than are visible in the
     first page (screenful) of the window. Use the <>,  < PgDn >, and  < End > keys
     to scroll forward; use the  < t >,  , and  keys to scroll back to
     previous entries.
Typing the first letter of an entry moves the light bar to that entry; if multiple entries begin with
the same letter, keep pressing the letter until the desired entry is highlighted.  Press the <<-">
(< Enter >) key to select the highlighted entry.   This action closes the pop-up window and
places the selected entry in the data field.

Use the < Enter >  key to  move to each field on the data screen and enter the appropriate
information.  Pressing < Enter >  at the last data field moves the cursor to the status line.
5-28
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                          ENFORCEMENT

 The default option on the data screen status line is "A" (for "Add"); press   to add the
 record to the database and return to the Case Budget Summary (Exhibit  5-26).  Entering "E"
 (for "Edit") at the data screen status line returns the cursor to the Date field, allowing you to
 modify the record before adding it to the database.  Entering "L" (for  "Leave") at the data
 screen status line displays the Case Budget Summary screen without adding the record to the
 database.
 To edit or delete an existing Case Budget record, enter  "E" (for  "Edit/delete") at the Case
 Budget Summary status line.  The system highlights the first record in the summary and displays
 the following prompt: Use t or J - press   to select.

 After highlighting the desired record and pressing  < Enter > to select it, an "EDIT" screen
 appears.  This screen is similar to the "ADD" shown previously in Exhibit 5-27, except that
 existing data is displayed in the data fields and the status line offers the options illustrated below
 in Exhibit 5-29.
Edit
	
Delete
_
_
Save
=====
=====
Leave
_===
	
[] I
                   Exhibit 5-29  Case Budget "EDIT" Screen Status Line

Select an option by entering its  corresponding  highlighted letter.   Options on  the  Actual
Obligations "EDIT" screen status line are described below.

Edit - places the cursor at the first data field to permit modification of the displayed data.  Use
       the < Enter > key to move the cursor to the appropriate field(s) and make the necessary
       change(s).
     Note:  The cursor is already at the first data field when the "EDIT" screen first
     appears;  use this option to  make additional changes/corrections after editing the
     existing data.
Delete - removes the selected Case Budget record from the database. Entering "D" displays the
       following prompt at the bottom of the screen: PRESS Y TO DELETE [N], The default
       response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing   leaves the record unchanged.  Type
       "Y" and press < Enter > to delete the record and return to the Case Budget Summary
       screen.

Save - records the changes to the database.  After editing all necessary data, press < Enter >
       at the last data field to access the status line.  "S" is  the  default option, so pressing
        < Enter > at the status  line saves the changes.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
5-29

-------
 ENFORCEMENT

 The "Comments" option on the Case Budget Summary screen is used to add free-form comment
 text to a case budget record.  Entering "C" (for "Comments") displays the following prompt at
 the bottom of the screen:  Use t or *-> - press   to select.  After highlighting the
 desired record and pressing  < Enter > to select it, a comments summary screen appears.  This
 screen functions like the  Site Comments screen presented and described in Chapter 3.   See
 Section 3.5.5 for an explanation of how the "Comments" screens work.

 Note:  Comments can only be added to case budget records that have a  sequence number, i.e.,
 have been uploaded to the mainframe.  Choosing the "Comments" option and selecting a case
 budget record with "NEW" in the Seq No. column causes the following message to appear at
 the  bottom  of the  screen:   COMMENT  ADD UNAVAILABLE  UNTIL FINANCIAL
 SEQUENCE NUMBER ASSIGNED.

 Entering "L" (for "Leave") at the Case Budget Summary screen displays the Case Budget Types
 pop-up window (Exhibit 5-24), Select the "Return to Activity" option to close the window and
 display the Activity Summary screen.
5.3.11
Cost Recovery Financial
This option is used to track financial information specifically related to cost recovery efforts
associated with the selected site and activity.

With  the exception of  Planned  Obligation records, write access to WasteLAN financial
information is limited to users who have financial system access rights. Financial information
includes event/fund (C3200), enforcement Case Budget (C2600), enforcement Cost Recovery
(C2900), and NSI financial (P1400) records.
     Exception: A User with SCAP rights has the same access to add, edit and delete Cost
     Recovery Financial Records as a user with cost recovery financial rights.
Users without write  access to financial data encounter  the following error message  when
attempting to add or edit financial records:  YOU DO NOT HAVE FINANCIAL RIGHTS.
The WasteLAN System Administrator is responsible for assigning financial system access rights.

Selecting the Cost Recovery Financial option activates a pop-up window of Cost Recovery
Financial Types.  Exhibit 5-30 illustrates the Cost Recovery Financial Types window.
5-30
                WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                       ENFORCEMENT
                                  FINANCIAL TYPES
                        1
                        2
                        3
                        4
                        5
                        6
                        7
                        8
                        A
   RETURN TO ACTIVITY
   TREBLE DAMAGE CLAIM
   OVERSIGHT
   PREMIUMS
   INTEREST
   Rl/FS COST RECOVERY
   REMOVAL COST RECOVERY
   RD COST RECOVERY
   RA COST RECOVERY
   AMOUNT WRITTEN OFF IN CLOSEOUT
  	 1 MORE A 
                     T 1     - Press -r1 to select

               Exhibit 5-30 Cost Recovery Financial Types Pop-Up Window
     Important:   Not all Cost Recovery  Financial  Types are visible  in the first page
     (screenful) of entries.  Use  the  <*>,  ,  and   keys to scroll
     forward in the window; use the < * >, , and  keys to scroll back
     to previous entries.   Choose the "Return to Activity" entry to close the window
     without selecting a Cost Recovery Financial Type.
Once the desired Cost Recovery Financial Type is highlighted, press the < - > (< Enter >)
key to select it. A Cost Recovery Summary screen for the selected type appears. Exhibit 5-31
presents an example of a Cost Recovery Summary screen for Cost Recovery Financial Type F,
Federal Cost Recovery.

The summary screens for other Cost Recovery Financial Types are similar to the Federal Cost
Recovery summary screen; only the title shown at the top right of screen varies, based on the
Financial Type selected. If no records exist for the selected Cost Recovery Financial Type, the
following message appears on the screen:  NO COST RECOVERY RECORDS FOUND FOR
THIS ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITY.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
5-31

-------
 ENFORCEMENT
                       VIEW
                                        COST  RECOVERY SUMMARY
                              FEDERAL COST RECOVERY -,
                    REF NO.: 00077                        EPA ID: HRS098765432
                   ACTIVITY: F101   FEDERAL INTERAGENCY    SITE NAME: SHITHFIELD WASTE & TR
                   SEQ   CON
                   NO.   VEH
        DATE
                     AMOUNT
           WORK
           ASGN
            NO.
AMND
 MO.
                   001   ETA
       10/11/89
100,000
                              Add
     Edit/delete
                                                    Comments
                                                                Leave
                       [L]
                   Exhibit 5-31  Cost Recovery Financial Summary Screen

To add a new record, enter "A" (for "Add") at the status line.  A data screen containing blank
data entry fields appears.  An example of the Federal Cost Recovery data screen is presented
in Exhibit 5-32.
5-32
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                               03/11/92
                          VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                         ENFORCEMENT
                     ADD
                        FEDERAL COST RECOVERY
       SCREEN 1 OF 1
                  REF HO.: 00077                       EPA ID: MRS098765432
                 ACTIVITY: F101   FEDERAL IHTERAQENCY   SITE NAME: SMITHFIELD WASTE t TR
                        DATE:  2/19/92
                                        AMOUNT:   123,456
                                                     SEQ NO.: 001
                    SCAP NOTE:
                    C2914
                    C2915
                                     C2916
                                     C2917
                                 Add
                              Edit
Leave
                   Exhibit 5-32  Cost Recovery Financial "ADD" Screen

 Screen operations for Cost Recovery Financial data screens are the same as for Case Budget data
 screens. See the preceding section (Section 5.3.10) for instructions on adding new records and
 editing or deleting existing records.

 Entering "L" (for "Leave") at a Cost Recovery Financial data screen displays the Cost Recovery
 Summary screen.  Entering "LH  at the Cost Recovery Summary screen displays the Cost
 Recovery Financial Types pop-up window.  Choose the "Return to Activity" option to close the
 window and return to the Activity Summary screen.
5.3.12
Comments
The "Comments" option in the Menu options window provides access to free-form comment text
pertaining to the selected site and activity. Selecting this option displays a summary of existing
comment records.  This option functions the same as the Comments menu option in the Site
module.  See Chapter 3, Section 3.5.5 for screen  examples and instructions for using the
Comments option.
5.3.13
Rolodex
The "Rolodex" option provides access to contact information pertaining to the site.  This option
functions the same as the "Rolodex" option in the Event module.  See Chapter 4, Section 4.3.15
for a detailed description and screen examples.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
                 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                             5-33

-------
 ENFORCEMENT

 5.3.14        Regional Fields

 Regional fields are used  to track regionally defined data associated with  an activity.   The
 WasteLAN System Administrator can change regional field names using a function in the System
 Administration module.

 Regional fields accept alpha or numeric data; the number of allowable characters is limited to
 the  size of the field as it appears on the screen.  Exhibit 5-33 presents an example  of the
 Regional Fields screen that appears if no regional data has been entered yet.
                   -VIEW
                                   L
          REGIONAL FIELDS
              SCREEN 1 OF 1
                  REF NO.: 00077
                  ACTIVITY: FI01
FEDERAL 1NTERAGENCY
  EPA ID: MRS098765432
SITE NAME: SH1THFIELD WASTE & TR
                                          ACTIVITY DATA
                                   C1740
                                   C1741
                                   C1742
                                   C1743
                                  Add
             Edit
                                                        Leave
                       Exhibit 5-33 Regional Fields "VIEW" Screen

In this example, when the screen appears, the cursor is positioned at the first regional field.
Type the appropriate data and/or press  < Enter >.  Use the < Enter >  key to move to each
field and enter data.  Pressing < Enter > at the last field moves the cursor to the status line,
which offers the following options:

Add - records the newly entered regional data to the database.  Entering "A" adds the data and
       displays the Activity Summary screen.

Edit - places the cursor at the first data field to permit modification of the displayed data.  Use
       the < Enter > key to move the cursor to the appropriate field(s) and make the necessary
       change(s).

Leave - displays the Activity Summary screen without saving any additions or changes.
5-34
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                                                                                  03/11/92
                                                                              VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                          ENFORCEMENT
 If regional data already exists for  the selected activity,  then choosing the "Regional Fields"
 option in the Menu options window displays a screen very similar to the one shown in Exhibit
 5-33, except that existing data is displayed in the fields, and  the status line offers different
 options.   Exhibit 5-34  illustrates  the status line that appears on  a Regional Fields screen
 containing existing data.
I 	
Edit
1 	
=====
Delete
,
=^==
Save
=====
=====
Leave
=====
[] II
               Exhibit 5-34  Regional Fields "ADD/EDIT" Screen Status Line

 Select an option by typing its corresponding highlighted letter and pressing < Enter >. Options
 on the Regional Fields "ADD/EDIT11 screen status line are described below.

 Edit - places the cursor at the first data field to permit modification of the displayed data.  Use
       the < Enter >  key to move the cursor to the appropriate field(s) and make the necessary
       change(s).

 Delete - removes existing regional data for the activity from the database.  Entering "D" displays
       the following prompt at the bottom of the screen:  PRESS Y TO DELETE [N].  The
       default response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing < Enter> leaves the record unchanged.
       Type WY" and press  < Enter > to delete the record and return to  the Activity Summary
       screen.

 Save - records added or  changed data to the database.
     Important: This option must be used to save both new and modified data.  Enter "S"
     at the status line after adding new regional data or editing existing data.
Leave - displays the Activity Summary screen.
     Caution:  Selecting this option before using the "Save" option displays the Activity
     Summary screen without saving any additions or changes.
5.3.15
Responsible Party Data
This  option is  used to  view, update, or  delete Responsible  Party contact information.
Responsible Party data is maintained for regional purposes only and  is not uploaded to the
mainframe.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
                 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
5-35

-------
 ENFORCEMENT
 If Responsible Party data exists for the specified site, selecting this option in the Menu options
 window presents a Responsible Party data "VIEW" screen, illustrated in Exhibit 5-35.








VICW ^ -^  | RESPONSIBLE PARTY i""1^" SCREEN 1 OF 1  


REF NO.: 00077 EPA ID: MRS098765432
ACTIVITY: FI01 FEDERAL INTERACENCY SITE NAME: SM1THFIELD WASTE & TR

OWNER: N. PETERSON EPA PROJECT NCR: F. CRANE
ADDRESS: 123 BOSTON UAY
STATE CONTACT: D. CHAMBERS
OPERATOR: C. CLAVIN CONTACT PHONE: (394) 555-9394
ADDRESS: 456 BOSTON UAY
ATTORNEY: J. HYATT
RP NUMBER: 0 ATTORNEY PHONE: (394) 555-1111
HAS RP RANKING BEEN COMPILED? Y/N N
COMMENT:

Edit Delete Leave [ 3
















                   Exhibit 5-35  Responsible Party Data "VIEW" Screen

When the screen appears, the cursor  is at the  status  line.   Select an  option by typing its
corresponding  highlighted letter and pressing  < Enter >.   The options  available on the
Responsible Party "VIEW" screen are described below.

Edit - places the cursor at the Owner field and permits the modification of the displayed data.
       Use the  < Enter > key  to move to the  appropriate  field(s) and make the necessary
       change(s).  Pressing < Enter > returns the cursor to the status line, where a "Save"
       option has been added.  "S" (for "Save") is the default option,  so pressing 
       records the changes to the database and displays the Activity Summary screen.

Delete - removes the status line and displays the following prompt at the bottom of the screen:
       PRESS  Y TO DELETE [N].  The default response is  "N" (for "No"), so  pressing
        leaves  the record unchanged  and  displays the Activity Summary screen.
       Typing "Y" and pressing < Enter > deletes all of the displayed Responsible Party data
       and presents the Activity Summary screen.

Leave - displays the Activity  Summary screen.
5-36
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                       ENFORCEMENT

 If no Responsible Party data has been entered for the site, the following message appears on the
 screen: NO RESPONSIBLE PARTY DATA FOUND FOR THIS SITE.  Entering "A" (for
 "Add") displays the screen depicted in Exhibit 5-36.



















REF NO.: 00077 EPA ID: MRS09876S432
ACTIVITY: FI01 FEDERAL INTERAGEHCY SITE NAME: SM1THF1ELD WASTE  TR

OWNER: EPA PROJECT HGR:
ADDRESS:
STATE CONTACT:
OPERATOR: CONTACT PHONE: ( )
ADDRESS:
ATTORNEY:
RP NUMBER: 0 ATTORNEY PHONE: ( )
HAS RP RANKING BEEN COMPILED? Y/N N
COMMENT:

Add Leave [A]
















                   Exhibit 5-36 Responsible Party Data "ADD" Screen

When the screen appears, the cursor is located at the Owner field.  Use the  key to
move to each field and enter the appropriate information.  Pressing < Enter > at the last field
moves the cursor to the status line,  which now displays the following options:

Add - adds the Responsible Party data to the database and displays the Activity Summary screen.

dit - moves the cursor to the Owner field, allowing you to modify the displayed information.
       Use the < Enter > key to  move to the appropriate field(s)  and make the necessary
       change(s). Pressing < Enter > at the last data field returns the cursor to the status line.

Leave - discards all of the information entered and displays the Activity Summary screen.

5.3.16       Cost Recovery Data

The "Cost Recovery Data" option provides regions with a working spreadsheet on which to track
cost recovery information. Like Responsible Party data, Cost
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
5-37

-------
 ENFORCEMENT

 Recovery data is maintained for regional purposes only and is not uploaded to the mainframe.

 If Cost Recovery data exists for the specified site, selecting this option in the Menu options
 window presents a Cost Recovery data "VIEW" screen. Exhibit 5-37 presents an example of
 this screen.








fii ^^^^ rn*TT RFrnvFDY _^ ir&rru 1 nr 1 -^


REF NO.: 00077 EPA ID: MRS098765432
ACTIVITY: FJ01 FEDERAL INTERAGENCY SITE NAME: SHITHF1ELD WASTE & TR

RESPONSE CATEGORY: RMVL TECHNICAL LABOR MRS: 1,000
DIRECT LABOR: 1,100,000.00
TRAVEL: .00
AMOUNT SOUGHT: 1,000,000.00 INDIRECT COSTS: 7,000.00
PAYMENTS OFFERED: 5,000.00 REGIONAL COSTS: .00
PAYMENTS RECEIVED: .00
TOTAL COSTS: 1,107,000.00
COST RECOVERED: .00
COMMENTS:


















                    Exhibit 5-37  Cost Recovery Data "VIEW" Screen

When the  screen appears, the cursor  is at the status line.   Select an option by typing its
corresponding highlighted letter and pressing < Enter >.

The options available on the Cost Recovery "VIEW" screen are described below.

.Edit - places the cursor at the first field and permits the modification of the displayed data.  Use
       the  < Enter > key to move to the appropriate field(s) and make the necessary change(s).
       Pressing  < Enter > returns the cursor to the status line, where a "Save" option has been
       added.  "S" (for "Save") is the default option, so pressing < Enter> records the changes
       to the database and displays the  Activity Summary screen.

Delete - displays the following prompt  at the bottom of the screen: PRESS Y TO DELETE
       [N]. The default response is "N" (for  "No"), so pressing   leaves the Cost
       Recovery data unchanged.   Typing "Y" and pressing < Enter>  deletes all of the
       displayed Cost Recovery data and presents  the Activity Summary screen.
5-38
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                        ENFORCEMENT

 Save - records changes to the database.  After using the "Edit" option to modify the displayed
       data, press < Enter > at the last data field to return the cursor to the status line.  Enter
       "S"  (for "Save") to record the changes to the  database and  return to the Activity
       Summary screen.

 Leave - displays the Activity Summary screen.

 If no Cost Recovery data has been entered for the site, the following message appears on the
 screen:  NO  COST RECOVERY DATA FOUND FOR THIS SITE.  Entering "A" (for
 "Add") displays the Cost Recovery "ADD" screen depicted in Exhibit 5-38.



















REF NO.: 00077 EPA ID: MRS09B765A32
ACTIVITY: FI01 FEDERAL INTERAGENCY SITE NAME: SHITHFIELD WASTE & TR

RESPONSE CATEGORY: TECHNICAL LABOR MRS: 0
DIRECT LABOR: .00
TRAVEL: .00
AMOUNT SOUGHT: .00 INDIRECT COSTS: .00
PAYMENTS OFFERED: .00 REGIONAL COSTS: .00
PAYMENTS RECEIVED: .00
TOTAL COSTS: .00
COST RECOVERED: .00
COMMENTS:
 	 BFfilflUAl RATA flUI V - UfiT Tff4U^FrPBF(1 If! fTBTL T5 


















                     Exhibit 5-38 Cost Recovery Data "ADD" Screen
     Note:  The status line on  the  above screen  is not displayed  initially.  Pressing
     < Enter >  at the last data field activates and places the cursor at the status line.
When the screen first appears, the cursor is located at the Response Category field, which is a
required field.  As the highlighted first letter of the field name indicates, this field is linked to
a pop-up window.  Pressing  < Enter >  or entering a "?" in this field activates the Response
Category pop-up window shown in Exhibit 5-39.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
5-39

-------
ENFORCEMENT
FED S
IRK
O&M
OTHER
RA
RD
RD/RA
Rl/FS
RMVL
FEDERAL COSTS
1RH
O&H
OTHER
RA
RD
RD/RA
ftl/FS
REMOVAL








                     T J     - Press +* to select

                     Exhibit 5-39  Response Category Pop-Up Window

Use the  , < -> >, , ,   and    keys to move the
light bar to the desired entry, or type the first letter of the desired entry; if multiple entries begin
with the same letter,  keep pressing the  letter until the desired entry is highlighted.  Press the
< -i >  () key to select the highlighted entry. This action closes the pop-up window
and places the selected entry in the Response Category field.

Use the  < Enter >  key to move to each field and enter the appropriate information.  Pressing
 at the last field moves the cursor to the status line, where "A"  (for "Add") is the
default option.  Press  < Enter >  to add the record to the database and display the newly entered
data in a Cost Recovery "VIEW" screen (see Exhibit 5-37 for an example).  Entering "L" (for
"Leave") at the status line displays the Activity Summary screen.
5.3.17
Review Activity Data
Use this option to scroll through all existing support data for the selected activity at the specified
site.  Selecting this option displays  an Enforcement Activity Review screen, followed by data
review screens for all enforcement supporting data categories (Milestones, Remedies, etc.).

Exhibits 5-40 through 5-49 illustrate the activity review screens, all of which provide view-only
access to the displayed data.   Status lines on these screens generally provide options to move
forward to the next review screen, to move backward to the previous review screen, and to leave
the activity review and return to the Activity Summary screen.
                               WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                                                                   03/11/92
                                                               VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                               ENFORCEMENT



REF NO.: 00077
ACTIVITY: FI01
CONTACT NAME:
PLANNING STATUS:
NEC/LIT OUTCOME:
JUDICIAL/CIVIL TYPE:
SCAP NOTE:
COMPLIANCE STATUS:
PLAN START:
PLAN COMPL:
OECM CASE NO.:
OECM CASE NAME:
DOJ CASE NO.:
DOJ CASE NAME:




FEDERAL WERAGENCY





EPA ID: MRS098765432
SITE NAME: SMITHFIELD WASTE & TR
ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITY DATA
PHONE :
PRIMARY LEAD:
FEDERAL COMPLIANCE AGREEMENT
FULL/PART SETTLEMENT:
IAG REFERRED TO HO. NO. RP DBFS:
MINOR VIOLATIONS CHANGE DATE:
09/30/90 ACTUAL START:
09/30/90 ACTUAL COMPL:
Forward
Leave
< )
FEDERAL ENFORCEMENT
COMP AG
B
0
10/16/90
09/28/90
01/30/91
IF]

                   Exhibit 5-40 Enforcement Activity Data Review Screen
                       VIEW
                                           ACTIVITY REVIEW
                   REF NO.: 00077                        EPA ID: MRS09S765432
                  ACTIVITY: FI01   FEDERAL INTERAGENCY    SITE NAME: SMITHFIELO WASTE & TR
                  001
01
                                         ENFORCEMENT COMMENTS
PHONY FUMES FROM THIS FACTORY HAVE PERMEATED THE AREA
                                   Forward
                        Back
                              Leave
tFl
                     Exhibit 5-41  Enforcement Comments Review Screen
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
        WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                                                           5-41

-------
 ENFORCEMENT
                        VIEW
                                            ACTIVITY REVIEU
                    REF NO.: 00010                         EPA  ID: RED987654321
                   ACTIVITY: JGO'I   JUDICIAL/CIVIL JUDGH  SITE NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOS1
                    MILESTONE
    ENFORCEMENT MILESTONE DATA
NAME           SPHS      PLANNED
               TAROT
                                      ACTUAL
                   1. AA1  ACTIVITY AMENDED
                                    Forward
                  Back
                                                               Leave
                                             IF]
                   Exhibit 5-42 Enforcement Milestone Data Review Screen
                       VIEW
           ACTIVITY REVIEU
                    REF NO.:  00010                         EPA ID: RED987654321
                   ACTIVITY:  JG01   JUDICIAL/CIVIL JUDGH   SITE NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSI
                        REMEDY

                         C01
                         IN1
                         VM1
                         V01
        ENFORCEMENT REMEDY DATA
      REMEDY NAME          OP UNIT   QUALIFIERS
RI/FS
INTEREST                    00
COST RECOVERY OF REMOVAL      00
COST RECOVERY OF RI/FS        01
                                   HO
                                   NO
                                   NO
                                   NO
                                    Forward
                 Back
                                                               Leave
                   Exhibit 5-43  Enforcement Remedy Data Review Screen

The Remedy Data review screen shown in Exhibit 5-43 displays a prompt at the bottom of the
screen that provides access to qualifier information. Typing "Y"
5-42
 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                                                     03/11/92
                                                VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                         ENFORCEMENT

 (for "Yes") in response to  the prompt  highlights the first remedy record on the screen and
 displays the following selection prompt: Use t  or  to select.

 Use the < t > and  <->> keys to move the light bar and highlight the appropriate remedy
 record, then press < Enter > to select it.  All of the qualifiers entered for the selected remedy
 will appear, as shown in Exhibit 5-44.

 As the prompt at the bottom of the Remedy and Qualifiers review screen indicates,  press
 < Enter > to return to the  Remedy Data review screen (Exhibit 5-43).  Press < Enter >  to
 accept the "N" (for  "No") response to the Review Qualifiers prompt.  A status line appears,
 containing "Forward," "Back," and "Leave" options (see Exhibit 5-42 for an example).


REF NO.: 00010
ACTIVITY: UA01



UNILATERAL ADMIN ORD





EPA ID: RED987654321
SITE NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSI
ENFORCEMENT REMEDY DATA
REHEOY AND QUALIFIERS
REMEDY TYPE: FS1 NAME: FEASIBILITY STUDY
1. FC FENCES 6. (BLANK)
2. CM GROUNDUATER MONITORING 7. (BLANK)
3. (BLANK) 8. (BLANK)
 (BLANK) 9. (BLAMK)
5. (BLANK) 10. (BLANK)
OP UNIT:
PRESS  TO CONTINUE ...
             Exhibit 5-44 Enforcement Remedy and Qualifiers Review Screen
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
5-43

-------
 ENFORCEMENT
                       VIEW
                                           ACTIVITY REVIEW
                    REF NO.: 00010                        EPA ID: RED987654321
                   ACTIVITY: JG01   JUDICIAL/CIVIL JUDGH   SITE NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSE
                      STATUTE

                     1. 107
      ENFORCEMENT STATUTES DATA
        STATUTE NAME

    CERCLA SECTION 107
                                   Forward
                 Back
                                                              Leave
tn
                    Exhibit 5-45  Enforcement Statutes Data Review Screen






REF NO.: 00010 EPA ID: RED987654321
ACTIVITY: JG01 JUDICIAL/CIVIL JUDGM SITE NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSI
FINANCIAL ID:
AMOUNT:
SCAP NOTE:
FINANCIAL ID:
AMOUNT:
SCAP NOTE:
COST RECOVERY FINANCIAL DATA
001 FINANCIAL TYPE:
866,493 ACTUAL DATE: / /
EPA & DOJ COSTS
002 FINANCIAL TYPE:
111.92B ACTUAL DATE: / /
INTEREST


Forward Back Leave EF]
                  Exhibit 5-46  Cost Recovery Financial Data Review Screen
5-44
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
        03/11/92
   VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                                      ENFORCEMENT
                         VIEW
           ACTIVITY REVIEW
                     REF NO.: 00010                          EPA ID:  RED9S7654321
                    ACTIVITY: UA01   UNILATERAL ADMIN ORD   SITE NAME:  REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSI
                                          CASE BUDGET FINANCIAL DATA
                      FINANCIAL ID:
                            AMOUNT:  12,500,000
                   CONTRACTOR NAME:
                              ACN: 9399589455
                        FINANCIAL TYPE: C
                          ACTUAL DATE: 01/02/89
                            IFMS FLAG: C
                                  DCN: 948056
                                      Forward
                  Back
                                                                  leave
tFJ
                     Exhibit 5-47  Case Budget Financial Data Review Screen
                         VIEW
          ACTIVITY REVIEW
                     REF NO.: 00010                          EPA ID: RED987654321
                    ACTIVITY: UA01   UNILATERAL ADMIN ORD   SITE NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSt
                                           RESPONSIBLE PARTY DATA
                        OWNER: J.B. WALTON
                      ADDRESS:

                     OPERATOR: Z. WALTON
                      ADDRESS:
                  EPA PROJECT MGR:

                    STATE CONTACT:
                    CONTACT PHONE:  (   )
                    fiP NUMBER:    0

                    HAS RP RANKING SEEN  COMPILED? Y/N  N

                     COMMENT:
                        ATTORNEY:
                   ATTORNEY PHONE:  (   )
                                      Foruard
                  Back
                               Leave
[F]
                       Exhibit 5-48  Responsible Party Data Review Screen
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
            5-45

-------
 ENFORCEMENT
5.3.18
                       VIEW
                                          ACTIVITY REVIEW
                   REF HO.: 00010                        EPA ID: RED987654321
                  ACTIVITY: UA01   UNILATERAL ADKIN ORD   SITE NAME: REGIONAL UASTE DEPOS I
                                    ENFORCEMENT COST RECOVERY DATA
                   RESPONSE CATEGORY: OTHER
                       AMOUNT SOUGHT:
                    PAYMENTS OFFERED:
                   PAYMENTS RECEIVED:
                    1,250,000.00
                       2,000.00
                           .00
TECHNICAL LABOR  MRS: 2,000
      DIRECT LABOR:
           TRAVEL:
    INDIRECT COSTS:
    REGIONAL COSTS:
                                                       TOTAL COSTS:
                                                     COST RECOVERED:
.00
.00
.00
.00

.00
.00
                                            COMMENTS
                                        Back
                                                    Leave
                                                              EL)
Exhibit 5-49  Enforcement Cost Recovery Data Review Screen

      Print Activity Summary
 As the name indicates, use this option to print out the currently displayed Activity Summary.
 Selecting this option clears the Activity Data  from  the  screen  and displays the status line
 illustrated in Exhibit 5-50.
1                      Print     Change printers     Leave         [ ]
                                                                                  11
                      Exhibit 5-50  Print Activity Summary Status Line

Entering "P" (for "Print") sends the Activity Summary information to the printer and displays
the  Activity  Summary screen.   Entering  "C"  (for  "Change  printers")  displays a Printer
Specifications screen; Exhibit 5-51 presents an example of this screen.
5-46
                 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                                    03/11/92
                                VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                         ENFORCEMENT




JTER SPECIF




REF NO.: 00010 EPA ID: RED987654321
ACTIVITY: UA01 UNILATERAL ADMIN ORD SITE NAME: REGIONAL HASTE OEPOS1

 PRINTERS 	 1
Network Printer 0
Netyork Printer 1


	 OPTIONS 	
Print Width:
Normal Compressed
Lines Per Inch:
6 8
Page Orientation:
Portrait Landscape


Print Change Printers Leave [I]

                        Exhibit 5-51  Printer Specifications Screen

The current or default printer is highlighted; use the < t >  and < * > keys to move the light
bar to the desired printer and press < Enter >.  This action moves the cursor to the Options
window, where print format options are displayed.
     Note:  The Options window is blank when the screen first appears; format options
     appear only after a printer is selected.
Use the <-> and <-> keys to highlight the desired format options, pressing  after
each selection.  The Printer Specifications disappear, and the cursor moves to  the status line
shown in Exhibits 5-50 and 5-51.  Type "P" (for "Print") and press  < Enter> to print the
Activity Summary according to the new specifications. The Activity Summary will be displayed.
Entering "L" (for "Leave") displays the Activity Summary without printing it.
5.3.19
Add/Delete Links
This option provides the means to create relationships between events and other events, between
events and Enforcement activities, and between activities and other activities. Link information
can be used to generate a site map that presents a graphical overview of the flow of events and
activities at a site. The ISIF Report Panel, detailed in Appendix B to this manual, contains the
option used to draw a site map.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
                 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL

-------
 ENFORCEMENT

 Link access is available in several places in WasteLAN:  on the WasteLAN main menu, in the
 Menu options window of Event and Activity Summary screens, and on the Integrated SIF menu.
 The same Links window is invoked from each of these access points.  Chapter 8 of this manual
 describes how the Links window functions.  Also, the CERCLIS/WasteLAN Links Guidance
 document provides further information on links, including rules that apply to link creation.
 5.3.20
Audit Trail
 The "Audit Trail" option provides information about the entry and modification of the displayed
 record.  Selecting this option activates an Audit Trail pop-up window, illustrated below in
 Exhibit 5-52.
                                        AUDIT TRAIL
                                 ADD

                              WHO:

                             DATE:   / /

                             TIME:
                                       EDIT

                                   WHO: JWALKER

                                   DATE: 10/31/91

                                   TIME: 09:50:38
                        Exhibit 5-52  Audit Trail Pop-Up Window

The window shows the name of the user who added the record to the database, and the date and
time of data entry.  The window also shows the name of the user who last edited the record, and
the date and time the edit was performed.

When the Audit Trail window is active, the following prompt is displayed at the bottom of the
screen:  PRESS ANY KEY TO CONTINUE .... As the prompt indicates, press any key to
close the Audit Trail window and return to the Activity Summary screen.
5.3.21
Turbo Access
The "Turbo Access" feature works like a bookmark, saving your place in an Event or Activity
Summary screen.  If Turbo  Access is on when you log out of WasteLAN, then the system
"remembers" the last site record and Event or Activity Summary screen accessed. The next time
you log in, the last Event or  Activity Summary screen accessed will be displayed instantly.

The "Turbo Access" option operates as a toggle switch.  If the Menu options window displays
the selection "Turbo Access:  On," then Turbo Access is already on, so selecting the option will
turn it off.  If the Menu options window displays the selection "Turbo Access:  Off," then Turbo
Access is off, so selecting the option will turn it on.
5-48
                WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
      WASTELAN
   USER'S MANUAL
      CHAPTER 6
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
        03/11/92
      VERSION 4.0
        FINAL

-------

-------
                                                                   NON-SITE SPECIFIC
                     CHAPTER 6:  NON-SITE SPECIFIC

 The Non-Site Specific module is used to track activities and financial information not associated
 directly with a particular site or incident.   Multi-site cooperative agreements represent one
 example of a non-site specific activity. This module also includes targets and accomplishments
 data and advice of allowance information.

 To access the Non-Site Specific module, choose option 4 on the WasteLAN main menu (see
 Chapter 2, Section 2.1 for instructions on accessing the WasteLAN main menu). Selecting this
 option presents the Non-Site Specific menu  shown in Exhibit 6-1.
1 "u







1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)

 si ic arcuiriL
MFUll
NON-SITE INCIDENT
J


TARGETS/ACCOMPLISHMENTS
BUDGET CONTROL
ADVICE OF ALLOWANCE
OBLIGATED UNTASKED
RA PRIORITY SITES



FUNDS








                              ENTER SELECTION  V6   Leave   [
                          Exhibit 6-1 Non-Site Specific Menu

The remainder of this chapter describes the function and use of the Non-Site Specific options.

6.1    NON-SITE INCIDENT

Non-Site Incident (NSI) data includes all activities not related specifically to a single site or
incident. The NSI module in WasteLAN supports SCAP planning, budgeting, and tracking of
financial data for these activities. The functions in this module are used to add new NSI data
to the database, and to view, modify,
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
6-1

-------
 NON-SITE SPECIFIC

 or delete existing NSI data. The regional IMC is responsible for entering and maintaining all
 NSI data in the system.

 To access the NSI module, select option 1, "Non-Site Incident," on the Non-Site Specific menu
 (shown above in Exhibit 6-1).  The Non-Site Incident menu, shown in Exhibit 6-2, will appear.
                                        NON-SITE INCIDENT
                                             HENU
                                    1) MODIFY/VIEW ACTIVITIES
                               ENTER SELECTION  1
                                    Leave   Quit   [ ]
                            Exhibit 6-2  Non-Site Incident Menu

The following sections describe the features of the NSI module. Section 6.1.1 explains how to
modify and view NSI activities.  Section 6.1.2 explains how to access NSI financial data.
6.1.1
Modify/View Activities
This option is used to view, modify, or delete an existing NSI activity, or to add a new NSI
activity record to the database. Entering "1" on the Non-Site Incident menu presents the screen
illustrated in Exhibit 6-3.
6-2
                 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                              NON-SITE SPECIFIC
                                           NON-SITE INCIDENT
                                  NON-SITE  INCIDENT ACTIVITY CODE:

                                                   FISCAL YEAR:
                Exhibit 6-3  Non-Site Incident Activity/Fiscal Year Selection Screen

The cursor appears at the Non-Site Incident Activity Code field.  Enter the two-character code
of the desired activity, or enter "?" to see a pop-up window of valid activity codes; Exhibit 6-4
shows this pop-up window.  Pressing < Enter >  at this field without typing in data displays the
Non-Site Incident menu.
                                   NON-SITE INCIDENT ACTIVITY
                                 RETURN TO NON-SITE INCIDENT SCREEN
                          AC     ARCS CONTRACT HANAGEHENT
                          AN     RO/RA NEGOTIATIONS
                          AR     ADMINISTRATIVE RECORDS
                          AS     PREREM, REHED AERIAL SUR
                          AU     REMOVAL AERIAL SURVEY
                          CL     COMBINED 106/107 LITIG
                          CR     GENERIC COMMUNITY REL
                          CT     CR TECH ASSIST GRANTS
                          DA     GENERIC DESIGN ASSISTANCE
                          01     GENERIC DI
                          EC     ENFORCEMENT CONTINGENCY
                          EM     STATE ENF MANAG ASSISTANCE
                          ER     ERA OVERSIGHT AND CR
                          EZ     ZONE ERCS CONTRACT MANAGEMENT
                           1 MORE 1    
                       T I     - Press ** to select

                    Exhibit 6-4 Non-Site Incident Activity Pop-Up Window
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
6-3

-------
 NON-SITE SPECIFIC

 As the status line at the bottom of the window indicates, use the < t >,  < * >,  ,
 , , and   keys to move the light bar to the desired code, or type
 the first letter of the desired code; if multiple entries begin with the same letter, keep pressing
 the letter until the desired entry is highlighted. Press the < -> >  () key to select the
 highlighted entry.  This action closes the pop-up window and places the selected code in the
 Activity Code field.

 Once the desired NSI Activity Code has been entered, the cursor moves to the Fiscal Year field,
 where the system automatically fills in the current fiscal year.  Press < Enter> to view activity
 for the current  fiscal year, or type in a different fiscal year and press < Enter >.

 Entering an activity code and fiscal year for an existing record displays a screen of summary
 data and menu options for the selected activity.  Exhibit 6-5 presents an example of this Activity
 Summary/Menu screen.   In this example,  the  selected activity type is ARCS Contract
 Management (AC) for fiscal year 1990.




	 APTW1TY ^IIMMARY 	
NSI REGION: 01
ACTIVITY: AC04
LEAD: FE
STATE: HA
FISCAL YEAR: 90

VCT



MFMll
1) NEXT ACTIVITY
2) PREVIOUS ACTIVITY
3} ADD NEU ACTIVITY
4) EDIT/DELETE ACTIVITY
5} VIEW ONLY
6) FINANCIAL SYSTEM
ENTER 1-6 Leave [ )




       Exhibit 6-5 Non-Site Incident Activity Summary/Menu (Existing Activity)

Options on the Activity Summary/Menu screen are described below.

       1)    NEXT ACTIVITY - Use this option to display the next summary record in the
             database for the selected activity type and fiscal year. Choosing this option when
             the last (or only) record is already displayed results in the message END OF
             SELECTED LIST.
6-4
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                      NON-SITE SPECIFIC

        2)    PREVIOUS ACTIVITY - Use this  option to display  the previous  summary
              record in the database for the selected activity type and fiscal year. Choosing this
              option when the first (or only) record is already displayed results in the message
              BEGINNING OF SELECTED LIST.

        3)    ADD NEW ACTIVITY  -  Use this option to add another  occurrence of the
              selected activity type to the database.
      Note:  This option does not appear on the screen for users who do not have NSI
      rights.
 Selecting this option displays a Non-Site Incident Activity "ADD" screen, where the lead, state,
 and a comment can be entered for the activity. Exhibit 6-6 presents an example of the Non-Site
 Incident Activity "ADD" screen.
               r ADD
     NON-SHE INCIDENT ACTIVITY
SCREEN 1 OF 1 
                      ACTIVITY:  ACQ6  ARCS CONTRACT MANAGEMENT   FISCAL YEAR:  90

                         LEAD:       (BLANK)                     STATE:

                       COMMENT:
                                 Add
             Edit
                                                       Leave
                                                                         t 1
                   Exhibit 6-6 Non-Site Incident Activity "ADD" Screen

As shown in Exhibit 6-6, the activity code, full activity name, and fiscal year are already filled
in. The cursor is positioned at the Lead field; enter the two-character code of the appropriate
lead.  Entering a "?" or pressing < Enter >  without typing any characters displays a pop-up
window of valid lead codes; Exhibit 6-7 illustrates this pop-up window.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                    6-5

-------
 NON-SITE SPECIFIC
                                         LEAD
                        CE
                        CG
                        EP
                        f
                        n
                        FF
                        LA
                        MR
                        MS
                        OH
                        PS
                        RP
                        S
                        SN
   (BLANK)
   CORPS OF ENGINEERS
   COAST GUARD
   EPA IN-HOUSE
   EPA, FUND FINANCED
   FEDERAL ENFORCEMENT
   FEDERAL FACILITY
   LOCAL OR AREA-VIDE AGENCY
   MIXED FUND ING-FEDERAL/RP
   MIXED FUHDING-FED/STATE
   OTHER
   PRP RESPONSE WITH FUNDING
   RESPONSIBLE PARTY
   STATE,  FUND FINANCED
   STATE,  NO FUND MONEY
  	 1  MORE i   .
                      T 1     - Press - to select

                            Exhibit 6-7  Lead Pop-Up Window

As the status line at the bottom of the window indicates, use the  < t >, < 4 >,  ,
 ,  , and  keys to move the light bar to the desired code, or type
the first letter of the desired code;  if multiple entries begin with the same letter, keep pressing
the letter until the desired entry is highlighted.  Press the < J > (< Enter >) key to select the
highlighted entry.  This action closes the pop-up window and places  the selected  code in the
Lead field.

Once a valid lead code has been entered, the cursor moves to the State field. A pop-up window
is associated with this field also; enter a "?" to display a window of valid state codes, and follow
the same selection procedures described above for the Lead pop-up window.

Once a valid state code has been entered, the cursor moves to the Comment field. Type in any
appropriate comment text for the activity, and/or press < Enter >  to move the cursor to the
status line.

Entering "E" (for "Edit") at the status line allows you to modify the record before  adding it to
the database.  Entering  "L" (for "Leave") at the status line returns you to the Non-Site Incident
menu without adding the record to the database.  Entering "A" (for "Add") at the status line
adds the record to the database and displays the Non-Site Incident menu.

4)     EDIT/DELETE ACTIVITY - Use option 4 on the Activity Summary/Menu to edit or
       delete an existing activity record.  Note: This option does not appear on the screen for
       users who do not have NSI rights.

       Selecting this option displays a Non-Site Incident Activity "EDIT" screen.  This screen
       is very similar to the one shown earlier in Exhibit 6-6,
6-6
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                      NON-SITE SPECIFIC

 except that the data fields contain existing data for the selected activity, and the status line offers
 different options.

 When the  "EDIT" screen appears, the cursor is at the Lead field.  Use the < Enter > key to
 move the  cursor to the appropriate  field(s) and make the necessary change(s); or, press the
  key to move the cursor to the status line.  Exhibit 6-8 presents the options on the
 Non-Site Incident "EDIT" screen status line.
1 	
Edit
1 	 .
=====
Delete
========
=====
Save
=====
	 1
Leave [ ]
'
             Exhibit 6-8  Non-Site Incident Activity "EDIT" Screen Status Line

 Select an option by entering  its corresponding highlighted letter.   Options on the Non-Site
 Incident Activity "EDIT"  screen status line are described below.

 Edit - returns the cursor to the Lead field to permit modification of the displayed data.  Use the
        < Enter > key to  move the cursor to the  appropriate field(s) and make the necessary
       change(s).
     Note:  The cursor is already at the Lead field when the "EDIT" screen first appears;
     use this option to return to a previous field to make additional changes/corrections.
Delete - displays the following prompt at the bottom of the screen:  PRESS Y TO DELETE
       [N].  The default response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing   leaves the NSI
       activity record unchanged.  Typing  "Y" and pressing  < Enter> deletes the current
       activity record and displays the Activity Summary/Menu.

Save - records changes to the database.  After editing the displayed data, press < Enter > at the
       last data field or use the    key to return the cursor to  the status line.  The
       default  option is "S" (for "Save"),  so press    to record the changes to the
       database and return to the Activity Summary/Menu.

Leave - displays the Activity Summary/Menu.

5)     VIEW ONLY - Choosing option 5 on the Activity Summary/Menu displays a Non-Site
       Incident Activity "VIEW" screen.  This screen is very similar to the "ADD"  screen
       shown in Exhibit  6-6, except that  the status line only offers a "Leave" option for
       returning to the Activity Summary/Menu.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
6-7

-------
 NON-SITE SPECIFIC

 6)    FINANCIAL SYSTEM - Option 6 provides access to financial data for the  selected
       activity and fiscal year. This option is described in detail in Section 6.1.2.

 If no record exists for the activity and fiscal year entered on the Non-Site Incident screen (shown
 previously in Exhibit 6-3), a screen similar to the one shown in Exhibit 6-9 appears.




r*TIVTTY "LIMMAEY
,NO ACTIVITY EXISTS.

*CT



HFUII
1) ADD NEW ACTIVITY
ENTER 1 Leave [11




              Exhibit 6-9  Non-Site Incident Activity Summary/Menu (No Activity)

Entering "1" (for "Add New Activity") displays the Non-Site Incident Activity "ADD" screen
shown earlier in Exhibit 6-6.  Refer to Exhibit 6-6 and the accompanying text for a screen
example and instructions on adding a new NSI activity to the database.
     Note: The "Add New Activity" option does not appear on the screen for users who
     do not have NSI rights.
Entering "L" (for "Leave") on the screen shown above in Exhibit 6-9 displays the Non-Site
Incident menu presented earlier in Exhibit 6-2.
6-8
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                  NON-SITE SPECIFIC
6.1.2
NSI Financial Data
     After an  NSI activity has been selected (as  explained in  the preceding section),
     financial data for the activity can be added, viewed, modified or deleted.  Important:
     With the exception of Planned Obligation records, write access to WasteLAN financial
     information is limited to users who have financial system access rights.  Financial
     information includes  event/fund  (C3200),  enforcement Case  Budget (C2600),
     enforcement Cost Recovery (C2900), and NSI financial (P1400) records.
Users without write access to financial data encounter the following error  message when
attempting to add or edit financial records: YOU DO NOT HAVE FINANCIAL RIGHTS.
The WasteLAN System Administrator is responsible for assigning financial system access rights.

Planned Obligation  financial records in the  event/fund (C3200),  enforcement Case Budget
(C2600), and NSI financial (P1400) databases are considered SCAP information.  Therefore,
write access to these records is determined by SCAP access rights.  Users who do not have
SCAP access rights encounter the following error message when attempting to add or edit
Planned Obligation  records:   SCAP LOCKOUT  CURRENTLY IN  PROGRESS.   The
WasteLAN System Administrator is responsible for assigning SCAP access.

Option 6 on the NSI Activity Summary/Menu (see Exhibit 6-5) provides access to the NSI
financial system. Choosing this option displays the Activity Summary/Financial Menu shown
in Exhibit 6-10.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
                WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
6-9

-------
 NON-SITE SPECIFIC
                                       ARCS CONTRACT MANAGEMENT
                          ACTIVITY SUMMARY
                              NSI REGION: 01

                                ACTIVITY: AC06

                                   LEAD: FE

                                  STATE: MA

                             FISCAL YEAR: 90
                            FINANCIAL MENU
                      1) PLANNED OBLIGATION
                      2) ACTUAL OBLIGATION
                      3) DEOBLIGAT10N
                      4) COMMITMENT
                      5) DECOMMITMENT
                      6) OUTLAY
                      7> CUMULATIVE OUTLAY
                      8) AMOUNT REQUESTED
                      9) OEOUTLAY
                     10) TES WORK ASSIGNMENT AMOUNT
                     11) DE-TASKING
                     12) REMOVAL CONTRACTOR CEILING
                     13) TOTAL REMOVAL CEILING
                     14) ADD ACN/DCN
                     15) DELETE ACN/DCN
                                       ENTER  1-15  Leave  [  1
              Exhibit 6-10 Non-Site Incident Activity Summary/Financial Menu

Options 1 through 13 on the Financial Menu provide access to regionally generated financial data
and IFMS data that has been downloaded to WasteLAN.  Selecting one of these options displays
a summary screen of financial records for the selected financial type.  Exhibit 6-11 presents an
example of a Planned Obligation summary screen.
6-10
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
     03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                    NON-SITE SPECIFIC


ACTIVITY: RN01


FISCAL YEAR: 89 STATE: ME

F B
SEQ CON M G FUND
NO. VEH S DATE S STAT
NEW C 01/13/89 D
WORK NO.
ASGN AN Of
AMOUNT ACN DCN NO. NO. SITES
125.4U 3333333333 333333 4

                              Add
         Edit/delete
Leave
IL]
            Exhibit 6-11  NSI Financial Summary Screen (Planned Obligations)

The summary screens for all other financial types are similar to the Planned Obligation summary
screen; only the title shown at the top right of screen varies, based on the financial type selected.
     Exception:  There are three financial types for which regional personnel cannot add
     new records:  Outlay, Cumulative Outlay, and Deoutlay.  For these financial types,
     the "Add" option will not be displayed on the NSI Financial summary screen status
     line.   New records for these types are created in IFMS and added to the regional
     database via CERCLIS downloads.
The Seq(uence) No. (far left column) is a system-generated number assigned when the record
is uploaded to CERCLIS; if the record has not yet been uploaded, the word "NEW" appears in
this column.  An IFMS Flag value (third column) of "C" (for "CERCLIS") is automatically
generated when a new record is added.  This value changes to "F" when IFMS sends data to the
mainframe and the data is subsequently downloaded to WasteLAN.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                           6-11

-------
 NON-SITE SPECIFIC
     Important:  An IFMS Flag value of "E" indicates a discrepancy between IFMS and
     mainframe CERCLIS financial records. Changing the IFMS Flag value from "E" to
     "F" indicates agreement with the records as shown.  For records with an IFMS Flag
     value of "E" or "F," only the Budget Source, Contract Veh(icle), Contractor, IFMS
     Flag, and Comment fields (see Exhibit 6-12) may be edited for the record.
If no financial records exist for the selected financial type,  the message NO FINANCIAL
RECORDS FOUND FOR THIS ACTIVITY, is displayed. To add a new record, enter "A"
(for "Add") at the status line. An "ADD" data screen containing blank data entry fields appears;
Exhibit 6-12 presents this screen.
- *!**

PI Auurn nm intTinu _  irurru 1 or 1 _


ACTIVITY: AC06
FISCAL YEAR: 90 STATE: MA

DATE: / /
BUDGET SOURCE:
ACN:
CONTRACT VEH:
WORK ASGN NO.:
NO. OF SITES: 0
COMMENT :
AMOUNT: 0
FND PRIORITY STATUS:
DCN:
CONTRACTOR:
AMKD NO.:
OBJECT CLASS:
IFMS FLAG: C

Add

Edit Leave [ ]
             Exhibit 6-12 NSI Financial "ADD" Screen (Planned Obligations)

A field name with an initial highlighted letter indicates that a pop-up window is available.
Entering a "?" in one of these fields activates the pop-up window. Exhibit 6-13 displays the
pop-up windows available on NSI financial data screens.

When a pop-up window appears, use the < t >,  < * >, ,  n>, ,
and  keys to move the light bar to the  desired entry, or type the first letter of the
desired entry; if multiple entries begin  with the same letter, keep pressing the letter until the
desired entry is highlighted.  Press the < -<  > (< Enter >) key to select the highlighted entry.
This action closes the pop-up window and places  the selected entry in the data field.
6-12
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                          NON-SITE SPECIFIC
                      *ctm*|:ii  IKM eonuct
 CAS
 CUT
 IBS
 ML
 RC
 ETA
 riT
 SAD
 CEO
 HX*
 IAS
 I.TC
 MSC
kL7XNATE REMlOIAi CONT
COOPERATIVE AGUEKEMT
COSTRACT
EBASCO
EMS I
EMERGENCY RESPONSE CLEANUP SERVICES
I (A) CONTRACT
flEU INVESTIGATION TEAM
GANNETT
CEOTRAJIS
MOOKER, HIACAM TAI.LS, HT
1N?AGEIICT AaUEMCKT
LETTIR CONTRACTS
KULTt-SITE COOPERATIVE ACREENEK7
          i MORE 1	
                    -
                  Exhibit 6-13  Pop-Up Windows for NSI Financial Screens

Use the  < Enter > key to move  to  each field and enter the appropriate  data.   Pressing
 < Enter > at the last field moves the cursor to the status line. Entering "E" (for "Edit") at the
status line allows you to modify the record before adding it to the database.  Entering "L" (for
"Leave") at the status line re-displays the financial  summary screen without adding the record
to the database.  Entering "A" (for "Add") at the  status line adds the record to the database and
displays the financial summary screen (see Exhibit 6-11).

To edit or delete an existing financial record, enter "E"  (for "Edit/delete")  at the summary
screen status line.   The system highlights the first record in the  summary and displays the
following prompt:  Use t or * - press < Enter > to select.

After the desired record has been highlighted and selected, an "EDIT" data screen appears. This
screen is similar to the "ADD" screen shown previously in Exhibit 6-12, except that the status
line offers different options.  Exhibit 6-14 illustrates the "EDIT" data screen status line.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
                           WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
6-13

-------
 NON-SITE SPECIFIC
                    Edit
 Delete
Save
Leave
n
                  Exhibit 6-14  NSI Financial "EDIT" Screen Status Line

 Select an option by typing its corresponding highlighted letter and pressing < Enter >.  Options
 on the NSI Financial "EDIT" screen status line are described below.

 Edit - places the cursor at the first data field to permit modification of the displayed data. Use
       the < Enter > key to move the cursor to the appropriate field(s) and make the necessary
       change(s).  Note:  The cursor is already at the first data field when the "EDIT" screen
       first appears;  use this option to return to  a previous  field  to  make  additional
       changes/corrections.

 Delete - displays the following prompt at the bottom of the screen:  PRESS  Y TO DELETE
       [N]. The default response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing  leaves the financial
       record unchanged. Typing "Y" and pressing < Enter > deletes the financial record and
       presents the NSI Financial summary screen (Exhibit 6-11).

 Save - records changes to the database.  After editing the displayed data, press  < Enter > at the
       last data field or use the  key to return the cursor  to the status line. "S" (for
       "Save") is the default option, so press  to record the changes to the database
       and return to the summary screen  for  the selected NSI Financial type.

 Leave - displays the summary screen for the selected NSI Financial type.

 Options 14 and 15 on the Activity Summary/Financial Menu (see Exhibit 6-9) are used to add
 and delete Account Numbers (ACN) and Document Control Numbers (DCN).
     Important:  These two options do not appear on the screen for users who do not have
     NSI rights.
The ACN/DCN combination links financial data from EPA's Integrated Financial Management
System (IFMS) on the mainframe to regional financial data.
     Note:  As of this writing, the IFMS transfer is not operational.
Selecting option 14, "Add ACN/DCN," presents the screen shown in Exhibit 6-15.
6-14
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                                    03/11/92
                               VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                    NON-SITE SPECIFIC
              l ADD
          NS1 FINANCIAL
             ADD ACN/DCN
                 ACTIVITY: AC06
                     FISCAL YEAR:  90  STATE:  MA
                           ACN:
                                                         DCN:
                                Add
             Edit
         Leave
[ 1
                  Exhibit 6-15 NSI Financial ACN/DCN "ADD" Screen

Type in the 10-digit ACN and press < Enter >, then type in the  6-digit DCN and press
 . The cursor is positioned at the status line, where "A" (for "Add") is already filled
in; press < Enter > to add the ACN/DCN combination.  Entering "E" at the status line before
adding the record  allows you to edit the ACN/DCN combination; entering "L" displays the
Activity Summary/Financial Menu without adding the record to the database.

Selecting option 15,  "Delete ACN/DCN," on the Activity Summary/Financial Menu presents
a screen very similar to the one shown in Exhibit 6-15, except that the status line offers different
options.  After entering the ACN and DCN to be deleted, the cursor moves to the status line.
Exhibit 6-16 illustrates the "Delete ACN/DCN" screen status line.
                    Edit
 Delete
Leave
           Exhibit 6-16 NSI Financial ACN/DCN "DELETE" Screen Status Line

Select an option by entering its corresponding highlighted letter.  Options on the status line
shown in Exhibit 6-16 are described below.

dit - returns the cursor to the ACN field to allow you to change the ACN/DCN pair entered.
      This option functions like a change of selection rather than as a true edit; i.e., it allows
      you to retrieve a different
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                                      6-15

-------
 NON-SITE SPECIFIC
       ACN/DCN record,  but it does not permit a change to an existing ACN/DCN in the
       database.
Delete - Entering "D" displays the following prompt: PRESS Y TO DELETE [N].  Type "Y"
      and press  < Enter > to delete the ACN/DCN pair, or press < Enter > to leave the
      record unchanged.

Leave - displays the Activity Summary/Financial Menu.

If the ACN/DCN combination entered does not exist in the database, the following message
appears: THIS ACN/DCN PAIR NOT FOUND FOR THIS ACTIVITY. When the message
disappears, enter "E"  (for "Edit") at the status line to return the cursor to the ACN field and
enter a new combination.

If the ACN/DCN pair entered  is attached  to any financial records, the  system displays the
following message:  THERE ARE FINANCIAL RECORDS ASSOCIATED WITH THIS
ACN/DCN PAIR.  THIS RECORD CANNOT BE DELETED,  PRESS < Enter > TO
CONTINUE. After pressing < Enter >, enter "E" at the status line to return the cursor to the
ACN  field  and  enter  a  new combination,  or  enter "L" to  return to the Activity
Summary/Financial Menu.

6.2   TARGETS/ACCOMPLISHMENTS

The Targets/Accomplishments (T/A) module supports SCAP and STAR target setting and
adjusting and quarterly accomplishment reporting.  Screens in the T/A  module allow regional
personnel to update target site information and report accomplishments to Headquarters.  T/A
data is entered initially by Headquarters and updated by the IMC. Using the T/A program area
menus,  regions  can  track  data  for  the targets  set and  assigned  by Headquarters.
Accomplishments  are entered and modified by the IMC.

To access  the T/A module, choose option 2,  "Targets/Accomplishments," on the Non-Site
Specific menu shown  in Exhibit 6-1 at the beginning of this chapter.  Selecting this option
displays the Targets/Accomplishments menu presented in Exhibit 6-17.
6-16
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                                                                         03/11/92
                                                                     VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                         NON-SITE SPECIFIC


















1) PRE-REHEDIAL
2) REMEDIAL
3) REMOVAL
4) ENFORCEMENT
5) LABORATORY PROGRAM
6) CEPP PROGRAM







ENTER SELECTION 1-6 Leave Quit [ )









                        Exhibit 6-17  Targets/Accomplishments Menu

Each program area option listed on the Targets/Accomplishments menu provides access to its
own pop-up menu  of T/A activities.  For example, selecting  option 2,  "Remedial," on the
Targets/Accomplishments menu presents the T/A - Remedial pop-up window shown in Exhibit
6-18.
                                     T/A  - REMEDIAL
                             RETURN TO TARGETS/ACCOMPLISHMENTS
                         AC  RA FIRST COMPLETION
                         AF  RA FINAL START
                         AS  RA FIRST START
                         AU  AWARD OF RA CONTRACT
                         CR  CR PLAN START
                         CS  RI/FS FIRST START
                         DC  RD FIRST COMPLETION
                         DF  RD FINAL START
                         DL  RD SUBSEQUENT COMPLETION
                           .            I MORE I 
                      T I   n>    Press *J to select

                       Exhibit 6-18 T/A - Remedial Pop-Up Window
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
6-17

-------
 NON-SITE SPECIFIC
                                                          t
     Important:  More activity  types are available than can be seen in the first page
     (screenful) of entries.  Use the ,  <*>, , , ,
     and  keys to scroll the window and move the light bar to the desired activity,
     or type the first letter of the desired activity code; if multiple activity codes begin with
     the same letter, keep pressing  the letter until the appropriate activity is highlighted.
     Press the  <-"> (< Enter >) key to select the highlighted activity.
A Fiscal Year (FY) selection screen, illustrated in Exhibit 6-19, appears after an activity type
has been selected.  The system pre-selects option 1, "USE CURRENT FISCAL YEAR." Press
 < Enter > to view activity for the current fiscal year, or, as shown in this example, type "I"
and press < Enter > to move the cursor to the Change FY  field and type in a different fiscal
year.   If no activity  exists for the selected  fiscal year,  the following message  appears:
ACTIVITY NOT FOUND IN FISCAL YEAR NN (where NN = the fiscal year selected).
Repeat the  fiscal year  selection  process,  or enter "L"  (for  "Leave") to return to the
Targets/Accomplishments menu.
                                      Rl/FS FIRST START
                          FISCAL YEAR
                    CURRENT FY:  92

                    CHANGE FY:
                                                           MENU
                       1> USE CURRENT FY
                       2) CHANGE FY

                      ENTER 1-2   Leave  [2]
             Exhibit 6-19 Targets/Accomplishments Fiscal Year Selection Screen
6-18
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                      NON-SITE SPECIFIC
 When a valid activity type and fiscal year have been selected, the system presents an Event Lead
 selection screen, as shown in Exhibit 6-20.  Only lead options in the actual data record for the
 selected activity are listed on the Event Lead screen.  Select the appropriate lead by typing its
 corresponding number and pressing  < Enter >.
                                       RI/FS FIRST START
                           FISCAL YEAR
                    CURRENT FY:  92

                    CHANGE FY:   90
                          EVENT LEAD
                  1) FF  FEDERAL FACILITY
                  2) NL  NO LEAD
                                                    Enter 1-2  Leave  C 1
              Exhibit 6-20 Targets / Accomplishments Event Lead Selection Screen

If quarterly targets have been set for  the selected Event Lead,  the system presents a screen
containing a Targets menu that lists the  quarters for which target data has been entered.  Exhibit
6-21 presents and example of the targets screen. The Activity summary to the left of the Targets
menu displays the associated lead, fiscal year, HQ baseline projection, fund financed ceiling,
and SCAP/SPMS flag for the selected activity.  The SCAP/SPMS flag is represented by a
number between 1 and 6, and it is defined immediately below this field.

If targeting is performed annually instead of quarterly, the Targets menu displays only an
"Annual" option.  If no targets have been set, the message NO TARGETS FOUND appears.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
6-19

-------
 NON-SITE SPECIFIC
                                          Rt/FS fIRST START
                              ACTIVITY
                    FISCAL TEAR:  90
                        LEAD:  FF
                   HQ BASELINE PROJECTION:
                   FUND FINANCED CEILING:

                   SCAP/SPKS FLAG:  1
                   SCAP TARGET (NON-SPHS)
                              14
                              0
                                                             TARGETS
1) FIRST QUARTER
2) SECOND QUARTER
3) THIRD QUARTER
4) FOURTH QUARTER
                                          Enter 1-4   Leave  [ 3
               Exhibit 6-21 Targets/Accomplishments Target Selection Screen

If an activity is reported on a site-specific basis, choosing a target (quarterly or annual) on the
above screen initiates the Target Sites routine explained below in Section 6.2.1.  If an activity
is  not  reported  site-specifically,  choosing  a  target  (quarterly  or  annual)  initiates  the
Accomplishments routine explained later in Section 6.2.2.
6.2.1
Target Sites
The Target Sites routine in the T/A module provides view and modify capabilities for multiple
target sites associated with a selected  activity and fiscal year.  After the appropriate activity,
fiscal year, event lead, and quarterly (or annual) target have been selected (as outlined in the
previous section), the system displays  the Target Sites screen shown in Exhibit 6-22.
6-20
                  V/ASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                                   03/11/92
                              VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                      NON-SITE SPECIFIC
                                       Ri/FS FIRST START
                            ACTIVITY
                  FISCAL YEAR:  90
     LEAD:  FF
                  HO BASELINE PROJECTION:
                  FUND FINANCED CEILING:

                  SCAP/SPMS FLAG:  1
                  SCAP TARGET (NON-SPMS)
           14
           0
                          TARGET SITES
SEQ: 001    EPA ID: MAD123456

NAME: 1 HANG1 NARY INDUSTRIES

OPUNIT: 01  EVENT: C01  LEAD: FE
                         1ST QUARTER TARGET
                  VERSION:  P    NUMBER:
                  PROPOSED BY REGION
                                                           MENU
                  1) NEXT TARGET SITE
                  2} PREVIOUS TARGET SITE
                  3) MODIFY TARGET SITE DATA
                  4) UPDATE LEAD FROM EVENT FILE

                    Enter 1-4   Leave C )
                 Exhibit 6-22 Targets/Accomplishments Target Sites Screen

The Activity summary on the upper left side of the screen displays the HQ baseline projection,
fund-financed ceiling, and SCAP/SPMS flag for the activity, fiscal year, and lead selected.  The
box on the lower left side of the screen displays the version and number of targets entered for
the target period selected.  The Target Sites box on the upper right side of the screen displays
information concerning the first target site record in the  database associated with the selected
target.  Menu options in the box on the lower right side of the screen are described below.

        1)     NEXT TARGET SITE -  This option provides access  to the next target site
              record in the system.  Choosing this option when the last (or only) record is
              already displayed results in the message  END OF SELECTED LIST.

       2)     PREVIOUS TARGET SITE - Use this option  to view the previous target site
              record in the database.  Selecting this option when the first (or only) record is
              already displayed results in the message BEGINNING OF SELECTED LIST.

       3)     MODIFY TARGET SITE DATA - Selecting option 3 presents the Target Sites
              Update screen  shown in Exhibit 6-23. Use this option to modify the Ref No.,
              Opum't, and/or Event fields for the displayed target site record (for Enforcement
              target activities, only the Ref No. and Enf Act fields may be edited).
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                                    6-21

-------
 NON-SITE SPECIFIC
        4)
UPDATE LEAD FROM EVENT FILE - Use option 4 to change the lead in the
NSI activity record to the lead that is currently in the event record.
                                        RI/FS FIRST START
                            ACTIVITY
                   FISCAL YEAR:  90
                      LEADi  FF
                   HO BASELINE PROJECTION:
                   FUND FINANCED CEILING:

                   SCAP/SPHS FLAG:  1
                   SCAP TARGET (NON-SPMS)
                            U
                            0
                         1ST QUARTER TARGET
                  VERSION:  P    NUMBER:
                  PROPOSED BY REGION
                                           TARGET SITES
NAME: SMITH WASTE & TRASH

SEQ: 001    EPA ID:RED98765WI

          REF NP.: 00077
           OPUNIT: 01
           EVENT: C01
            LEAD: FE
                                                    Edit
                                            Save   Leave [ ]
              Exhibit 6-23  Targets/Accomplishments Target Site Update Screen

Use the < Enter > key to move the  cursor to the appropriate field(s) and make the necessary
changes.  Press the  key to access the status line.  Entering "E" (for "Edit") at the
status returns the cursor to the Ref No.  field, allowing you to make additional changes before
recording them to the database.
     Note:  Entering an invalid code at the Event field activates a pop-up window of valid
     Caution:  Entering "L" before saving the changes displays the initial Target Sites
6.2.2
      Accomplishments
The Accomplishments portion of the T/A module is used to track quarterly accomplishment data
for SCAP/SPMS targets or measures that are reported
6-22
                 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                                 03/11/92
                            VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                      NON-SITE SPECIFIC

 non-site specifically.  Regions are responsible for reporting non-site specific accomplishments
 each quarter.

 After the non-site specific activity and its associated fiscal  year, lead,  and target have been
 selected (as explained at the beginning of Section 6.2), the system presents the Accomplishments
 screen, similar to the one illustrated in Exhibit 6-24.
                                       RELEASE NOTIFICATIONS
                           ACTIVITY
                  FISCAL YEAR:  90
     LEAD:  ff
                  HO BASELINE PROJECTION:
                  FUND FINANCED CEILING:

                  SCAP/SPKS FLAG:  1
                  SCAP TARGET (NON-SPMS)
           14
           0
                             MENU
1) NEXT TARGET SITE
2} PREVIOUS TARGET SITE
3) MODIFY TARGET SITE DATA
4) UPDATE LEAD FROM EVENT FILE
                    Enter 1-4   Leave C 3
                        QUARTERLY TARGETS
                   NO QUARTERLY TARGETS FOUND.
                  OUARTERLY ACCOMPLISHMENTS 

                  QUARTER:         NUMBER:



                  Edit  Delete  Save   Leave U
         Exhibit 6-24 Targets/Accomplishments Quarterly Accomplishments Screen

In the above example, the "Removal" option was chosen from the Targets/AccompHsh-ments
menu (see Exhibit 6-17), the "Release Notifications" activity was selected from the T/A Removal
menu, the fiscal year was changed to FY89, and no quarterly targets were found.  Menu options
on the upper right side of the screen are described below.

       1)     NEXT RECORD -  This option provides access to the  next accomplishment
              record  in the system.  Choosing this option when the last (or only) record is
              already displayed  results in  the message  END OF SELECTED LIST.

       2)     PREVIOUS RECORD - Use this option to view the previous accomplishment
              record  in the database. Selecting this option when the first (or only) record is
              already displayed  results in  the message BEGINNING OF SELECTED LIST.

       3)     ADD RECORD - Selecting option 3 clears the data displayed in the Quarter,
              Number, and comment fields in the Quarterly Accomplishments box on
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                                    6-23

-------
 NON-SITE SPECIFIC

 the lower right side of the screen and places the cursor at the Quarter field. After entering the
 appropriate data, press the   key activate the status line shown in the above example.
 Entering "E" (for "Edit") returns the cursor to the Quarter field allowing you to make changes
 before adding the record. Entering "A" (for "Add") adds the record to the database.  Entering
 "L" (for "Leave") returns the cursor to the menu on the upper right side of the screen.

 4)     EDIT/DELETE  RECORD - Choosing option 4 also moves the cursor to the Quarter
       field but does not clear the data displayed in the Quarter, Number, and Comment fields.
       To edit the displayed information, move the cursor to the appropriate field(s) and make
       the necessary changes.  Press   to activate the status line, and enter "S" (for
       "Save") to save the changes.

       Entering "E" (for "Edit") before saving the changes returns the cursor to the Quarter
       field, allowing you to make additional changes. Entering "L" returns the cursor to the
       menu status line on the upper right side of the screen.
     Caution:  Entering "L" before saving the changes returns the cursor to the menu status
     line without saving the changes.
To delete the displayed record, press    to activate the Quarterly Accomplishments
status line and enter "D" (for "Delete").  The system displays the following prompt: PRESS
Y TO DELETE [N].  Type "Y" and press < Enter > to delete the displayed record, or just
press < Enter > to leave the record unchanged.

6.3   BUDGET CONTROL

The Budget Control module supports the SCAP budget development and issuance process. This
module contains data pertaining to a region's Annual Operating Plan (AOP), or budget. Budget
Control data is available to WasteLAN users on a view-only basis; regional personnel cannot add
or modify Budget Control data.  OERR and OWPE headquarters personnel are responsible for
operating and maintaining the Budget Control system and data.

To access the Budget Control module, select option 3 on the Non-Site Specific menu presented
in Exhibit 6-1 at the beginning of this chapter. The Budget Control menu shown in Exhibit 6-25
will appear.
6-24
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
t
                                      NON-SITE SPECIFIC















1) PROGRAM (OERR)
2) ENFORCEMENT COUPE)

ENTER SELECTION 1-2 Leave Quit [ ]












                                  Exhibit 6-25 Budget Control Menu

        Options on the Budget Control menu are described in Sections 6.3.1 and 6.3.2.

        6.3.1        Program (OERR)

        Selecting option 1,  "Program (OERR)," on the Budget Control menu presents the Budget
        Control - Program menu illustrated in Exhibit 6-26.
        03/11/92
        VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
6-25

-------
 NON-SITE SPECIFIC
                                                            t














HEKU 	
1) PA/SI 11) RP RD OVERSIGHT
2) EXPANDED SITE INSPECTION 12) RP RA OVERSIGHT
3) EXPEDITED RESPONSE ACTION 13) ARCS MANAGEMENT
4) CORE GRANTS U) MIN1-ERCS MANAGEMENT
5) TECH ASSIST GRANTS (TAG) 15) REMOVAL ACTIONS BUDGET
6) RI/FS 16) TOTAL RD
7) OPERATIONS & MAINTENANCE 17) TOTAL RA
8} PROJECT SUPPORT 18) REMEDY EVALUATION
9) HEADQUARTERS REMEDIAL 19) RA RESERVE
10) HEADOUARTERS REMOVAL 20) OTHER

ENTER SELECTION 1-20 Leave t ]












                       Exhibit 6-26  Budget Control - Program Menu

Options on this menu provide access to the program activities included in a region's AOP.
Choosing an activity on this  menu presents Fiscal Year (FY) and Quarter selection  screens
shown in Exhibits 6-27 and 6-28, respectively.  The system pre-selects the current FY and
quarter; type "2" and press < Enter > at either prompt to enter a different FY or quarter. If
no activity exists for the FY or quarter selected, the system will display error messages to that
effect.

Once a valid fiscal year and quarter have been entered, the system displays a Budget Control
data screen for the selected activity. Exhibit 6-29 presents an example of a Budget Control data
screen for the PA/SI activitv.
6-26
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                     NON-SITE SPECIFIC




1 n

CURRENT FY: 92

V/S


1

1) USE CURRENT FY
2) CHANGE FY
ENTER 1-2 Leave [1]





             Exhibit 6-27  Budget Control Fiscal Year Selection Screen (PA/SI)




_, _e 1
-------
 NON-SITE SPECIFIC
                                                           t
                                           PA/SI
                                        TYPE: PI001
                                  FISCAL YEAR: 90
                                     QUARTER: 1
                                      AMOUNT: 330,000
                                     COMMENT:
                                 Forward  Back   Leave t  ]
                     Exhibit 6-29  Budget Control Data Screen (PA/SI)

The status line at the bottom of the Budget Control data screen provides access to additional
Budget Control records for the selected activity.  Entering "F" at the status line displays the next
record in the database; using this option when the last (or only) record in the database is already
displayed results in the message END OF SELECTED LIST.  Entering "B" at the status line
displays the previous record in the database; using this option when the first (or only) record in
the database is already displayed results in the message BEGINNING OF SELECTED LIST.

Entering "L" (for "Leave") at the Budget Control data  screen status line displays the fiscal year
selection screen shown previously in  Exhibit 6-27.  Entering "L" at the fiscal year selection
screen re-displays the Budget Control  - Program menu.  Each activity on the Budget Control -
Program menu follows the same routine outlined above, beginning with fiscal year/quarter
selection and ending with a Budget  Control data screen.

6.3.2  Enforcement (OWPE)

Option 2 on the Budget Control menu (see Exhibit 6-25) provides access to Enforcement budget
data.  Selecting this option presents the Budget  Control - Enforcement menu shown in Exhibit
6-30.
6-28
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                    NON-SITE SPECIFIC














MENU
1) REGION TES 3/4 BUDGET (H) 6) PRP RI/FS OVERSIGHT
2) REGION TES 5 I- BUDGET (H) 7) LITIGATION SUPPORT
3) REGION NON-TES BUDGET {H) 8) STATE ENFORCEHENT
4) REHOVAL ENFORCEHENT 9) PROGRAM IMPLEMENTATION
5) PRP SEARCH AND RI/FS NEC 10) FEDERAL FACILITY

ENTER SELECTION 1-10 Leave [ )












                    Exhibit 6-30  Budget Control - Enforcement Menu

 Options on this menu provide access to the Enforcement activities included in a region's AOP.
 The sequence and operation of Budget Control - Enforcement screens are identical to those of
 Budget Control - Program screens (described in the previous section), beginning with fiscal year
 and quarter selection and ending with the Enforcement activity data screen.

 6.4   ADVICE OF ALLOWANCE

 To access the Advice of Allowance module, select option 4, "Advice of Allowance," on the
 Non-Site Specific menu shown in Exhibit 6-2 at the beginning of  this chapter.  Exhibit 6-31
 presents the Advice of Allowance menu.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
6-29

-------
 NON-SITE SPECIFIC
                                       ADVICE OF ALLOWANCE
                                             MENU
                                    1) PROGRAM (OERR)

                                    2) ENFORCEMENT (DUPE)
                                ENTER SELECTION 1-2   Leave  Quit  [ ]
                         Exhibit 6-31 Advice of Allowance Menu

Selecting an option on the above menu presents a menu of activities from which to choose. The
sequence and operation of succeeding  screens in the Advice of Allowance module are identical
to those in the Budget Control module (see Section 6.3.1), beginning with fiscal year and quarter
selection and ending with a data screen.

Data screens for site-specific AOA activity types display site-related information; for example,
Exhibit 6-32 presents the Remedial Design data screen.  Data screens for non-site specific AOA
activity types display the information shown in  Exhibit  6-33,  which is an example of the
Removal Actions data screen.
6-30
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
t
                                      NON-SITE SPECIFIC















TYPE: R0001 FISCAL YEAR/OUARTER:90/1
EPA ID: MRS9B765432 IFMS ID: 0107
SITE NAME: JONES TRASH
REF NO: 00077 OPUMIT: 01 EVENT: RD1
MOUNT: 330,000 ISSUE DATE: 01/01/90
COMMENT:

Forward Back Leave [ ]












                     Exhibit 6-32 Advice of Allowance Data Screen (Remedial Design)








TYPE: RV001
FISCAL YEAR: 90
QUARTER: 1
AMOUNT: 330,000
ISSUE DATE: 01/01/90
COMMENT :







                                        Forward   Sack  Leave  C  1
                    Exhibit 6-33  Advice of Allowance Data Screen (Removal Actions)
        03/11/92
        VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
6-31

-------
 NON-SITE SPECIFIC

 6.5   OBLIGATED UNTASKED FUNDS

 Option 5 on the Non-Site Specific menu (see Exhibit 6-1 at the beginning of this chapter)
 provides access to the Obligated Untasked Funds module.  Selecting this option presents the
 Obligated Untasked Funds menu, illustrated in Exhibit 6-34.














MFULI
1) ENFORCEMENT (OWPE)

ENTER SELECTION 1 Leave Quit C 1












                     Exhibit 6-34  Obligated Untasked Funds Menu

Choosing option 1 on the Obligated  Untasked Funds menu displays the OUF - Enforcement
menu illustrated in Exhibit 6-35.  Entering "L" (for "Leave") displays the Non-Site Specific
menu. Entering "Q" (for "Quit") displays the WasteLAN main menu.
6-32
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
t
                                      NON-SITE SPECIFIC



1) TES05 OBLIGATED UNTASKED 5) TES09 OBLIGATED UNTASKED
2) TES06 OBLIGATED UMT ASKED 6) TES10 OBLIGATED UNTASKED
3} TES07 OBLIGATED UNTASKED 7) TESU OBLIGATED UNTASKED
4) TES08 OBLIGATED UNTASKED 8) TES12 OBLIGATED UNTASKED


                                        ENTER SELECTION 1-8  Leave  t )
                                 Exhibit 6-35 OUF - Enforcement Menu

         The sequence and operation of succeeding screens in the Obligated Untasked Funds module are
         identical to those in the Budget Control module (see Section 6.3.1), beginning with fiscal year
         and quarter selection and ending with a data screen.  Entering "L" (for "Leave") on the OUF
         - Enforcement menu displays the Obligated Untasked Funds menu shown in Exhibit 6-34.

         6.6   RA PRIORITY SITES

         Option 6 on the Non-Site Specific menu (see  Exhibit 6-1 at the beginning of this chapter)
         provides access to information concerning Headquarters RA Priority Sites.  Choosing this option
         presents a fiscal year (FY) selection screen like  the one presented earlier in Exhibit 6-27.  The
         system pre-selects the current FY. Press  to accept the current FY, or type "2" and
         press  to specify a different FY. If no activity exists for the selected FY, the system
         displays a message to that effect.

         Once a fiscal year for which activity exists is selected, the following message appears at the
         bottom of the screen:  SEARCHING FOR ALL RA PRIORITY SITES FOR THIS FISCAL
         YEAR. . .  An RA Priority Sites pop-up window then appears, as shown in Exhibit 6-36.
        03/11/92
        VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
6-33

-------
 NON-SITE SPECIFIC
-REF NO.--OU EVT LEAD FQY DATE 	 -SCORE 
RETURN I'D NON-SITE INCIDENT MENU
RETURN TO RA
000006
000007
000011
000012

00
00
01
02

PRIORITY FISCAL YEAR SCREEN
RA1
RA1
RA1
RA1

RP 901
RP 901
RA3 902
RA1 904

11/30/90
12/31/90
01/01/90
08/31/90

                      T 1      - Press *i  to select

                      Exhibit 6-36 RA Priority Sites Pop-Up Window

 Options at the top of the window allow you to return to the Non-Site Incident menu (see Exhibit
 6-) or to the fiscal year selection screen.  The remainder of the window lists each priority site
 in the database for the selected fiscal year.  Use the  < t > and  < * >  keys to highlight the
 appropriate site and press < Enter > to select it.  The system presents an RA Priority Sites data
 screen; Exhibit 6-37 presents an example of this screen.























REF NO.: 0007 SITE NAME: SMITH UASTE I TRASH
OPUNIT: 00 OPUNIT NAME: SURREAL SURFACES
EVENT: RA1 EVENT NAME: REMEDIAL ACTION
SPILL ID: 0107 REGION: 01
EPA ED: RED98765432 STATE: MA
	 ISSUE INFORMATION
SCORE:
EVENT LEAD: PRP PROBABILITY: 2
PLAN START FYQl PLAN START DATE: 12/31/90
NOTE1: UNCANNY OCCURRENCES
NOTE2:
NOTE3:

(1) (2> (3) (4) CS) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Forward Back Leave [ }




















                       Exhibit 6-37 RA Priority Sites Data Screen

Information for RA Priority Sites is maintained on the CERCLIS mainframe and integrated into
WasteLAN  after an NSI download.   The information cannot be edited in WasteLAN; it is
available for viewing only.  (The data appears in yellow type on color monitors to indicate
view-only access.)
6-34
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
t
                                                                   NON-SITE SPECIFIC

The  "Forward" option is used  to access  additional records.  Entering  "F"  displays the next
opunit/RA event for the current site.  If no additional opunits/RA events exist for the displayed
site,  then entering "F" displays the next RA Priority Site in the database for  the selected fiscal
year.  If no additional sites exist, then the following message appears at the bottom of the
screen:  END OF SELECTED LIST.

The  "Back" option is used to  view previous records.   Entering "B"  displays the previous
opunit/RA event for the current site.  If no additional opunits/RA events exist for the displayed
site,  then entering "B" displays the previous RA Priority Site in the database for the selected
fiscal year. If no additional sites exist, then the following message appears at the bottom of the
screen:  BEGINNING OF SELECTED LIST.

Entering "L" (for "Leave") at the status line displays the following message at the bottom of the
screen:  SEARCHING FOR RA PRIORITY SITES FOR THIS FISCAL YEAR. . .  Then,
the system displays the RA Priority Sites pop-up window presented earlier in Exhibit 6-36.
When the window appears, the "Return  to Non-Site Incident Menu" option  is highlighted
automatically,  so  press  < Enter >  to exit the  RA Priority Sites module and return to the
Non-Site Incident  menu.  Or, select the "Return to RA Priority  Fiscal Year  Screen" option to
return to the fiscal year selection screen and choose another fiscal year.  Or, select another RA
Priority Site listed in  the window.
        03/11/92
        VERSION 4.0
                             WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
6-35

-------

-------
  WASTELAN
USER'S MANUAL
  CHAPTER 7
     ISIF
     03/11/92
   VERSION 4.0
     FINAL

-------
t

-------

                                                                                            1SIF
  CHAPTER?:  ISIF
         The Integrated Site Information Form (Integrated SIF, or ISIF) module provides an alternative
         method for entering  and modifying enforcement  activity and  event  data in the WasteLAN
         database.  Like the Event and Enforcement modules of WasteLAN, the  ISIF module includes
         data screens that are used to enter enforcement activity and event information and subsidiary data
         such as milestones, subevents, and financial information.  The ISIF data  screens correspond to
         the printed Integrated Site Information Forms (SIFs) which can be used by Regional Project
         Managers (RPMs) as a turnaround document.
             Important: Information concerning the site itself must still be entered and modified
             using the Site module. In addition, the ISIF module does not include all  subsidiary
             data fields.
        The ISIF module also includes access to the Links database, allowing events and activities at one
        site to be linked together to create a chain of related occurrences. Furthermore, the ISIF Report
        Panel contains an  option for producing a site map that graphically illustrates the relationships
        between linked events and activities.

        To access  the  ISIF module, log in to WasteLAN to display the  main menu (see Chapter 2,
        Section 2.1 for system access procedures).  Then, select option 5,  "ISIF."  The Integrated SIF
        menu will  appear.  Exhibit 7-1 illustrates the Integrated SIF menu.
        03/11/92
        VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
7-1

-------
 ISIF














	 MrNtr -> ,
1) HP SEARCH 6} LITIGATION /OUT COME
2) IU/FS NEGOTIATION/OUTCOME 7) MISCELLANEOUS EVENTS
3) KI/FS IMPLEMENTATION 8) ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITIES
4) RO/RA NEGOTIATION/OUTCOME 9) EVENT/ACTIVITY LINKS
5) HO/RA IMPLEMENTATION 10} ISIF REPORT PANEL

ENTER SELECTION 1-10 Leave [ ]












                                                                                         t
                            Exhibit 7-1 Integrated SIF Menu

Options 1 through 8 on the Integrated SIF Menu provide access to the ISIF data screens used
to enter and modify enforcement activities and fund events.  Selecting one of these options
begins the ISIF data entry process.  Note: ISIF data entry encompasses both the addition of new
data and the modification or deletion of existing data.

Option 9 activates the Links window used to create relationships between events and other
events, between events and activities, and between activities and other activities. The Links
window is presented and described in detail in Chapter 8 of this manual.

Option 10 on the Integrated SIF menu invokes the ISIF Report Panel.  This option is used to
print ISIFs and site maps and is described in detail in Appendix B to this manual.

Each of the first eight options on the Integrated SIF menu  uses the same general data entry
process and screen format. The remainder of this chapter describes the steps involved in ISIF
data entry.
     Remember.  ISIF data entry encompasses both  the addition of new data and  the
     modification or deletion of existing data.
7-2
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                                    ISIF
7.1    SELECTING A SITE
ISIF data entry begins with site selection. When one of the first eight options on the Integrated
SIF menu is selected, the system presents a site selection prompt.  Exhibit 7-2 depicts the site
selection prompt.
                                           RESPONSIBLE PARTY SEARCH
                                                              r
                      REF NO.: 00077   EPA ID: HE957002A522   NAME: SMITHFIELD WASTE & TRASH
                            Exhibit 7-2  Site Selection Prompt

If no site records have been accessed yet during the current login session, then the fields in the
site selection prompt are blank, as shown above in Exhibit 7-2.  If a site record  has been
accessed during the current login session, then the selection prompt fields display the reference
number, EPA ID number, and name of the last site accessed.

If the desired site record is displayed already, just press  to select it.  To retrieve a
different site record, type the appropriate site reference number in the Ref No. field and press
 < Enter >. Or,  leave the reference number blank, press < Enter > to move to the EPA ID
field, and enter the EPA ID.  The reference number, EPA ID, and site name corresponding to
the newly entered information will appear in the site selection fields.  If both the Ref No. and
EPA ID fields are left blank, pressing < Enter > at the EPA ID field displays the Integrated SIF
menu.

If an invalid reference number is entered, the following message appears at the bottom of the
screen:  SITE  NOT FOUND ... PLEASE RE-ENTER. The  cursor returns to the blank Ref
No. field; type a valid reference number and press < Enter >.

Once the desired site record is retrieved, one of two actions will occur, depending on the option
you selected from the Integrated SIF menu. If you selected  option 3, 5, or 7, the cursor will
move to the Opunit field (see Section 7.2, below). These options involve event information, and
events are grouped by operable units.  If you selected option  1,  2, 4, 6, or 8, an action options
pop-up window will appear (see Section 7.3).  These options  involve enforcement activities,
which are not associated with operable units.

7.2    SELECTING AN OPERABLE UNIT

Before an event record can be added or modified in WasteLAN, an operable unit (opunit) must
be specified.  Therefore, the event-related options (3,  5, and 7) on the Integrated SIF menu
invoke an expanded site selection prompt that includes
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
7-3

-------
 ISIF
 an Opunit field. Exhibit 7-3 illustrates this expanded site/opunit selection prompt.
                                         RI/FS NEGOTIATION/OUTCOME
                      REF HO.: 00077  EPA ID: ME9570024522   NAME: SMITHF1ELD WASTE & TRASH
                        Exhibit 7-3  Site/Opunit Selection Prompt

 When a valid site reference number or EPA ID is entered, the cursor moves to the Opunit field.
 This field only accepts numeric data; the cursor remains at the blank Opunit field until numeric
 characters are entered.  Type in  a two-digit opunit number and press . Entering a
 valid opunit activates a pop-up window of action options, described in Section 7.3.

 Entering an invalid opunit number (for example,  "99") presents the following message at the
 bottom of the screen:  OPERABLE UNIT NN DOES NOT EXIST (NN = the opunit number
 entered).  When the message disappears, an Operable Units pop-up window appears. Exhibit
 7-4 presents an example of the Operable Units pop-up window.
                                                         t
                                    OPERABLE UNITS
                            RETURN TO ISIF HAINHENU
                            ADD OPUNIT
                        00   SITE EVAL/DISP
                        01   ENTIRE SITE
                        02
                      t 4 PgUp>    - Press *J to select

                      Exhibit 7-4  Operable Units Pop-Up Window

The window contains options for returning to the Integrated SIF menu and for adding a new
opunit for the site to the database.  Any existing opunits for the site are also displayed in the
window.  Use the , <*>, , , , and   keys to
move the light bar and highlight the desired option, then press < Enter > to select it.

Selecting an existing opunit from the Operable Units pop-up window closes the window.  The
selected opunit appears in the Opunit field, and a pop-up window containing action options is
displayed.  Section 7.3 describes the action options pop-up window.

Selecting the "Add Opunit" option places a new, system-generated opunit number in the Opunit
field and moves the cursor to the Opunit Name field.  Type in an appropriate opunit name and
press < Enter >.  The following message appears at the bottom of the screen:  OPERABLE
UNIT NN HAS  BEEN ADDED  (NN -  the new opunit number).   When the message
disappears, a pop-up
7-4
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                                 ISIF
 window of action options appears.  Section 7.3 describes the action options pop-up window.

 7.3    SELECTING AN ACTION OPTION

 After the appropriate site (and opunit, if applicable) record has been selected  (see Sections 7. 1
 and 7.2), then a pop-up window of action options appears.  Exhibit 7-5 presents an example of
 this action options pop-up window.
                                RD/RA IMPLEMENTAT!ON OPTIONS
                            ADD NEW RD/RA IMPLEMENTATION SIF
                            EDIT EXISTING RD/RA IMPLEMENTATION SIF
                            RETURN TO INTEGRATED SIF MENU
                       T 1      Press <** to select

                      Exhibit 7-5  Action Options Pop-Up Window

The title of the pop-up window corresponds to the option selected on the Integrated SIF menu;
in this example,  option 5, "RD/RA Implementation" was chosen.  Options in this pop-up
window allow you to add a new record (SIF) to the database, to edit an existing record, or to
return to the Integrated SIF menu.
     Note:  A single ISIF record  is typically  comprised of many WasteLAN records
     compiled and presented in a series of ISIF  screens.
Usethe , <*>, , , ,and  keys to move the light
bar and highlight the desired action option, then press  to select it.  The "Add New
... SIF" and "Edit Existing ... SIF" options are explained below.
7.3.1
Add New SIF
Choosing the "Add New ... SIF" option presents the following message at the bottom of the
screen:   PREPARING ADD SCREEN(S). An ISIF data screen then appears.  Section 7.4
describes how to enter and edit data on ISIF data screens.
7.3.2
Edit Existing SIF
If there are existing ISIF records for the chosen site and/or opunit, then selecting the "Edit
Existing ...  SIF" option invokes a pop-up window that lists the existing records.  Exhibit 7-6
presents an example of this pop-up window.

If no ISIF records exist for the chosen ISIF type, site, and/or opunit, then selecting the "Edit
Existing ...  SIF" option presents the following message at  the bottom of the screen:  NO
RECORDS FOUND  TO  EDIT.  When the message disappears,  the Integrated SIF menu
reappears.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
                WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
7-5

-------
 ISIF
                              RETURN TO INTEGRATED SIF MENU
                       AN01   FE   02/2  02/2    /  /      / /
                    T 1   PgDn>   - Press J to select

                       Exhibit 7-6  Existing ISIFs Pop-Up Window

The first entry in the window is a "Return to Integrated SIF Menu" option. The other entries
list the ISIFs that exist for the selected site and/or opunit. Each entry shows the key event, lead,
planned start and complete dates, and actual start and complete dates of the primary ISIF record.
     Note: The planned start and complete dates are in fiscal year/quarter (FY/Q) format.
Selecting  an existing  ISIF presents the following message at  the  bottom of  the  screen:
COLLECTING RECORDS FOR THIS ISIF ...  A data screen then appears.  Section 7.4
describes how to enter and edit data on ISIF data screens.
7.3.3
Fast Screen Access
The RD/RA Implementation ISIF consists of 15 data screens organized as follows:
             Screens                    Type of Data in Screens
              1-3
              4-6
              7-9
              10-12
              13-15
                          Remedial Design (RD)
                          Remedial Action (RA)
                          Long-Term Response (LR)
                          Operational and Functional (OF)
                          Operations and Maintenance (OM)
The ISIF module includes a Fast Screen Access feature that provides immediate access to the
first of each of these five sets of screens (i.e., screens  1, 4, 7, 10, and 13) if data is present.
7-6
                 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                                                                               03/n
                                                                           VERSION 4.0

-------
t
                                                                                       ISIF

This feature reduces the number of screens to must be page4 tough to ge,  Che appropriate
screen.
          For example, suppose the "RD/RA Implementation" option was selected from the Integrated SIF
          menu, and an existing record was chosen that includes both RD and RA data.  Selecting the
          existing ISIF would activate a Fast Screen Access pop-up window like the one shown in Exhibit
          7-7.

RD1
RA1

SCREEN 1
SCREEN 4


                               Exhibit 7-7 Fast Screen Access Pop-Up Window

          Selecting an option in the Fast Screen Access window displays the corresponding data screen.
          Section 7.4 describes how to enter and edit data on ISIF data screens.

          7.4    ENTERING DATA

          As in other WasteLAN modules, data in the ISIF module is entered and edited using data
          screens.  Exhibit 7-8 presents an example of a typical ISIF data screen.
                                     RESPONSIBLE PARTY SEARCH
                                                                          SCREEN 1 OF 2
                         REF NO.: 00077  EPA ID: HE95700245Z2  NAHE: SKITHFIELD UASTE & TRASH
                        i RESPONSIBLE PARTY SEARCH - HS01

                                LEAD: FEDERAL ENFORCEMENT
                          PLAN STATUS:
                            SCAP NOTE:
                                                                 PLAN    ACTUAL
                                                     START DATE:    /      / /
                                                  COMPLETE DATE:    /      / /
                        . LETTERS TO PRPS
                            TYPE OF LETTER:
                          DATE LETTER SENT:              NUMBER OF RPS:
                         	 Next  Previous  Add Edit  Delete  Continue  t 1
                       G
                 RP SEARCH OUTCOME 	

                NO. RPS IDENTIFIED:   0    SITE CLASSIFICATION: HO DETERMINATION
                                    Exhibit 7-8 Typical ISIF Data Screen
         03/11/92
         VERSION 4.0
                               WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
7-7

-------
 ISIF

 The title at the top of the data screen corresponds to the option selected on the Integrated SIF
 menu.  A screen sequence indicator is displayed to the right of the screen title. Typically, more
 data elements are available than can fit on one data screen. The screen sequence indicator shows
 where the currently displayed screen fits in the sequence of screens;  e.g., "Screen  1  of 2,"
 "Screen 2 of 4," etc.

 The remainder of the screen contains data fields; related data fields are grouped together as sets
 in boxes. Some of these sets of related data fields are designated as repeat fields. Repeat fields
 allow multiple entries of the same set of data elements.  Section 7.4.1 provides more information
 on repeat fields.

 ISIF data screens generally operate like the  data screens in other WasteLAN modules.  When
 an ISIF data screen appears, the cursor is located at the first data field.  Add new data or change
 existing data by typing the appropriate characters and pressing  < Enter >.  To leave existing
 data unchanged, don't type anything; just press .  Use the  key  to  move
 to each field and enter the appropriate data.

 As in other WasteLAN modules, some fields on ISIF data screens are linked to pop-up windows.
 A field name with  a highlighted first letter indicates that a pop-up window  of valid entries  is
 associated with that field.  Entering invalid characters or pressing < Enter > without entering
 any characters in a field linked to a pop-up window activates the pop-up window. Exhibit 7-9
 presents an  example of a typical ISIF data screen pop-up window.
                                                            t
                                     LETTER TYPES
                      DL    DEMAND LETTERS ISSUED
                      IL    INFO REO LTRS ISSUED, C104(E))
                      NI    NOTICE LETTERS ISSUED
                      NU    NOTICE OF S. 122 WAIVER ISSUED
                      SN    SPECIAL NOTICE ISSUED
                                                          f
                      T I     -  Press *" to select

                  Exhibit 7-9  Typical ISIF Data Screen Pop-Up Window

Use the < t >,<*>, , , , and  keys to move the light
bar and highlight the desired entry, then press   to select it.  This action closes the
pop-up window and places the selected entry in the field.

Pressing < Enter > at the last data field or repeat field status line on the screen invokes the
main  status line.  Options on the main status line are used to add, edit,  or save data on the
current screen, or to access a different screen.  Section 7.4.2 provides  more information
concerning the main status line.
7-8
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/9
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                                               ISIF
           7.4.1
              Using Repeat Fields
           field.
are
a repe*
Une.
                                                               7,0
                                                                                      a repea,
           status line.
                               Next Previous  Add  Edit Delete Continue [A]
t
                          Exhibit 7-10  Repeat Field Status Line

Select an option by typing its corresponding highlighted letter and pressing  < Enter >.  Options
on repeat field status lines are described below.

Next - displays the next repeat field entry in the database.  Entering "N" when no entries exist
       in the database or when the last (or only) entry  is already displayed results in the
       message END OF SELECTED LIST.

Previous - displays the previous repeat field entry in the database. Entering "P" when no entries
       exist in the database or when the first (or only) entry is already displayed results in the
       message BEGINNING OF SELECTED LIST.

Add - enables the addition of a new repeat field entry to the database. Entering "A" places the
       cursor at the first data field within the repeat field entry box. Type the appropriate data
       and press < Enter >  to move to the next data field  in the repeat field entry box.
       Pressing < Enter > at the last data field in the repeat field entry box returns the cursor
       to the repeat field status line.

Edit - permits modification of the currently displayed repeat field entry.  Entering "E" places
       the cursor at the first data field within the repeat field entry box. Make the appropriate
       changes and/or press < Enter > to move to the next field.  Pressing   at the
       last data field in the repeat field entry box returns  the cursor to the repeat field status
       line. Entering "E" when no entries exist in the database for the currently selected repeat
       field displays the following message at the bottom of the screen:  NO RECORDS TO
       EDIT.

Delete - used to the delete the currently displayed repeat field entry. Entering "D" displays the
       following prompt at the bottom of the screen: PRESS Y TO DELETE [N]. The default
       response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing   leaves the record unchanged.  Type
       "Y" and press < Enter > to delete the record and return to the repeat field status line.

Continue - used to leave the current repeat field and access the next field on the data screen.
           03/11/92
           VERSION 4.0
                              WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                                   7-9

-------
 ISIF
 7.4.2
When a repeat field is first accessed, this is the default option, so pressing  < Enter>
immediately moves the cursor to the next field on the screen.  If a repeat field is the last
field on the screen, then choosing the "Continue" option activates the main status line at
the bottom of the screen (see Section 7.4.2, below).

       Using the Main Status Line
 The main status line on ISIF data screens is accessed by pressing < Enter > at the last data field
 on the screen.  If the last data field is a repeat field, select the "Continue" option to access the
 main status line. Exhibit 7-11  illustrates the main status line.
                     Add  Edit   Forward   Back   Save   Leave    [A]
                              Exhibit 7-11  Main Status Line

The status line pictured in Exhibit 7-11  represents a "master" example showing every possible
main status line option.  Some options will not appear in some cases.  For example, the
"Forward" option will not appear on the last screen in a  sequence of screens; likewise, the
"Back" option will not appear on the first screen in a sequence of screens.  Neither of these
options will appear if there is only one screen in  the sequence, i.e., "Screen 1 of 1."

The "Add" option only appears on the main status line of the last (or only) screen in the
sequence of screens, and it is only available when the "Add New ... SIF" option is selected in
the action options pop-up window (see Exhibit 7-5).  Similarly, "Save" is only available when
the "Edit Existing ... SIF" option is selected in the action options pop-up window.

Select an option on the main status line by typing its  corresponding  highlighted  letter and
pressing < Enter>.  Main status line options are described below.

Add - records new data to the database.  After adding the appropriate information, press the
       < Enter> key at the last data field on the (last) screen to access the main status line.
       Entering "A" displays the following message at the bottom of the screen:  UPDATING
       ALL FILES ... When the message disappears, the Integrated SIF menu reappears.

dit - use this option to make additional changes after  initially adding or editing data on the
       current screen.  Entering "E" returns the cursor to the first data field on the screen.
       Make the  appropriate changes and/or press < Enter >  to move  to  the next field.
       Continue to use the < Enter > key to move to each field on the screen and make the
       necessary changes. Pressing  < Enter > at the last field on the screen returns  the cursor
       to the status line.

Forward - used to exit the current screen and access the next screen in the sequence.

Back - used to exit the current screen and access  the previous screen in the sequence.
7-10
                       WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                                            ISIF

          Save - records changed data to the database.  After editing the appropriate information, press
                 the < Enter > key at the last field on the screen to access the main status line. Entering
                 "S" displays the following message at the bottom of the screen:  UPDATING ALL
                 FILES ...  When the message disappears, the Integrated SIF menu reappears.

          Leave  - used to exit the current screen and return to the Integrated SIF menu.  Entering  "L"
                 displays the following  message at the bottom of the screen:  NO RECORDS
                 UPDATED. When the message disappears,  the Integrated SIF menu reappears.
               Caution: Entering "L" before adding or saving new or changed data discards all
               additions or changes and displays the Integrated SIF menu.
t
          03/11/92
          VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
7-11

-------
  WASTELAN
USER'S MANUAL
  CHAPTER 8
    LINKS
                              t
I
     03/11/92
   VERSION 4.0
     FINAL

-------
0
t

-------
                                                                                 LINKS
                               CHAPTERS:  LINKS

 The Links module of WasteLAN provides the means to create relationships between events and
 events, events and activities, and activities and activities at a site. Link information can be used
 to generate output that presents a graphical overview of the flow of events and activities at a site.
 Link information can also be used to present integrated program management reports.
 This chapter describes the overall function of the Links module and provides details on accessing
 and using the Links module.   The CERCLIS/WasteLAN Links Coding Guidance document
 provides further information on creating links, including the rules that apply to establishing link
 relationships.
 8.1
OVERVIEW OF LINKS
The Links module allows WasteLAN users to connect related events and events, events and
activities, and activities and activities at a Superfund site.  The resulting link records can be used
to generate output that presents a snapshot view  of the site's status.  The remainder of this
section highlights the key factors involved in link creation.
8.1.1
Types of Links
The following paragraphs describe the three types of link relationships that can be established
in WasteLAN.  Each of these link types can define one-to-one, one-to-many, or many-to-one
relationships.  However, there must be  a single source point (event or activity record) at the
beginning of any  relationship "cluster."

       1)    Event to event.  An event may be related to or may trigger another event.

       2)    Event to  activity.  A response event may  lead to or be related  directly to an
             enforcement activity.  An enforcement activity may also lead to or be related
             directly to a response event.

       3)    Activity to activity.  An enforcement activity may lead to or be related directly to
             another enforcement activity.

8.1.2        Preparation for Links Data Entry

Before link records are entered in WasteLAN, certain information-gathering procedures should
be  performed.    The  following  paragraphs  outline  these preparatory   measures.    The
CERCLIS/WasteLAN Links Coding Guidance document provides further direction concerning
the determination of specific link relationships.
                                                                           t
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
                 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
8-1

-------
 t
          LINKS
t
          8.1.3
1)     Obtain appropriate reports.  Obtain hardcopy reports identifying all enforcement
       activities and response events recorded  for the site(s) for which links will  be
       entered.   Suggested reports include NPL and  Non-NPL SCAP Site Summary
       reports (SCAP 1  and SCAP 2), SIFs, and the Chronological Site Report (SITE
       5).

2)     Examine dates and possible connections between events/activities.  Look at the
       actual start and complete  dates of events and activities.   Note the apparent
       associations.   Refer to the  CERCLIS/WasteLAN  Links Coding Guidance
       document, which defines event/activity relationships.

3)     Determine  logical sequence and relationships  of events/activities.  If  the
       completion date of one event or activity  is the same as the start date of another
       activity or event, assume that there is  a relationship between the two.   For
       example, if an order was signed on 12/15/89 and a removal has the same start
       date, an  obvious link exists between the activity and event.

4)     Identify conflicts.  If the actual order and relationship of events and activities does
       not  follow  the  logical  programmatic  order and  relationship,  contact the
       appropriate personnel to resolve  the issue.   The CERCLIS/WasteLAN Links
       Coding Guidance document details the  proper programmatic order of linked
       events and activities and lists the appropriate  personnel to contact.

5)     Create a manual site map.   Sketch  out  a site map that diagrams the  link
       relationships determined  in  step 3.  The CERCLIS/WasteLAN Links Coding
       Guidance includes an appendix of forms that aid in drawing the site map.  Use
       this hand-drawn site map as a guide when entering records in the Links module.

       Link Records in CERCLIS
          Link records are  entered in WasteLAN via the Links or ISIF module.  These records are
          designed to be incorporated into CERCLIS automatically as part of the weekly regional upload.
          Manual link data entry in CERCLIS should only be performed under emergency conditions. The
          mainframe flags all manually entered link records.  The flag is deleted and the manually entered
          record  is overwritten when an add record is uploaded from WasteLAN.
          8.1.4
      Link Creation in the ISIF Module
          The Integrated Site Information Form (ISIF) module of WasteLAN presents an  alternative
          method of link data entry.  ISIF contains several types of Site Information Forms  (SIFs) that
          generate automatic links between events/activities included on the same form.  However, links
          between SIFs must still be entered  manually.
          For example, the RI/FS Implementation SIF will automatically generate a link between the
          RI/FS (CO) and Record  of Decision (RO) events.   The RD/RA Implementation SIF will
          automatically generate  links from Remedial  Design to Remedial Action  (RD->RA),  from
          8-2
                       WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                               LINKS

 Remedial Action to Long  Term  Response (RA->LR), and  from Long  Term  Response to
 Operations and Maintenance (LR->OM).  But the link between RO and RD, connecting the
 SIFs, must be entered manually using the Links module. The Integrated SIF menu includes an
 option that provides access  to the Links module.
 8.1.5
Links Output
 Link information can be used by any report, in WasteLAN or in CERCLIS, to determine
 standard durations and outcomes.  In addition, WasteLAN offers the capability of producing a
 Site Links Map that provides a visual representation  of the relationships between all linked
 events and activities at a site. The Site Links Map is accompanied by the Site Links List, which
 is an ordered list and coordinate chart of all the link records used to create the Site Links Map.

 Additional WasteLAN and CERCLIS  reports that use Link information are currently  being
 defined. Existing reports may also be reprogrammed to use Link information.

 Options used to produce the Site Links Map and Site Links List will eventually be available in
 two places in WasteLAN:  the Maps  Report Panel, and the ISIF Report Panel,  Operating
 procedures for both Panels will be virtually the same.   However, the Maps Report Panel will
 be accessed from the Reports module and will not allow the production of any ISIF output (all
 ISIF functions are disabled).  In contrast, the ISIF Report Panel is accessed from the ISIF
 module and can be used to produce both ISIF and Links output.

 The ISIF Report Panel is presented and described in Appendix B to this manual. Although the
 Maps Report Panel is not presented, its appearance and function will be virtually the same as
 those of the ISIF Report Panel. Access to the Maps Report Panel will be provided as an option
 on the WasteLAN Reports menu.
8.2
ACCESSING THE LINKS MODULE
Access to the Links module  is available in several  places in WasteLAN.  Links access is
provided on the WasteLAN main menu, in the Menu options window of Event and Activity
Summary screens, and on the  Integrated SIF menu. Regardless of the access point, data entry
procedures in the Links module are the same.

To access the Links module from the WasteLAN main menu, first log in to WasteLAN (see
Chapter 2, Section 2.1 for system access procedures).  Then, select option 6, "Links." A Links
site selection window appears. This window is presented and described in Section 8.3.1.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
                WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
8-3

-------
t
         LINKS

         8.3          USING THE LINKS MODULE

         8.3.1        Selecting a Site

         Once the Links module is accessed, a Links site selection window appears.  If no site records
         have been accessed during the current login session, then a "0" appears in the Ref No. field and
         no site name is displayed, as shown in Exhibit 8-1.
                                  REF NO.: 00077  NAME:
                                               PRESS  TO EXIT
                                                                      VER 2.0
           Exhibit 8-1 Links Site Selection Window (No Previous Site Accessed)

If a site record has been accessed during the current login session,  then the reference number
and name of the last site accessed appear in the Links site selection window. Press 
to select the displayed site (if there is one), or type the appropriate site reference number and
press < Enter >.

The reference number, site name, and any existing link records for the selected site appear in
the window, as illustrated in Exhibit 8-2.  If no link records exist for the selected site, then the
following message is  displayed in the window:  NO LINKS FOUND FOR THIS SITE.

To select a different  site, press < Esc > to return to the Links site selection window.  Then,
type in a different site reference number and press < Enter >.  The Links file for the newly
selected site will appear.
            8-4
                                           WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                                                                                            03/11/92
                                                                                        VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                                 LINKS
RF MO.: 00077 NAME: SMITHMELO WASTE & TRASH





01
01
01
01
01
01






02
02
02
02
03

<1NS>



C01
MA1
RA1
RD1
R01
TG1
C01
RA1
RD1
R01
C01

fuj
VAJ
01
01
01
01
01

02
02
02

1
FVT "ftTT
FI01
RA1
R01
R01
COl
HA1
FI01
RD1
R01
C01
FI01













TO ADD LINK RECORD(S)
TO HARK/UNHARK
FOR
TO SAVE AND EXIT
DELETION
VER 2.0
                                                                                        t
        Exhibit 8-2  Links Pop-Up Window (Existing Link Records for Selected Site)

8.3.2         Understanding the Links Display

Refer to the Links window example presented in Exhibit 8-2.  The left-hand OU and EVT/ACT
columns of the Links window represent links "from"; the right-hand OU and EVT/ACT columns
represent  links "to."  In this example, the first link record listed leads from an Administrative
Order on  Consent record (AC01) to a Combined RI/FS (COl) record at operable unit 01.
     Important'.  The link records are listed in alphabetical order by event or activity code
     within operable unit order;  they are not listed in programmatic order.
The "from" (left) side of the link determines the order in which the link records appear in the
window.  Thus, links that lead from an enforcement activity (and therefore have  no operable
unit) are listed first.  Links leading from events at operable unit 00 are listed next,  followed by
links from events at operable unit 01, and so on.
8.3.3
Adding a Link Record
To add a new link record, first access the Links module and select the appropriate site (see
Sections 8.2 and 8.3.1).  Then, follow the steps below to enter the new link information.

       1.    Press the < Ins > (Insert) key,  usually located on the lower right side of the
             keyboard.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
                 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
8-5

-------
 LINKS
       Result:  A blank reverse-video bar appears below the existing link records, with  the
       cursor positioned for data entry at the first field in the "from" side (far left) of the link.

       2.    Type  the  appropriate  operable unit number  of the "from" record and press
              < Enter >.
     Important:  If the "from" record is an enforcement activity, leave this area blank and
     just press < Enter >.
              Type the appropriate event or activity code of the "from" record and press
              < Enter >.  Hint:  Event codes  consist of a two-letter code followed by a
              one-digit  sequence number (C01).  Activity codes consist of a two-letter code
              followed by a two-digit sequence number (AC01).

              Type  the  appropriate operable unit number of  the  "to"  record  and press
              < Enter >.
     Important:  If the "to" record is an enforcement activity, leave this area blank and just
     press < Enter >.
       5.     Type  the  appropriate event or activity code of  the  "to"  record  and press
              < Enter >.  Hint:  Event  codes consist of a two-letter code followed by a
              one-digit sequence number (C01).  Activity codes consist of a two-letter code
              followed by a two-digit sequence number (AC01).

              Result:  If the  records entered are valid (i.e.,  both exist in  the WasteLAN
              database),  the following message appears at the  bottom of the screen:  LINK
              ESTABLISHED. The system  remains in "insert mode," allowing the addition
              of more link records without requiring the  key to be pressed  each time.
     Note: As links are added, they are placed at the bottom of the display of link records.
     The new links are not placed in proper numerical/ alphabetical order until the Links
     window is closed and reopened later.
       6.     After all links have been added, press  to exit insert mode.
           Important:  Once a new link record has been added, it  cannot be
           modified.  The link record must be deleted and added again with the
           changed information.
8-6
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                                  LINKS
 8.3.4
Error Conditions
There are several types of incorrectly entered links that result in error conditions. Examples of
incorrect links include links involving non-existent events, activities, or operable units, duplicate
link records, and circular links (where an event or activity leads back to an event or activity in
the same link chain).

The system rejects these incorrect links and displays error messages describing the nature of the
error.  The  cursor  returns to the first field in the reverse-video data entry bar.  Use the
< Enter > key to move to each  field in the bar and make the necessary change(s).   Press
 at the last field  (the "to" side of the link) to process the change(s). If the change(s)
corrected the error, then the LINK ESTABLISHED message appears.   If the link  is still
incorrect, the corresponding error message is displayed.

A maximum of nineteen link records can be entered in one link data entry session.  When the
memory is  full of newly entered links,  the  following  message appears on  the  screen:
MAXIMUM NUMBER  OF LINKS ENTERED FOR  THIS  SESSION.   The system
automatically saves the information and returns to the Links site selection screen (see Exhibit
8-1).

To  continue  to enter links for the same site, press  < Enter >  to accept the site reference
number. Press   to begin the data entry process again.
     Caution: When the links file is reopened for the same site, the link records will not
     be displayed in the order in which they were just entered.  The links will be arranged
     in alphabetical order within operable unit order according to the "from" (left) side of
     the link.
                                                                            t
Hint:  If you are using a worksheet and have a long list of links to enter, draw a line on the
worksheet after every nineteenth link record.  This measure will help you keep track of which
links were actually entered and saved before the maximum links situation occurred.
8.3.5
Deleting a Link Record
The  (Delete) key (usually located on the lower right side of the keyboard) functions as
a toggle switch to mark or unmark link records for deletion. This feature allows multiple link
records to be deleted at one time.
     Important:   Since link records are stored  in a separate file,  deleting an event or
     activity record does not delete the associated link records.  Likewise, deleting a link
     record does not delete the associated event/activity records.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
                 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                                                                        8-7

-------
   t
t
LINKS

To delete a link record, first access the Links module and select the appropriate site record (see
Sections 8.2 and  8.3.1). Then, follow the steps below.

       1.     Use the < t >,<*>,< Home > , and < End > keys to move the reverse-video
              highlight bar and highlight the appropriate link record.

       2.     Press the  key.
              Result:  The letter "D" appears to the left of the selected record to mark it for
              deletion.  To unmark a record selected for deletion, press  again; the
              letter "D" disappears.

       3.     Repeat steps 1 and 2 until all the appropriate link records are marked for deletion.

       4.     Press   to exit  the window and delete the selected records.

              Result:  A Links site selection screen (similar to the one shown earlier in Exhibit
              8-1) will appear.


8.3.6         Links Batch Routine

The Links Batch  Routine checks sites that have not been previously  checked for circular and
multi-headed links.  The batch routine uses WasteLAN report Audit-08 to list all sites and the
specific records with circular links, multi-headed links or both.

Upon saving changes to a Links file,  the system will display the prompt, RUN BATCH EDIT
NOW?  Selecting Yes will initiate the routine and return to the selection screen. Selecting No
will return the user to the selection screen.


                                                       
                                                                                   -
          8-8
                              WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                                  LINKS
 8.3.7
Exiting the Links Module
 The   key (usually located in the upper left corner of the keyboard) is used to exit the
 Links module.  The  key functions as follows:

             When a links file is open, i.e., a site has been selected and existing link records
              are displayed (as in Exhibit 8-2), pressing   saves and closes the fileand
              then displays the Links site selection field  (see Exhibit 8-1).

             Pressing  after marking link records for deletion displays the Links site
              selection window (Exhibit 8-1).

             During links data entry ("insert mode"), pressing   ends insert mode and
              moves the cursor to the top of the links list.  Press  again to display the
              Links site selection window.

             When the  Links site  selection  window is  displayed  (Exhibit  8-1), pressing
               displays the screen from which the Links  module was accessed; i.e., the
              WasteLAN main menu, an Event  or Activity Summary screen,  or the Integrated
              SIF menu.
     t
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
                WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
8-9

-------
    WASTELAN
  USER'S MANUAL
    CHAPTER 9
USER UTILITIES
      03/11/92
    VERSION 4.0
      FINAL

-------
t

-------
  t
                                                                              USER UTILITIES
          CHAPTER 9:  USER UTILITIES
t
          The WasteLAN User Utilities module provides access to two utility functions available to all
          WasteLAN users:  viewing news alerts, and changing a password.  News alerts are created by
          the WasteLAN System Administrator to notify users of important information.  The Change
          Password utility supports WasteLAN system security by allowing users to change their own
          passwords.

          To access the User Utilities module, log in to WasteLAN to display the main menu (see Chapter
          2, Section 2.1 for WasteLAN access procedures). Then, select option 8 on the WasteLAN main
          menu.  The User Utilities menu appears, as illustrated in Exhibit 9-1.














ypun
1) NEWS ALERTS
2) CHANGE PASSWORD

ENTER SELECTION 1-2 Leave [ 1












                                     Exhibit 9-1  User Utilities Menu

          Select an option by typing its corresponding number and pressing < Enter >. Entering "L" (for
          "Leave") displays the WasteLAN main menu. The following sections describe the User Utilities
          options.
          9.1
NEWS ALERTS
          The News Alerts function is like an electronic bulletin board.   News alerts are Items of
          important information "posted" in WasteLAN by the WasteLAN System Administrator.  Only
          the WasteLAN System Administrator can add, edit,
          03/11/92
          VERSION 4.0
                WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
9-1

-------
 USER UTILITIES

 and delete news alerts,  but all WasteLAN users have view access to news alerts and should
 check them regularly.

 Selecting option 1 on the User Utilities menu displays the News  Alerts screen.  Exhibit 9-2
 presents an example of the News Alerts screen.
                                                                         t
















11/06/91 PAGE 1
15:01:36
DATE NEWS ALERTS
01/18/91 1183: POP-UP MENUS MUST SHOW HIGHLIGHT BAR ON MONOCHROME
01/18/91 MONITORS
01/18/91 1653: TRAP "FILE DOES NOT EXIST" ERROR MESSAGE WHILE
01/18/91 RE1NDEXING IN SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION.
01/18/91 2194: ISIF ALLOWS ENTRY OF CO AND RD EVENT WITHOUT PS OR
01/18/91 ACTUAL ST AND PL COMP OR ACT COMPL. SEE CR #256.
01/18/91 2511: ISIF - PROVIDE ERROR MESSAGE IF 2 USERS TYRING TO
01/18/91 ACCESS SAME FILES AT ONCE
01/18/91 2527: ISIF - USER TRYS TO EDIT TAKEOVER FUNDING BOX
01/18/91 AFTER SELECTING EDIT AT BOTTOM OF SCREEN & NO
01/18/91 RECORDS
01/18/91 2528: ISIF ALLOWS USER TO EDIT FINANCIAL TYPE EVEN IF
01/18/91 SEQUENCE NUMBER IS ASSIGNED.

Forward Leave [ 1














                            Exhibit 9-2 News Alerts Screen

The upper left hand comer of the screen shows the current date and time.  The central part of
the screen lists each news alert, next to the date the alert was posted.

If more alerts exist than can be seen on the first page, the status line will include a "Forward"
option for viewing the next page of alerts.  Subsequent pages will include a "Back" option for
returning to the previous page of alerts. Entering "L" (for "Leave") at the status line displays
the User Utilities menu.
9.2
CHANGE PASSWORD
Option 2 on the User Utilities menu allows users to change their own WasteLAN passwords.
Passwords should be changed on a regular basis, i.e., at least once every 90 days. Furthermore,
passwords should be kept confidential; do not inform anyone else of your WasteLAN password.
This measure promotes the security of WasteLAN data, since different users may have different
access rights to WasteLAN data.
9-2
                WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11
VERSION 4.0

-------
t
                                                                                 USER UTILITIES
Choosing this option presents the Change Password screen. Exhibit 9-3 shows an example of
the Change Password screen.















NAME: JUALKER
NEW PASSWORD:
RE -TYPE PASSWORD:

Edit Save Leave





[ 1






                                   Exhibit 9-3 Change Password Screen

         When the screen appears, the cursor is at the New Password field.  Type in your new password
         and press < Enter >.  Note:  If the password is eight characters long, it is not necessary to
         press . The password does not appear as it is typed; instead, an asterisk appears for
         each character typed.

         Once a new password has been entered, the cursor moves to Re-type Password field. Enter the
         new password again, exactly as it was entered in the previous field.  The cursor moves to the
         status line, where "S" (for "Save")  is the default option.  Press    to  record the
         password change to the database and return to  the User Utilities menu.  Entering  "L" (for
         "Leave") at the status line displays the User Utilities menu without saving the password change.

         If the password entered in the Re-type Password field does  not match the password entered in
         the New  Password field, then the following message appears at the bottom of the screen when
         the "Save"  option is executed: PASSWORD TYPED INCORRECTLY. The cursor returns
         to the New Password field. Carefully enter, re-type, and save the new password again.

         To change  the new password before saving it, enter  "E" (for "Edit") at the status line.  The
         cursor returns to the New Password field.  Enter and re-type the  new password.  The cursor
         returns to the status  line, where "S" (for "Save") is again the default option; press  
         to save the new password and return to the User Utilities menu.  Entering "L" (for  "Leave")
         at the status line displays the User Utilities menu without saving the password change.
         03/11/92
         VERSION 4.0
                             WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
9-3

-------
     WASTELAN
   USER'S MANUAL
    APPENDIX A


   WASTELAN
ERROR MESSAGES
       03/11/92
     VERSION 4.0
       FINAL

-------
0
t

-------
                                                                         ERROR MESSAGES
              APPENDIX A:  WASTELAN ERROR MESSAGES
Error messages appear on WasteLAN screens as a result of edit check routines associated with
data entry and option selection.  Generally, error messages appear at the bottom of the screen
(highlighted in red on color monitors) and disappear after a few seconds. This Appendix lists
some of the most common error messages encountered in WasteLAN. The source (program
area, module, or screen) of the message is listed, along with the cause and/or resolution of the
error.
      ERROR MESSAGE
     A PLAN OR ACTUAL
    START DATE MUST BE
         ENTERED.

    A PLAN COMPLETE OR
     ACTUAL COMPLETE
  DATE MUST BE ENTERED.
    ACTUAL START DATE
    CANNOT BE GREATER
   THAN CURRENT DATE.

     ACTUAL COMPLETE
      DATE CANNOT BE
     GREATER THAN THE
      CURRENT DATE.
  BEGINNING OF SELECTED
            LIST.
   END OF THE SELECTED
            LIST
       SOURCE
Data   screens  containing
Planned or Actual Stan and
Complete Date Fields
Data  screens  containing
Actual   Start  and/or
Complete date fields
Various screens
Various screens
    CAUSE/RESOLUTION
The selected event or activity type
requires the specified date(s).

When  the  message  disappears,
enter   the   appropriate
Planned/Actual   Start/complete
date(s).
The actual Start or Complete date
of an event or activity cannot be a
future date. In other words, the
Actual  Start or  Complete date
must be entered in the  system on
the day of or after the actual start
or complete has occurred.

When the message disappears,
enter the appropriate Actual Start
and/or Complete date.
When the first record that satisfies
a certain condition is  displayed,
selecting the "Previous" or "Back"
option presents this message.
When the last record that satisfies
a  certain  condition record  is
displayed, selecting the "Next* or
"Forward"  option presents  this
message.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
    WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                                                                                     A-

-------
t
ERROR MESSAGES
               ERROR MESSAGE
                                     SOURCE
    CAUSE/RESOLUTION
           ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITY
              NOT FOUND AT THIS
           SITE... PLEASE RE-ENTER
                              Non-Site Specific module
This enforcement  activity code
entered  does  not  exist  at  the
selected   site  or  is  otherwise
invalid.

When the message  disappears,
enter the appropriate enforcement
activity code.             	
             EVENT NOT FOUND...
            CANNOT UPDATE LEAD
                              Target Sites screen in Non-
                              Site Specific module
Choosing the "Update Lead From
Event File"  option on the Target
Sites  screen when  there is  no
corresponding event in the C2100
(event)  database  presents  this
message. The target site lead will
remain unchanged.
        A-2
                                 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                               03/11/92
                           VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                               ERROR MESSAGES
       ERROR MESSAGE
       EVENT SEQUENCE
      NUMBER REQUIRED
   'FED AGENCY PRF FIELD
   MUST CONTAIN A 'Y' TO
   ACCESS THIS FUNCTION
   [FILENAME] FILE IN USE.
      TRY AGAIN LATER
    HISTORICAL DATA. NO
       ADDS, MODIFIES,
     DELETES ALLOWED.

     < PRESS ANY KEY TO
         CONTINUE >
        SOURCE
Takeover  field  on Event
Summary  screen ("ADD"
or "EDIT")
Site Summary screen 1 of 2
Various screens
ADD'  or  'EDIT" data
screens,  such as Event and
Activity  Summary screens
for  historical  events  or
activities
    CAUSE/RESOLUTION
When an event code is entered in
the takeover,  the  code  must  be
followed by a sequence number to
distinguish    between  multiple
occurrences of the same takeover
event type.

Exception:  The values  "T" and
"TT"   (indicating  subsequent
takeovers) in the takeover fields do
not require a sequence number.

When  the  message  disappears,
enter the  appropriate  sequence
number after the takeover event
code.
Selecting the "PRP Information"
option   in  the  Menu   options
window when  the  Fed  Agency
PRP  field  contains  an  "N"
generates this message.

If appropriate,  use the "Edit*
option on the status line to change
the Fed Agency PRP field to "Y."
When a record is being added in
WasteLAN, the system assigns an
FLOCKQ  value  of  "F"  (for
False")  and  presents  this error
message,  indicating that the  file
cannot be  locked.  Try accessing
the file (adding the record) later.
An attempt was made  to  add,
change,  or record  delete  data
classified as historical,  or  data
associated with a historical record.

Historical  data  is  no  longer
"active";  however,  it  remains
available for viewing purposes.
                                                                  t
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
    WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL

-------
ERROR MESSAGES
       ERROR MESSAGE
   IFMS TRANSACTIONS ARE
   ASSOCIATED WITH THIS
     RECORD - DELETION
            DENIED
    INVALID [SITE] NAME.
      PLEASE RE-ENTER.
       INVALID PHONE
    NUMBER. . .PLEASE RE-
            ENTER
     INVALID SELECTION.
      PLEASE RE-ENTER
      INVALID ZIP CODE
     ...PLEASE RE-ENTER
        SOURCE
Various   "ADD"
"EDIT" data screens
and
Name field on Site Search
by  State/Name and  Site
search by Alias screens.
Data screens containing a
(contact)   phone   number
field
Various status lines
Data  and   Site  Search
screens  containing  a zip
code field
          CAUSE/RESOLUTION
If an event, enforcement activity,
or nonsite incident (NSI) activity
contains financial records that have
been   updated   with   IFMS
information via  CERCLIS, then
the  corresponding event, activity
(enforcement or NSI), site, and
operable   unit  (if   applicable)
records cannot be deleted  from
WasteLAN.
      No match exists in  the database
      for the characters entered. When
      the message disappears,  enter a
      different   name,   Or,    press
      < ENTER > at the Name field to
      access the status line, enter "L"
      (for leave) to  return to the Site
      menu, and select a different site
      search option.
      The  phone  numbered  entered
      contains invalid characters or does
      not contain enough characters.

      When  the message  disappears,
      enter the complete, correct phone
      number.
      The  option  selected  does
      appear on the status line.
                          not
                                                         Highlighted letters or numbers on
                                                         the  status  line  indicate  valid
                                                         entries.

                                                         When  the message  disappears,
                                                         enter an appropriate selection.
     The zip  code  entered  has an
     invalid length. The zip code  must
     be 5 or 9 numbers long.

     When  the message  disappears,
     enter a valid zip code.
A-4
    WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                                      03/11/92
                                  VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                             ERROR MESSAGES
       ERROR MESSAGE
    MAXIMUM NUMBER OF
        EVENT (EVENT
       TYPEJHAVE BEEN
           ENTERED
    MAXIMUM NUMBER OF
    TYPE [ENFORCEMENT
      DATA TYPE, E.G.,
  MILESTONES! HAVE BEEN
          ENTERED
     ALL STATUTES HAVE
  ALREADY BEEN ENTERED
      NO [RECORD TYPE]
    RECORDS FOUND FOR
     THIS ENFORCEMENT
          ACTIVITY
        SOURCE
Event  Summary   "ADD"
screen
Data screens for supporting
enforcement  data   types,
e.g.  milestones,  remedies,
statutes, etc.
Summary or data screens
for Enforcement supporting
data types, e.g., milestones,
remedies,  statutes,   case
budget, etc.
    CAUSE/RESOLUTION
A maximum of nine occurrences
of the same event type are allowed
per  operable   unit   (opunit).
Additional occurrences of the same
event type must be entered under
a different opunit.

Enter the desired event type under
a  different, existing  opunit, or
create a new opunit. The Menu
options window accessed from an
Event Summary screen contains an
"Add Opunit" option  that can be
used to create a new opunit.
The chosen enforcement activity
already  contains  the  maximum
number  of occurrences of  the
selected data type.
No records  of the selected type
have been entered for the specified
site and activity.

Generally,   entering   "A"   (for
"ADD") at the status line allows
you to enter a new record of the
selected  type for the chosen site
and activity. If you do not want to
add a new record, enter "L" (for
"Leave") at the status line.
                                                                t
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
    WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL

-------
           ERROR MESSAGES
t
                 ERROR MESSAGE
                NO [RECORD TYPE]
              RECORDS FOUND FOR
                    THIS EVENT
               NO RECORDS FOUND

             NO RECORDS [FOUND] TO
                       EDIT
             NO RECORDS [FOUND] TO
                     DELETE
            OPERABLE UNIT (XX) NOT
              FOUND AT THIS SITE...
                PLEASE RE-ENTER
       SOURCE
Summary or data  screens
for  Event  supporting data
types,   e.g., comments,
technical   information,
chemical   information,
financial information, etc.
Repeat   fields   (Alias
information  screen,  ISIF
data  screens),  ISIF action
options pop-up window
Opunit field on the Target
Sites Update screen  in the
Non-Site Specific module
    CAUSE/RESOLUTION
No records of the selected type
have been entered for the specified
site and event.

Generally,  entering  "A"  (for
"ADD") at the status line allows
you to enter a new record of the
selected type for the chosen site
and event. If you do not want to
add a  new record, enter "L" (for
'Leave") at the status line.
This message appears when no
records exist of the selected repeat
field or ISIF type.

At repeat fields, entering "A" (for
"ADD") allows you to add a new
record  and  entering  "C"  (for
"Continue") allows you to move to
the next field or status line on the
screen.

If you encounter this message at
the ISIF action options  pop-up
window, the system automatically
returns  you to the integrated SIF
menu.
A   non-existing  or  otherwise
invalid operable unit (opunit) was
entered in the Opunit field.

When the  message  disappears,
enter the appropriate opunit.
          A-6
   WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                                03/11/92
                            VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                              ERROR MESSAGES
       ERROR MESSAGE
       SOURCE
    CAUSE/RESOLUTION
      PLAN START DATE
     CANNOT BE GREATER
    THAN PLAN COMPLETE
             DATE
Data  screens  containing
Planned and/or Actual Start
and Complete date fields
     ACTUAL START DATE
     CANNOT BE GREATER
        THAN ACTUAL
       COMPLETE DATE
The Planned or Actual Start date
of an  event or activity  cannot
occur after the Planned or Actual
Complete date of the activity.

When  the  message  disappears,
enter  the  appropriate  Planned
and/or Actual Start and Complete
dates.
       PLEASE MARK A
    SELECTION WITH AN X.
ISIF Report Panel
The   key  was pressed
when  no fields were selected  in
the current window.

Type  an  "X" in the appropriate
field(s)  to  mark   the  desired
selection(s).
   QUARTER DESIGNATION
    MUST BE A 1,2,3, OR 4
Quarter selection and data
fields   in   the  Non-Site
Specific module
An invalid character was entered
in the Quarter field.

When the  message  disappears,
enter the appropriate quarter of the
fiscal year (FY).
     REFERENCE NUMBER
         NOT FOUND
Site selection screens
The site reference number entered
on a site selection screen does not
exist in the data base.

When the  message  disappears,
enter the correct site reference
number,  or enter "L" to leave the
site selection screen.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
    WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                                   A-7,

-------
t
ERROR MESSAGES
                ERROR MESSAGE
              REMEDY CODE MUST
              INCLUDE SEQUENCER
              (I.E., XXI) ... PLEASE
                   RE-ENTER
                 SCAP LOCKOUT
           CURRENTLY IN PROGRESS
            SITE LOCKING ENABLED
                NO ADDS, EDITS,
              DELETES ALLOWED
              THIS [RECORD TYPE]
              RECORD CANNOT BE
                    LOCKED
                                    SOURCE
                             Remedies data screen
                             Screens   containing  the
                             following fields, which are
                             defined as SCAP  fields:
                             Planned Start and Complete
                             dates (events and activities),
                             Planned Obligation  fields,
                             and Planning Status fields
                             "ADD' or  "EDIT" data
                             screens,  such  as  Site,
                             Event,  and  Activity
                             Summary screens
                             Various screens
    CAUSE/RESOLUTION
This  message  appears when  a
remedy code is selected from the
Remedy Type pop-up window, or
when a remedy code without a
sequencer  is manually entered in
the Remedies data screen.

A sequencer is a numeric indicator
that distinguishes between multiple
occurrences of the same remedy
type.

When  the message  disappears,
enter the  appropriate  sequence
number after the remedy code.
When the Global
         A-8
                                WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                              03/11/92
                          VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                            ERROR MESSAGES
       ERROR MESSAGE
        SOURCE
    CAUSE/RESOLUTION
      THIS ACN/DCN PAIR
     EXISTS IN THE FUND
         VALID TABLE

      THIS ACN/DCN PAIR
        EXISTS IN THE
    ENFORCEMENT VALID
            TABLE
Financial data screens and
Add/Delete   ACN/DCN
screens  (for  fund,  case
budget,  and NS1  financial
types)
     THIS ACN/DCN PAIR
     EXISTS AT ANOTHER
            EVENT

     THIS ACN/DCN PAIR
     EXISTS AT ANOTHER
           ACTIVITY

   ACN/SCN PAIR ALREADY
       ADDED FOR THIS
           ACTIVITY
The account number (ACN) and
document control number (DCN)
entered  already  exist  in  the
database.

A valid, unique ACN/DCN pair is
required for successful transfer of
financial data between WasteLAN
and IFMS (through CERCLIS).

When  the message disappears,
enter the correct ACN  and DCN
in the appropriate fields.
   THIS DATE CANNOT BE A
        FUTURE DATE.
(Compliance Status) Change
Date  field   on  Activity
Summary Screen, and date
on  financial  data screens
(fund,  case  budget,  cost
recovery,  and  NSI
financial)
This message is self-explanatory.
The   date   entered   in   the
(Compliance Status) Change Date
field on  an  Activity  Summary
screen or the Date field on  a
financial data  screen cannot  be
greater than the current date.

When the message disappears,
enter a valid date.
     THIS IS AN INVALID
     [DATA ELEMENT]...
      PLEASE RE-ENTER
Various screens
Incorrect data was entered in  a
particular field. For example,  a
number was entered in a field that
requires alpha characters.

When  the message  disappears,
enter the appropriate data in the
Reid.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
    WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                                   A-9,

-------
t
ERROR MESSAGES
               ERROR MESSAGE
             THIS IS AN INVALID
             ACCOUNT NUMBER-
              PLEASE RE-ENTER
              ACCOUNT NUMBER
              CANNOT BE BLANK
                 AN ACN/DCN
               COMBINATION IS
             REQUIRED FOR THIS
               FINANCIAL TYPE
           THIS ACN/DCN PAIR NOT
               FOUND FOR THIS
                  ACTIVITY
             THIS IS AN INVALID
            DOCUMENT CONTROL
            NUMBER... PLEASE RE-
                   ENTER
            DOCUMENT CONTROL
             NUMBER CANNOT BE
                   BLANK
                AN ACN/DCN
               COMBINATION IS
             REQUIRED FOR THIS
               FINANCIAL TYPE
           THIS ACN/DCN PAIR NOT
               FOUND FOR THIS
                  ACTIVITY
           THIS IS AN INVALID EPA
                      ID
                                   SOURCE
                            Financial data screens and
                            Add/Delete   ACN/DCN
                            screens  (for  fund,  case
                            budget, and NSI financial)
                            Financial data screens and
                            Add/Delete   ACN/DCN
                            screens  (for  fund,  case
                            budget, and NSI financial)
                            EPA  ID  field  on  Site
                            Search by  EPA ID screen
                            and  Site   'ADD*  and
                            "EDIT" screens
    CAUSE/RESOLUTION
A blank or otherwise invalid entry
was entered in the ACN (account
number) field.

When the  message  disappears,
enter  the  appropriate  account
number in the ACN field.
A blank or otherwise invalid entry
was  entered  in  the  DCN
(document control number) field.

A valid, unique ACN/DCN pair is
required for successful transfer of
financial data between WasteLAN
and IFMS (through CERCLIS).

When  the  message disappears,
enter the appropriate  document
control number in the DCN field.
The EPA ID entered does not exist
or is otherwise invalid. Consult
the CERCLIS documentation for
proper EPA ID format.
        A-10
                               WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                             03/11/92
                          VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                             ERROR MESSAGES
       ERROR MESSAGE
        SOURCE
    CAUSE/RESOLUTION
    THIS RECORD IS BEING
     EDITED AT ANOTHER
           STATION!
Various screens
When a record is being  added,
modified,  or   deleted,  the
WasteLAN system places  a lock
on  a record  by  changing the
IN_USE value from "O" to "1."
This lock prevents other users
from updating the same record at
the same time.

Normally, when  the  update is
complete, the system changes the
IN_USE value from "1" back to
"0"  to  unlock  the  record.
However, a system disruption may
cause the record to remain locked
even when no one is accessing it.

Users encountering this problem
should  contact  the  WasteLAN
System Administrator to have the
record unlocked.
   WORK ASSIGNMENT NO.
   MUST BEGIN WITH A 'C'
    FOR 'TES' CONTRACT
           VEHICLE
Financial data screens
The  work  assignment  number
entered begins with a value other
than the letter "C."

When  the message  disappears,
enter a "C" in front of the work
assignment number.
     YOU DO NOT HAVE
  [PROGRAM AREA] RIGHTS
    Example: YOU DO NOT
    HAVE ENFORCEMENT
        AREA RIGHTS
Various screens
Access rights  to  the selected
program area or module have not
been assigned to your user ID.

If you are authorized to access the
selected area or module, contact
the   WasteLAN   System
Administrator   to   obtain  the
appropriate access rights.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
    WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL

-------
t
ERROR MESSAGES
               ERROR MESSAGE
                                    SOURCE
    CAUSE/RESOLUTION
            YOU MAY NOT SELECT
           BOTH REF NO. AND SITE
                    NAME.
                             ISIF Report Panel
Both the site reference number and
site name  were  selected in the
Print ISIF II by window (used to
define sort order).

The system cannot sort both  of
these fields; specify one or the
"her.
        A-12
                                 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                               03/11/92
                           VERSION 4.0

-------
    WASTELAN
 USER'S MANUAL
   APPENDIX B


      ISIF
REPORT PANEL
      03/11/92
    VERSION 4.0
      FINAL
                              t

-------
t
t

-------
                                                                    ISIF REPORT PANEL
                     APPENDIX B:  ISIF REPORT PANEL

 The ISIF Report Panel is a screen used to produce output from the ISIF and Links modules of
 WasteLAN.  The ISIF Report Panel is accessed from the ISIF module of WasteLAN, and it
 includes options for printing Integrated Site Information Forms (ISIFs), Site Links Maps, and
 Site Links Lists.  The latter two forms of output are generated from the Links module; they
 provide relational and linear representations of the events and activities occurring at a site.
     Note\  Eventually, the WasteLAN Reports menu will include a Maps Report Panel
     option that can also be used to produce Links output. The Maps Report Panel will be
     virtually the same as the ISIF Report Panel in appearance and operation, except that
     the ISIF options will be disabled in the Maps Report Panel.
                                                                          t
This Appendix presents an overview of the ISIF Report Panel and explains how to access, use,
and exit the Panel.  Descriptions and examples of the Site Links Map and Site Links List are
also included.
B.I
OVERVIEW OF THE ISIF REPORT PANEL
The ISIF Report Panel is a single screen that contains all of the controls and selection criteria
needed to produce ISIF and/or Links output. The Panel uses a combination of single-letter
keystrokes, pop-up menus, and boxed screen areas (windows) to direct site and sort selection
and printing parameters.  Features of the ISIF Report Panel are highlighted below.

     The Panel is easy to use. Simple keystrokes, pop-up menus, and message areas all guide
       the user easily through site,  sort, and output selection options.

     The Panel is  interactive.  New  site selections appear as soon as selection criteria are
       changed. Error messages indicate improper keystrokes.

     The Panel is 'network smart." Multi-user capability allows simultaneous printing from
       multiple stations on the network.  This feature promotes efficient output distribution
       during SCAP data collection periods.

     The Panel provides flexible output capabilities.  Printing function options allow output
       to be sent to a network printer, a local printer, or a capture file.
                                                                         t
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
                WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
B-l

-------
          ISIF REPORT PANEL

          B.2    ACCESSING THE ISIF REPORT PANEL

          To access the ISIF Report Panel, first log in to WasteLAN to display the main menu (see
          Chapter 2,  Section 2.1 of this manual for system access procedures).  Then, select option 5,
          "ISIF." Selecting this option presents the Integrated SIF menu illustrated in Exhibit B-l.
t















1} RP SEARCH 6) LITIGATION/OUTCOME
2) RI/FS NEGOTIATION/OUTCOME 7) MISCELLANEOUS EVENTS
3) Rl/FS IMPLEMENTATION 8) ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITIES
4) RD/RA NEGOTIATION/OUTCOME 9) EVENT/ACTIVITY LINKS
5) RD/RA IMPLEMENTATION 10) ISIF REPORT PANEL

ENTER SELECTION 1-10 Leave t )












                                     Exhibit B-l  Integrated SIF Menu
          not been accessed yet dunng the current login session,
                                                                           ^
              Note:  Due * screen limitations in ft, ISIF Report Panel, son* of the ,onger even,
              and activity names may be truncated.
          B-2
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                  ISIF REPORT PANEL




















1 i -a J r iirt i '
x=filled out, b=blank
X ALL
X RP SEARCH
X RI/FS NEC. /OUTCOME
X RI/FS IMPLEMENTATION
X RD/RA MEG. /OUTCOME
X RD/RA IMPLEMENTATION
X LITIGATION/OUTCOME
X MISCELLANEOUS EVENTS
X ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITY



x=merk, space=iinmark
1 SITE NAME
REf NO.
" STATE
~ SECTION
~ 8PM
i  I  t i rii^r v
 NPL IND -i
X NPL
non-NPL
/ RMVL
 SECTION -
X ALL
X CT
X ff
X MAI
X MA2
X ME/VT

__ onu
sn i r n n J_ k.
_ STATE -
X ALL
X CT
X MA
X ME
X NH
X RI
X VT
X ZA




X ALL
X
X BROUN
X BYRNE
X CALOER
X CASSIDY
ALL
~ CT 00064 BARKHAMSTEO-NE
~ CT 00003 BEACON HEIGHTS
~ CT 00342 CHESHIRE ASSOC
CT 00098 DURHAM MEADOWS
~ CT 00100 GALLUP 'S OLJARR
~ CT 00033 KELLOGG-DEERIN
~ CT 00004 LAUREL PARK, I
~ CT 00053 LINEMASTER SW!
" CT 00082 NUTMEG VALLEY
~ CT 00354 OLD SOUTHINGTO
2 CT 00099 PRECISION PLAT
~ n nnnsi BFVFBF TFKTIIP
k> 1 WUJ*t KCVCnC 1 CA 1 IUC
~ CT 00645 SOLVENTS RECOV
CT 00085 US NAVAL SUBHA
CT 00016 YAUORSKI WASTE
~ MA 00050 ATLAS TACK CO
3 MA 00041 BAIRO & MCGU1R




















TAB to goto next window Print View site list Quit
                                                                                     t
                            Exhibit B-2  ISIF Report Panel

 Section B.3 describes how to use the ISIF Report Panel.

 B.3   USING THE ISIF REPORT PANEL

 The ISIF Report Panel (Exhibit B-2) is a single screen that contains all of the options needed to
 print ISIFs, Site Links Maps, and Site Links Lists.  The following paragraphs describe how to
 use the ISIF Report Panel.

 3.1    Navigating Through the ISIF Report Panel

 Since the ISIF Report Panel consists of only one screen, navigating through the panel is simply
 a matter of moving the cursor from window to window and making the appropriate selections.
 Pressing the   key moves the cursor forward to the next window, and pressing  the
 < Shift > and  keys simultaneously moves the cursor back to the previous window.
 Exhibit B-3 shows the sequence the cursor follows when moving forward through the windows.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
B-3

-------
          ISIF REPORT PANEL





















x=fill*d out, b=blank
X ALL 1
X RP SEARCH
X RI/FS NEG. /OUTCOME
X RI/FS IMPLEMENTATION
X RD/RA NEC. /OUTCOME
X RD/RA IMPLEMENTATION
X LITIGATION/OUTCOME
X MISCELLANEOUS EVENTS
X ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITY


x=mark, space=unmark
1 SITE NAME
REF NO. 7
STATE
~ SECTION
8PM


TAB to goto next
i > i i * i nt*T *
 NPL IND -i
X NPL 2
_ non-NPL
w/ RMVL
 SECTION -
X ALL
X CT 4
X FF
X MA1
X MA2
X ME/VT
^____ OpM _
r STATE -
X ALL
X CT
X MA
X ME
X NH
X RI
X VT
X ZA

3

X ALL
X
X BROUN 5
X BYRNE
X CALDER
X CASSIDY


ALL
~ CT 00064 BARKHAMSTEO-NE
~ CT 00003 BEACON HEIGHTS
~ CT 00342 CHESHIRE ASSOC
~ CT 00098 DURHAM MEADOWS
" CT 00100 GALLOP'S OUARR
" CT 00033 KELLOGG-DEERIN
~ CT 00004 LAUREL PARK, I
CT 00053 LINEMASTER SUI
CT 00082 NUTMEG VALLEY
~ CT 003S4 OLD SOUTHINGTO
~ CT 00099 PRECISION PLAT
a"" Onfl^i DPVFDF TFYTll F
VVU**1* KC VCKC 1 C-A 1 1 L-C
~ CT 00645 SOLVENTS RECOV
~ CT 00085 US NAVAL SUBMA
~ CT 00016 YAUORSKI WASTE
~ MA 00050 ATLAS TACK CO
~ MA 00041 BAIRD t MCGUIR

6





















window Print View site list Quit
t
                                  Exhibit B-3  Cursor Movement Sequence

          Other keys used to operate the ISIF Report Panel are described below:

                        Delects a field within a window.
< Space bar >

 (Blank)
           (View)
          

(Print) De-selects a field by blanking out the "X." Used in the ISIF Type window to specify the production of a Wank Integrated Site Information Form (ISIF). Blank ISIFs can be used as turnaround documents; i.e., information can be written on the hardcopy, which is then used as a source document for ISIF data entry. Processes the field selections in a window without moving the cursor to the next window. For example, pressing < V > in the NPL IND window after changing a selection presents a new list of sites in the Site window without moving the cursor to the next window. Activates the Printing Functions pop-up window. This window is presented and described in Section B.3.5. <*> Moves the cursor up one line within a window. This key has no effect if the cursor is at the first field in the window. Moves the cursor down one line within a window. This key has no effect if the cursor is at the last field in the window. B-4 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL 03/U/92 VERSION 4.0


-------
                                                                     ISIF REPORT PANEL
 
 
 
 
Displays the previous page ("windowful") of fields within a window. This
key is most useful in the Site window because the Site window typically
contains more fields than can fit in one window.

Displays the next page ("windowful") of fields within a window.  This
key is most useful in the Site window because the Site window typically
contains more fields than can fit in one window.

Moves  the cursor to the top of the list of fields  in the current page
("windowful") of a window. This key is most useful in the Site window
because  the Site window typically contains  enough  fields  to  fill the
window.

Moves the cursor to the bottom of the list of fields in the current page
("windowful") of a window. This key is most useful in the Site window
because  the Site window typically contains  enough  fields  to  fill the
window.

Selects, options in pop-up windows.

Performs two functions:  cancels a selection made in a pop-up window,
and closes the pop-up window.

(Quit)Used to exit the ISIF Report Panel and return to the Integrated SIF
menu.
B.3.2 Selecting an ISIF Type

When the ISIF Report Panel first appears, the cursor is located in the ISIF Type window.  The
default selection is all ISIF types.  To de-select an ISIF type, use the  < t > and < * > keys to
move the cursor to the appropriate type(s), and press the space bar to blank out the "X."  To
specify the production of a blank ISIF to be used as a turnaround document, type "B" in the
appropriate field(s).
 < Enter >

 
     Note: ISIF type selection is only applicable when printing ISIFs. See Section B.3.5
     for information on using the Printing Functions Pop-Up window to print ISIFs.
B.3.3  Selecting Sites

Several windows on the ISIF Report Panel are used to select specific sites or groups of sites for
inclusion in the final output.  The paragraphs below describe the windows used to select sites.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
          WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
B-5

-------
t
        ISIF REPORT PANEL
Note: De-selecting the "ALL" field at the top of any window de-selects all fields in
the window by blanking out  all the "X"s.  Pressing   when no fields are
selected displays the following message at the bottom left side of the screen: Please
mark a selection with an X.  The cursor will remain in the window until a selection
is made.
        1)     NPL IND.-.Fields in this window are used to specify National Priorities Listing (NPL)
               sites, non-NPL sites, or non-NPL sites with removals.  The default selection is NPL
               sites.  To select one of the other fields, use the < * > key to highlight the appropriate
               field, and type "X"  to  select it.  Press the   key to process the selection and
               move the cursor to the next window, or type "V" to process the selection and remain in
               the NPL IND window.  A change in NPL IND selection is reflected the Site window;
               sites meeting the changed criteria are listed.

        2)     STATE - Pressing  at the NPL IND window moves the cursor to the State
               window, which lists all states in the regional database. The default selection is all states
               in  the region.   To select a specific state or group of states,  press the space bar  to
               de-select the "ALL"  field. The system automatically blanks out the "X"s beside all the
               state fields.

               Use the  < t > and < * > keys to highlight each desired state and type "X" to select it.
               To de-select a state, press  the space bar  to  blank  out the "X."   When all of the
               appropriate states have been  selected, press  to process the selections and move
               to  the next window, or type  "V" to process  the  selections and remain in  the State
               window. A change in state selection is reflected the Site window;  sites meeting the
               changed criteria are listed.

        3)     SECTION - The cursor moves to the Section window only if the "ALL" field is selected
               in the State window.  A section is a regionally defined data element that corresponds  to
               CERCLIS data element C0497 and appears as a regional field on Site Summary screen
               2 of 2. The WasteLAN System Administrator can change the name of this regional field
               to reflect its usage as a section indicator. Values for different sections can then be added
               to the Site database (COOOO).

               A section may be used to classify a site by a category other than state. For example, one
               site may overlap into two states; it may be helpful to classify the site by a section instead
               of by one or the other of the states in which the site is located.

               The default selection in the  Section window is all sections. Fields for other sections
               appear as they have been defined by the WasteLAN System Administrator.  Use the
               ,   <*>,  ,  , ,  and   keys to  move the
               cursor within the Section window.  Type "X" to select a section, or press the space bar
               to de-select a section.  Press   to process the selections and  move to the  next
       B-6
                         WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                    ISIF REPORT PANEL
       window, or type "V" to process the selections and remain in the Section window.  A
       change in section selection is reflected the Site window; sites meeting the changed criteria
       are listed.

 4)     KPM - The RPM window lists the names of all Regional Project Managers (RPMs) in
       the regional database. The cursor moves to the RPM window only if the "ALL" field
       is selected  in the Section window.  Selecting (a) specific RPM(s) narrows down the
       choices in the Site window by listing only those sites  assigned to the specified RPM(s).

       To select a specific RPM, press the space bar to de-select the "ALL" field. The system
       automatically blanks out the "X"s beside all the RPM fields.

       Use the <>  and < * > keys to highlight the desired RPM and type "X" to select it.
       To de-select an RPM, press the space bar  to blank  out the "X."  Press  to
       process  the selections and move to the  next window, or  type "V" to process  the
       selections and remain in the RPM window.  A change in RPM selection is reflected the
       Site window; only those sites assigned to the selected RPM(s) are listed.

 5)     SITE - The Site window lists all of the site records that meet the criteria selected in the
       NPL IND, State, Section (if applicable), and RPM (if applicable) windows.   Specific
       sites can then be selected  or de-selected for inclusion in or exclusion from the final
       output. Use the < t >,<*>, , , , and  keys
       to move the cursor within the Site window.  Type "X" to select a site, or press the space
       bar to de-select a site.  Press  to process the selections.
                                                         t
     Remember.  The   and < Shift >   keys can be used  to move the
     cursor to any of the windows mentioned above and change the displayed selections.
                                                        t
B.3.4  Selecting a Sort Order

Once the appropriate sites have been selected for inclusion in the output, they may be designated
for printing in a specific sort order.  The Print ISIF II By window is used to specify the sort
order of the selected sites.

To access  the Print ISIF  II By window, press  at the  Site window.  The default
selection is to print sites in Site Name order.  The number "1" next to the Site Name field
indicates that this is the primary  sort field. You may change the primary sort field and/or select
additional sort fields.  Any combination of up to four (4) sort order levels may be specified.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
B-7

-------
          IS1F REPORT PANEL
               Exception:  You may not specify both a site name and a Ref No. son.  Selecting both
               the Site Name and Ref No. fields displays the following message at the bottom left
               side of the screen: You may not select both REF NO. and SITE NAME.
t
Changing the sort order does not affect how the sites are listed in the Site window; the change
only affects the actual, printed output.  The sort order corresponds to the order in which fields
are selected in the Print ISIF II By window.  For example, keeping Site Name selected as the
primary sort and typing an "X" at the State field designates State  as the secondary sort key.
Even though you type an "X," a "2" appears to indicate the secondary sort.

To change the displayed sort order, use the < t > and < * >  keys to move the cursor to the
primary sort field (indicated by a "1").  Press the space bar to  blank out the "1."  The system
will blank out all the other sort key selections. Move the cursor to the desired primary sort field
and type an "X"; a "1" will appear.  Move the cursor to the desired secondary sort field and
type an "X"; a "2" will appear.  Continue the selection process until the desired sort order is
displayed.

B.3.5 Using the Printing Functions Pop-Up Window

Once the appropriate site(s) and sort order have been selected, the output can be generated. The
Printing Functions pop-up window is used to specify how and where the output is produced.
When the ISIF Report Panel is displayed, the Printing Functions pop-up window can be activated
at any time by typing "P." Exhibit B-4 illustrates the Printing  Functions pop-up window.
                                             Printing Functions
                                      RETURN TO ISIF REPORT SCREEN
                                      PRINT AT THE SERVER
                                      PRINT AT THE LOCAL PRINTER
                                      SAVE OUTPUT TO A CAPTURE FILE
                                         PRINT A PREVIOUSLY CAPTURED FILE
                                         DELETE A PREVIOUSLY CAPTURED FILE
                                       ISIF REPORT : ON
                                       SITE HAPS   : ON
                                       LINKS LIST  : ON
                                      BEGIN PRINTING
                               Exhibit B-4  Printing Functions Pop-Up Window

          The first two options in the window specify to which printer to send the printed output.
              Important:  The printer must be an HP LaserJet or 100% compatible laser printer.
          B-8
                              WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                                                                                          03/11/92
                                                                                      VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                   ISIF REPORT PANEL
 Below the printer options are options for using capture files.  Below the capture file options are
 options that define the type of output to be produced. The last option in the window starts the
 actual output process.

 To select an option, use the < t >, < * >,  , and  keys to highlight it, then
 press < Enter > to select it.  Each option in the Printing Functions pop-up window is described
 in detail below.

 1)     PRINT AT THE SERVER - Use this option to print output at a printer attached to the
       local area network (LAN). The printer must be an HP LaserJet or 100% compatible
       laser printer.  Choosing this option activates another pop-up window listing all printers
       available on the network.  Exhibit B-5 depicts this Network Printers pop-up window.
                                  Network Printers
                     OFF-Dot Printer
                     OFF-Laser Printer
                     HP Laser It!
                     HP Laser HID
                     Epson FX-286
                   (Okidata 2400)
                   (HP LaserJet)
                   (HP LaserJet)
                   (HP LaserJet)
                   (Epson Dot Ma)
     Hint:  If you are not sure which network printer to choose, talk to the regional LAN
     Administrator or the WasteLAN System Administrator to determine which printer is
     appropriate.
                     Exhibit B-5  Network Printers Pop-Up Window

       Use the , <*>,  , and   keys to highlight the appropriate
       printer, and press  < Enter >  to select it.
                                                       t
                                                                                           I
       Selecting a network printer closes the Network Printers window and displays the name
       of the printer next to the "Begin Printing" option at the bottom of the Printing Functions
       pop-up window. Pressing the  key without selecting a network printer closes the
       Network Printers window.

2)     PRINT  AT THE LOCAL PRINTER - This option is used to print  the output  at a
       printer attached directly to your workstation. However, as of this writing, local printing
       is not supported in WasteLAN. Therefore, this option is currently inactive.

3)     SAVE OUTPUT TO A CAPTURE FILE - A capture file is a file that stores output for
       printing  at a later time.  This option is useful when a large volume of output (e.g.,
       information for many sites) is to be produced.  Instead of monopolizing a printer during
       peak demand times, save a large volume of output to a capture file and print it later when
       the  printer is  not  in  high demand.   ISIF output capture  files  are stored in the
       W:\WASTELAN\ISIFPANL directory.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
B-9

-------
r
              ISIF REPORT PANEL
     t
Selecting this option activates a Capture to File pop-up window. Exhibit B-6 presents
an example of the Capture to File pop-up window.
    t
                                   Exhibit B-6 Capture to File Pop-Up Window

                    The Capture to File window lists any existing capture files, i.e., files to which data has
                    been saved previously.  The window also includes an option for saving the output to a
                    new file; this option is the default option when the window first appears. Use the < t >
                    and < * > keys to highlight the appropriate file option and press < Enter >  to select it.
                  Caution:   Saving new output to a previously saved capture file overwrites the old
                  output information with the new output information.
Choosing the "New File" option presents a small window at the bottom of the screen;
this window is used to enter a filename for the new capture file.  Exhibit B-7 presents
an example of the New Filename pop-up window.
                                    Exhibit B-7 New Filename Pop-Up Window

                    Type the new filename and press < Enter >.  The filename can be up to eight characters
                    long. The new filename (including the system-generated ".CAP" extension) appears next
                    to  the  "Begin  Printing To"  option at the bottom of the Printing Functions pop-up
                    window.
                  Warning: Do not type a filename extension. The ".CAP" extension is assigned to the
                  file automatically.
             B-10
                    Select the "Begin Printing To" option to save the output to the new or existing capture
                    file.  This action closes the Printing Functions pop-up window and begins the saving
                    process.  Caution:  Pressing  before choosing the "Begin Printing To" option
                    closes the Printing Functions pop-up window without saving the output to the capture
                    file.

                    The bottom left side of the screen shows the site(s) selected for output and indicates that
                       WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                    ISIF REPORT PANEL
 4)
 the output is being directed to the specified capture file.  A flashing indicator at the
 bottom right side of the screen signals that the output is being initialized, then mapped,
 then printed. However, the output will not be printed. When these messages disappear,
 the ISIF Report Panel windows return to their default selections.

 PRINT  A  PREVIOUSLY CAPTURED FILE  -  Use this  option  to  print output
 previously  saved  to  a   capture  file.     Capture  files  are  stored   in   the
 W:\WASTELAN\ISIFPANL directory and remain available  for printing until they are
 deleted by a user.
     Essential: Before a previously captured file can be printed, a printer must be selected.
     The first two options in the Printing Functions pop-up window are used to select a
     printer.  See items 1 and 2 at the beginning of this Section for descriptions of these
     options.
5)
       After selecting a printer, highlight the "Print a Previously Captured File" option and
       press < Enter >.  The system presents a pop-up window listing the filenames of all
       previously captured files.  Exhibit B-8 presents  an  example of this Print File pop-up
       window.
                                    Priflt Til*
                                  BASKULL.CAP
                                                                                      f
                  Exhibit B-8  Print File Pop-Up Window

Use the < f > and < * > keys to highlight the appropriate filename and press < Enter >
to select it.   This action closes the Print File window.  Caution:  Pressing 
before pressing < Enter > to select a file closes the window without making a selection.

After selecting the appropriate capture file, highlight the "Begin Printing To"  option at
the bottom of the Printing Functions pop-up window and press < Enter > to select it.
This action closes the Printing Functions pop-up window and begins the printing process.

The bottom left side of the screen shows the site(s) selected for output and indicates that
the output is being directed to the specified printer.  A flashing indicator at the bottom
right side of  the screen signals  that the output is being initialized, then mapped, then
printed.  When the process is complete, the ISIF Report Panel windows return to their
default selections.

DELETE A PREVIOUSLY CAPTURED FILE -  The system retains capture files in
the W:\WASTELAN\ISIFPANL directory until they are deleted by a user. Since capture
files can be quite large, old files should be deleted periodically to free up disk space.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
                       WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
B-ll

-------
            ISIF REPORT PANEL
                Essential: Before a previously captured file can be deleted, a printer must be selected.
                The first two options in the Printing Functions pop-up window are used to select a
                printer.  See items 1 and 2 at the beginning of this Section for descriptions of these
                options.
t
6)
            8)
                  After choosing a printer, highlight the "Delete a Previously Captured File" option and
                  press < Enter > to select it.  A Delete File pop-up window appears, listing all existing
                  capture files.  Exhibit B-9 presents an example of the Delete File pop-up window.
                                              BASEBALL.CAP
                 Exhibit B-9 Delete File Pop-Up Window

Use the < t > and < * > keys to highlight the appropriate filename and press < Enter >
to select it.  This action deletes the selected capture file and closes the Delete File
window. Pressing  before pressing  to select a file closes the window
without deleting the file.

ISIF  :  OFF/ON - This option is used to exclude or include Integrated Site Information
Forms (ISIFs) in the final output.   ISIFs provide details on the events and activities
entered in the database for the selected site.  In addition, blank ISIFs can be printed and
used as turnaround documents for data gathering and entry (see Sections B.3.1 and
B.3,2). When ISIFs are printed, they follow the same general format as the screens in
the ISIF module of WasteLAN.

This option works like a toggle switch; selecting the option invokes its opposite. If "ISIF
: ON" is displayed, then ISIFs will be included in the output.  Conversely, if "ISIF :
OFF" is displayed, then ISIFs will be excluded from the output.

SITE MAPS : OFF/ON - This option is used to exclude or include the  Site Links Map
in the final output. The Site Links Map is presented and described in  Section B.4 of this
Appendix.

This option works like a toggle  switch; selecting the option invokes its opposite.  If
"SITE MAPS  :  ON" is displayed, then the Site Links Map will be  included in  the
output.  Conversely, if "SITEMAPS  : OFF" is displayed, then the Site  Links Map will
be excluded from the output.

LINKS LIST: OFF/ON - This option is used to exclude or include the Site Links List
in the final output.  The Site Links List is described in Section B.5 of this Appendix.
           B-12
                              WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                                                                                           03/11/92
                                                                                      VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                     ISIF REPORT PANEL

        This option works like a toggle switch; selecting  the option invokes  its opposite.   If
        "LINKS LIST  :   ON"  is displayed, then the Site Links List will be included  in the
        output. Conversely, if "LINKS LIST :  OFF" is displayed, then the Site Links List will
        be excluded from  the output.

 9)     BEGIN PRINTING - This option begins the actual output process. Once the appropriate
        sites have been selected for output, and the output destination and type have been chosen,
        use this option to  process your request  for output.  Text appearing next to this option
        indicates the destination of the specified output.

        Selecting this  option closes  the  Printing  Functions  pop-up  window and  displays
        information about the output request at the bottom of the screen. The bottom left side
        of the screen indicates the site(s) selected and the destination of the output.  A flashing
        indicator at the bottom right side of the screen displays the status of the request, i.e.,
        initializing, mapping, printing.  When the process is complete, the ISIF Report Panel
        windows return to their default selections.

 B.4    UNDERSTANDING THE SITE LINKS MAP

 The Site Links Map is a graphical overview of the events and activities occurring at a site. The
 Map conveys the programmatic sequence of occurrences at a site by showing the relationships
 between and the completion status of events and activities at the site.

 Lines between events and activities on the Site Links Map indicate one-to-one, one-to-many, and
 many-to-one relationships. Combinations of shading and boxing are used on the Map to to show
 the Actual Start and Complete status of each event and activity listed.  Exhibit B-10 presents an
 example of a Site Links Map.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
B-13

-------
  t
t
            ISIF REPORT PANEL
             11/01/JO
            Sic* Vta*
            ESA ID (MX HO.)
            Section/ /MM
          O.S. EPA SOTEWOHD PROQUW
  INTEGRATED SITE IKTORMAT10K FORM (XSXT  II)
IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
KAB12345C18*   (00007)
                                              SITT LINKS MAP VI. 3
                SITt WIDE COST RECOVUUt STXTOS* :  Coct R*ee>vry Action to B* D*ttBlnd

                              * Cwt ltoc***. etfd* M> IMMI li
                     Ac niul COT< Btonr. All C*
                      PMJ CMI HHwwy. MM VMM
                                                     D. M* CM Mir). Al cna Willmi ON
                                                     C- CM ItaMvwy AeOn T  I
                                      vnc)
                       .i--r
               Clutr  : 01
                                 ti--m/rvi-
                                 n---K>ei

                                 01 ---- MAI ---- 
                (Onlinkd v*nta wid/ec etlviti)
               CE
                                            Exhibit B-10  Site Links Map

           Sections B.4.1 through B.4.8 describe the various features of the Site Links Map.
          B-14
        WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
     03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                    ISIF REPORT PANEL
B.4.1 Headers and Footers

The headers and footers of the Site Links Map provide important identification information. The
header includes the following elements:

           Date and time of printing

           Title

           Enforcement Sensitive Information reminder

            Site name

            EPA  ID and site reference number

            Section and RPM  (if applicable)

       *     Output type (Site Links Map) and version number

The footer of the Site Links Map includes the following information:

            Legend explaining boxing and shading features used on the Map

            Site name

            Page number

B.4.2 Site Wide Cost Recovery Status

The first box on the Site Links Map indicates the current  cost recovery status of the site. The
box also lists all cost recovery status options; a new option can be circled to indicate an update
in site-wide cost recovery status.

B.4.3 Unlinked Pre-Remedial Events

The second box on the Site Links Map lists all Pre-Remedial events at the site that are not linked
 to any other events. Unlinked Pre-Remedial events are listed according to the following order:

             DS (Discovery)

             PA (Preliminary  Assessment)

             SI (Screening Site Inspection)

             ES (Listing Site Inspection)

03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
                                WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                                                                                    B-15

-------
t
ISIF REPORT PANEL

             HR (Hazard Ranking)

             NP (Proposal to NPL)

             NF (Final Listing on NPL)

If any Pre-Remedial events are linked to other events, they are presented in a cluster box instead
of in the Unlinked Pre-Remedial Events box.

B.4.4 Cluster Boxes

A cluster is a group of linked events and activities.  All of the events and activities within a
cluster are related to each other, but they are not related to events and activities within other
clusters (even though they all belong  to the same site).  Each cluster is like a family tree,
showing the origin of each member (event/activity) and the relationships  between members
(events/activities).

B.4.5 Boxing and Shading of Events and Activities

Boxing and shading are used to convey the Actual Start and Complete status of the events and
activities.  As explained in the legend at the bottom of the Site Links Map, boxing and shading
combinations are used as follows:

     No shading or boxing - indicates event or activity has no Actual  Start and no Actual
       Complete date.

     Unshaded box - indicates event or activity has an Actual Start but no Actual Complete
       date.

     Unboxed, shaded area  - indicates event or activity has no Actual Start date, but has an
       Actual Complete date.

     Shaded box - indicates event or activity has both an Actual Start and an Actual Complete
       date.

B.4.6 How Links are Illustrated

The Site Links Map uses lines to illustrate the one-to-one, one-to-many, and many-to-one link
relationships between events and activities.  A solid line indicates a "hard" link, which is the
major programmatic path in a one-to-many link relationship.  A broken line  denotes a "soft"
link,  which  indicates  a  lower programmatic  significance of  the link in a  one-to-many
relationship.
          B-16
                               WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/H/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                      ISIF REPORT PANEL
 B.4.7 Unlinked Events and/or Activities

 The last box on the Site Links Map lists the events and activities (excluding Pre-Remedial) that
 are not linked to other events or activities.  The unlinked events and activities are listed in
 columns corresponding to  their respective operable units.  Within each operable unit column,
 events and activities are listed in logical order.

 B.4.8 Error Messages

 The ISIF Report Panel uses information entered in the Links module of WasteLAN to illustrate
 linked events and activities on the Site Links  Map.  Situations may occur that result in errors
 in the Links file. The ISIF Report Panel detects these error conditions and prints corresponding
 error messages on the Site Links Map.
     Important:  Link errors listed on the Site Links Map must be corrected in the Links
     module of WasteLAN.  Access to the Links module is available on the WasteLAN
     main menu, in the Menu options window of Event and Activity Summary screens, and
     on the Integrated SIF menu.  See Chapter 8 of this manual for instructions on using
     the Links module.
Site Links Map error conditions are described below.
     Duplicate links. As the message indicates, this error means that the Links file contains
       duplicate records.  The ISIF Report Panel disregards the duplicate record(s) and creates
       the Site Links Map normally.  The duplicate link error message displays the number of
       duplicate link records and identifies each one.

     No record found.  This error condition results when the Links file contains an event or
       activity record that does not exist in the WasteLAN database.  The ISIF Report Panel
       will create the Site Links Map and indicate where the missing record belongs in the
       affected cluster.

     Multiple roots.  When a many-to-one relationship exists between events or activities
       belonging to different clusters, a multiple roots condition is created. The resulting error
       message on the Site Links Map indicates the specific record(s) involved. This is a major
       error that invalidates the Site Links Map; illogical relationships and random links appear
       on the Map.

     Map cluster is wider than page.  This message appears when there are more operable
       unit columns in a cluster than can fit within the width of the page. The Site Links Map
       prints as many columns as will fit within the page width; the remaining events and
       activities are  displayed in an  overflow box beneath  the affected  cluster box.  The
       overflow events and activities are arranged in linked order in  columns corresponding to
       operable units.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
B-17

-------
          ISIF REPORT PANEL
t
*     Circular link.  When event or activity in a chain eventually links back to an event or
       activity in the same chain, a circular link results.  This error condition causes an endless
       loop in the Site Links Map.  As with multiple roots, the error message on the Site Links
       Map indicates  the specific record(s) involved in the circular link.  This is also a major
       error that invalidates the Site Links Map; illogical relationships and random links appear
       on the Map.

B.5   UNDERSTANDING THE  SITE LINKS LIST

The Site Links List delineates all the events and activities that exist in the WasteLAN database
for a specified site.  The Links Lists shows the sequential printing order and coordinates of the
listed events and activities.  This sequential printing order is based on event and activity links,
operable units, and the logical order of event and activity occurrence.  Exhibit B-l 1 presents an
example of the Site Links List.

The Site Links List also shows all existing link records for the selected site.  Link records are
displayed in two columns:  forward links  show one-to-one and one-to-many relationships, in
"from ->  to" order;  backward links show one-to-one and many-to-one relationships, also in
"from <- to" order.

The remainder of this Section describes the features of the Site Links List.

B.5.1  Headers and Footers

Headers and footers on  the Site Links List provide important identification information.  The
header includes the following elements:

             Date and  time of printing

            Title

            Enforcement Sensitive Information reminder

            Site name

            EPA ID and  site  reference number

             Section and RPM (if applicable)

            Output  type (Site Links List) and version number

The footer of the Site Links List includes the following information:

            Site name
            Page number
          B-l 8
                              WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                                    ISIF REPORT PANEL
      11/01/90
      1S:S>
Sit*
EPX 10  (SXT MO.)
Section//*
         c.s. OK sovraran PROOUIM
  INTECM.TED SITE XXFOMatlOJt FORK (ISIF II)

IHHSIKJUIY IHDCSTRIES
KU91224Sf719   (00007)
                                                                         SITS LIKKS  KW V: .3
      00-OISCVRY1
      00-Nil
      00-SI1
      00-IMWUnci
      00-HM. FIHU
       HPL-SKO01
       RI/rS-NCOl
      oi-u/rsi
      01-ROD1
       RD/1U-WS01
      01-RC1
      01-wa
      01-UM-Cfcl
      01 -MU
      00-DM AMZS1
       S107-L01
                  OODS1
                  OOPX1
                  OOSI1
                  OOSJU
                  OOM71
                  OOHT1
                    SS01
                    FW01
                  01C01
                  01R01
                    U)01
                  01U1
                  01BJU
                  01CJU
                  01MU
                  OOKS1
                    SV01
     F
     OB
     F
     F
     F
     F
     n
     FE

     r
     rt

     u
     Ft
     S
     F
     IX
                                               11.01
00 (OO-OJ 0> I'.OI
W <0)  10.01
90 (0^0*1  1.01
ticfti
01 Ml
01*01
*inoi
01IW1
(ion
01M1
OllUt
01CT1
81 HOI
 *H01
C1KO1
                                                                                DI
oicm
1MA1
01IU1
lOl
01HD1
01 (IMt)  Z7.01
01 (ivoai  
01 n)  11.01 ot/o
01 iW)  n.oa
01 (2*OC|  M.OI OOXJ
01 <>  ir.ii
01 O94*) 0> J.01
01 (aioi  41.01
09 t0-01)  M.01
0 I
                                                       iiacnaRt XN&OSTKIU - F*?* 2
                                                                                                         f
                                     Exhibit B-11  Site Links List
5.2    Ordered List
The Ordered List appears on the left side of the Site Links List below  the header.  This list
shows all of the events and activities for the  site in  their logical printing order and  includes
printing coordinates.  This order is based on event and
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
                               WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
                                                                                                    B-19

-------
t
ISIF REPORT PANEL

activity links, operable units, and the logical order of event and activity occurrence.  Records
printed in the Ordered List include the following information:

            Operable unit  (if applicable)

            Event/activity  short name and sequence number

            Event/activity  code (preceded by the operable unit again, if applicable)

            Event/activity  lead

            Printing coordinates

B.5.3 Forward Links

The Forward Links column appears to the right of the Ordered List on the Site Links List.  This
column shows linked events and activities in  "from -> to" order.  In other words, the link
records lead from the event or activity on the left side of the column to the event or activity on
the right side of the column.  The links are listed in alphabetical order within operable unit order
according to the "from" side (left-hand) column  of the link.

Forward links can represent one-to-one or one-to-many relationships. A unique event or activity
on the left side of the column linked to a unique event or activity or the right side of the column
indicates a one-to-one relationship. A repeating event or activity on the left side of the column
linked to unique events or activities on the right side of the column indicates a one-to-many
relationship.

B.5.4 Backward Links

The Backward Links column appears on the  far right side of the Site Links List below the
header. This column also shows linked events and activities in "from < - to" order, even though
the arrow points in the other direction.  However, the listed order of the link records is based
on the "to"  side of the link.  The links are arranged in alphabetical order within operable unit
order according to the "to" side (right-hand column) of the link.  This arrangement is helpful
if you know the "result side" ("to") of a link and need to find its "source" ("from").

Backward links can represent  one-to-one or many-to-one  relationships.  A unique  event or
activity on the right side of the column linked to a unique event or activity on the left side of
the column indicates a one-to-one relationship. Two or more unique events or activities on the
left side of the column linked to the same  repeating event or activity on the right side of the
column indicates a many-to-one relationship.
          B-20
                               WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                ISIF REPORT PANEL
 B.6   EXITING THE ISIF REPORT PANEL
 Before exiting the ISIF Report Panel, make sure all pop-up windows are closed. Then, type
 "Q" (for "Quit").  The Integrated SIF menu will appear. Type "L11 (for "Leave") and press
 < Enter > at the Integrated SIF menu to return to the WasteLAN main menu. Type "Q" (for
 "Quit") and press < Enter >  at the WasteLAN main menu to exit the WasteLAN application
 and return to the LAN (AutoMAXX) menu.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
B-21

-------